PLP Flashcards

1
Q

In which of the following situations can you accept instructions from the person identified?

From a woman on behalf of her and her civil partner. You met them both initially in which they confirmed that you can accept instructions from either of them on behalf of the other.

From a woman on behalf of her brother in the sale of his flat as he is travelling overseas.

From a man on behalf of his elderly mother in selling her home to pay for care fees. His mother has lost mental capacity and so is unable to instruct you.

A majority shareholder instructing you to sell the company’s headquarters.

A branch manager of a shop on behalf of a nationwide retail company in buying premises neighbouring the branch.

A

From a woman on behalf of her and her civil partner. You met them both initially in which they confirmed that you can accept instructions from either of them on behalf of the other.

Correct. As they have given you authority, you can rely on that

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
2
Q

You are acting for a landlord that is granting a lease to a company. You have drafted the lease and sent a copy of the lease directly to the company as it had not yet instructed solicitors. One of the directors of the company calls you and asks you to act for the company as well as the landlord to save costs. The director says that the rent is agreed.

Which one of the following statements is correct?

As this transaction falls within CCS 6.1 you personally would not be able to act for both the landlord and the tenant

If you, personally, were to act for both the landlord and the company, there is a risk you would breach CCS 6.2

GCL and NWL are competing for the same objective as they both have the same objective of wanting the lease to be granted so you, personally, could act for them both by relying on CCS 6.2(b) so long as you could show you had satisfied all the elements of CCS 6.2 (i) to (iii).

The landlord and the company have a substantially common interest as all the key terms in the lease have been agreed so you, personally would be able to act for both of them by relying on CCS 6.2(a) so long as you could show you had satisfied all the elements of CCS 6.2 (i) to (iii).

A

If you, personally, were to act for both the landlord and the company, there is a risk you would breach CCS 6.2

If you, personally, were to act for both the landlord and the company, there is a risk you would breach CCS 6.2

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
3
Q

You are acting for a couple purchasing a house. You are also acting for their lender, a high street bank. The couple do not want you to tell the lender that they intend to let out the property as they know the lender would then insist that the mortgage interest rate would increase from the mortgage rate they have been offered on the basis of the house being lived in by the couple as their main residence. What is the professional conduct issue here?

You advise the clients to proceed as it is unlikely that the lender will ever discover that the property is let.

You have a duty to immediately report to the relevant authority that the clients are committing mortgage fraud.

Your duty of confidentiality to the couple overrides your duty to disclose. You must inform the lender that you cannot now act for professional reasons.

You have a duty to report the couple’s plans to the lender.

A

Your duty of confidentiality to the couple overrides your duty to disclose. You must inform the lender that you cannot now act for professional reasons.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
4
Q

As a solicitor, which of the following would NOT be a breach of client confidentiality?

Notifying your client’s lender (who is also your client) that the price of the property your client is buying is lower than the lender was told.

Updating your parents on the work you are doing for your sibling.

Sending details of your client’s financial circumstances to solicitors acting for the client’s buyer.

Advertising on your website that you act for a famous client without disclosing the precise nature of your instructions.

Sending details of your client’s property to solicitors acting for the client’s buyer.

A

Sending details of your client’s property to solicitors acting for the client’s buyer.

Correct. You are likely to have either express (in your client care letter) or implied consent to provide this information which is necessary to progress the sale.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
5
Q

Which of the following statements best describes why the parties to a property transaction will often appoint a solicitor?

To identify any potential issues and offer practical solutions

There will be rights, obligations and restrictions on the property that will need advising on.

To ensure there are sufficient funds to finance the transaction.

To investigate the physical condition of the land and any buildings on it

A

There will be rights, obligations and restrictions on the property that will need advising on.

Correct. In addition, property is a very valuable asset and a property transaction involves a lot of documentation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
6
Q

Which of the following correctly describes the buyer’s aims in a property transaction?

Identify the rights that the property enjoys.

Effect a legal transfer of the property to the buyer

Ensure that the buyer has the right to buy the property.

Realise funds from the sale transaction and repay any mortgage on the property.

A

Identify the rights that the property enjoys.

Correct. The buyer will wish to identify the different rights that benefit and burden the property.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
7
Q

Which of the following correctly describes the seller’s aims in a property transaction?

Ensure the property transaction is tied in with any related transaction and meets their business requirements.

Identify any third party rights affecting the property

Ensure the seller has the right to sell the property

Identify any third party rights affecting the property

Ensure there are sufficient funds to finance the purchase

A

Ensure the property transaction is tied in with any related transaction and meets their business requirements.

Correct. This is one of the seller’s aims in a property transaction.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
8
Q

In which of the following stages in a conveyancing transaction does most of the work take place?

Pre-completion to completion

Post-completion

Pre-contract to exchange

A

Pre-contract to exchange

Correct. The most work is pre-contract when the buyer is trying to find out as much as possible about the property before becoming contractually bound

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
9
Q

At what point in a property transaction do the parties become contractually committed to the deal?

When Heads of Terms are agreed

Exchange of contracts

Completion

Registration of the transfer deed at the Land Registry

When the TR1 is executed

A

Exchange of contracts

correct

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
10
Q

At what stage in a property transaction is the buyer recognised as the new legal owner?

Exchange of contracts

When Heads of Terms are agreed

Completion

Registration of the buyer at the Land Registry

When the TR1 is executed

A
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
11
Q

At what stage in a property transaction is the buyer recognised as the new legal owner?

Exchange of contracts

When Heads of Terms are agreed

Completion

Registration of the buyer at the Land Registry

When the TR1 is executed

A

Registration of the buyer at the Land Registry

Correct. Legal title to the property will not pass until the transfer deed is registered at the Land Registry

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
12
Q

At which stage in the property transaction is SDLT paid?

Pre-completion to completion

Pre-contract to exchange

Post completion

A

Post completion

Correct. SDLT is a government tax a purchaser may have to pay depending on the price of the property. If SDLT is payable, this will be paid by the buyer post-completion.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
13
Q

At which stage in a property transaction does the buyer’s solicitor request mortgage funds from the buyer’s mortgage lender?

Post completion

Pre-completion to completion

Pre-contract to exchange

A

Pre-completion to completion

Correct. Prior to completion the buyer’s solicitor will request mortgage funds from the lender so that it has the balance of the purchase price (less the deposit paid at exchange) in its account prior to completion taking place, the point at which the balance is transferred to the seller’s solicitor.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
14
Q

To which party is the principle of caveat emptor most relevant?

The seller

The buyer

It is equally relevant to both parties

A

The buyer

Correct. The principle means that a buyer takes the property as it finds it. It cannot turn around after exchange of contracts to the seller and try pull out of the deal because there is something wrong with the property. The principle is therefore most relevant for the buyer.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
15
Q

Which of the following options is not a source of information about the property for the buyer?

Pre-contract search results

The draft contract

Official copies from the Land Registry

Physical survey

Replies to standard pre-contract enquiries

A

The draft contract

Correct. Information about the property will not come from the draft contract. The contract will document the terms agreed between the parties.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
16
Q

Which of the following options best describes the principle from the case of Hardy v Griffiths?

A seller does not have to disclose information about rising damp or dry rot in replies to enquiries.

A buyer can claim misrepresentation if the seller fails to disclose any information in the replies to enquires. It is not even necessary for the buyer to have read the replies.

There is no onus on the seller to disclose any physical defects, it is for the buyer to discover them.

A buyer can pull out of a deal before contracts are exchanged.

There is an onus on the seller to disclose any physical defects in the property.

A

There is no onus on the seller to disclose any physical defects, it is for the buyer to discover them.

Correct. This demonstrates the application of the principle of ‘caveat emptor’.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
17
Q

In which of the following situations would co-ownership issues not need to be considered?

Two individuals buying a property from which they will run their business

An individual buying a house to be held on trust for his grandchildren

Four friends are buying a property together

A man is buying a property by himself with a contribution to the purchase price from his brother

A company is buying a property

A

A company is buying a property

Correct. Only one entity is buying the property here so co-ownership issues do not need to be considered.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
18
Q

Which of these following statements applies in respect of the equitable title (ownership)?

There can only be a maximum of 4 who hold the title

You can hold the title as joint tenants or tenants in common.

You must be over 18 to hold the title

You can only hold the title as tenants in common

You can only hold the title as joint tenants

A

You can hold the title as joint tenants or tenants in common.

Correct. There is more flexibility regarding the equitable ownership. There is no limit to the number of equitable owners, a minor can hold the equitable title and the equitable owners can choose to hold the title as joint tenants or tenants in common.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
19
Q

Two clients are buying a property together. They are contributing in equal proportions to the purchase price but have stated they want to be able to pass their share in the property under a will should they die during the ownership of the property. Which of the following correctly explains the best advice you should give your clients?

The legal title should be held by them as joints tenants because the right of survivorship will apply

The equitable title should be held by them as joints tenants because they are contributing equal proportions to the purchase price

The equitable title should be held by them as joints tenants because the right of survivorship will apply

The equitable title should be held by them as tenants in common because the right of survivorship will not then apply

The legal title should be held by them as tenants in common because the right of survivorship will not then apply

A

The equitable title should be held by them as tenants in common because the right of survivorship will not then apply

Correct. The clients have advised us they do not want the right of survivorship to apply, they wish to be able to leave their share of the property under a will. Therefore, they should hold the equitable title as tenants in common, which means they are seen as owning their own share in the property.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
20
Q

Two clients are buying a property together. They are contributing in equal proportions to the purchase price but have stated they want to be able to pass their share in the property under a will should they die during the ownership of the property. Which of the following correctly explains the best advice you should give your clients?

The legal title should be held by them as joints tenants because the right of survivorship will apply

The equitable title should be held by them as joints tenants because they are contributing equal proportions to the purchase price

The equitable title should be held by them as joints tenants because the right of survivorship will apply

The equitable title should be held by them as tenants in common because the right of survivorship will not then apply

The legal title should be held by them as tenants in common because the right of survivorship will not then apply

A

The equitable title should be held by them as tenants in common because the right of survivorship will not then apply

Correct. The clients have advised us they do not want the right of survivorship to apply, they wish to be able to leave their share of the property under a will. Therefore, they should hold the equitable title as tenants in common, which means they are seen as owning their own share in the property.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
21
Q

Your client is buying a 1950s house that has been lived in continuously. Which of the following correctly explains the advice you should give your client about surveys?

A home buyer’s survey should be carried out because this is the most detailed survey

A homebuyer report would be appropriate for this kind of property.

A basic valuation need only be carried out because this is all a lender requires

A full structural survey should be carried out because this is the most detailed survey

A structural survey should be carried out as this is the only survey that gives a valuation.

A

A homebuyer report would be appropriate for this kind of property.

Correct. The basic survey should not be relied upon, and a homebuyer report will give the buyer important detail about the house.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
22
Q

You are acting for the seller of a property. Which of the following types of tax do you need to consider may be payable by your client depending upon the circumstances?

SDLT only

VAT only

SDLT and VAT

Capital Gains Tax and SDLT

Capital Gains Tax and VAT

A

Capital Gains Tax and VAT

Correct. Capital Gains Tax (CGT) is a tax on the profit when you sell of an asset. It may therefore be payable depending upon the circumstances. VAT (value added tax) is a tax where a business charges VAT on its sales and recovers VAT on its purchases. It may be payable, you would need more information from the client.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
23
Q

Which of the following statements is correct in respect of interest rates?

A low risk borrower is likely to be charged a higher interest rate

The interest rate is the cost of debt for the lender

A high risk borrower is likely to be charged a lower interest rate

A high risk borrower is likely to be charged a higher interest rate

The higher the interest rate the lower the monthly payments that a borrower will make

A

A high risk borrower is likely to be charged a higher interest rate

Correct. When the borrower is consider a high risk, the interest rate they will be charged will be higher. This means the cost of the debt for the borrower is higher. This reflects the risk the lender is taking by loaning to the borrower.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
24
Q

A borrower is repaying monthly sums on their mortgage loan. At the end of the term they will have repaid all sums owed through these repayments. Which of the following types of mortgage loan will the borrower have?

An interest only mortgage

A capital repayment mortgage

A sharia-compliant mortgage

A pension mortgage

An endowment mortgage

A

A capital repayment mortgage

Correct. A Capital Repayment mortgage is the basic way of repaying all mortgages. With repayment mortgages, each month you repay some of the interest you owe plus some of the money (capital) borrowed. At the end of the period the borrower will have paid back everything they owe and will own their home outright.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
25
Q

Which of the following would be classed as a disbursement for a buyer in a property transaction?

SDLT

Legal Fees

The purchase price

Proceeds from any related sale

A mortgage loan

A

SDLT

Correct. SDLT would be classed as a disbursement, along with search fees and Land Registry fees. A buyer must have sufficient funds to pay for these in addition to the costs of the transaction.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
26
Q

A solicitor is instructed on the purchase of a parcel of land for development. The client is also interested in negotiating the purchase of a neighbouring parcel of land, and finds out that the same solicitor had acted for the owner of that land. The client asks the solicitor if the solicitor can provide a copy of the report on title prepared for the owner. The report on title is over 20 years old.
Can the solicitor comply with the client’s request to provide a copy of the report on title?

A. No, not in any circumstances because it is never possible to pass one client’s papers to another client.

B. No, because the solicitor owes a duty of confidentiality to the owner. However, if the owner consents, then the solicitor can comply.

C. Yes, because a solicitor’s duty to act in the best interests of their client override all other considerations.

D. Yes, because the report is over 20 years old and data protection rules didn’t exist then.

E. Yes, because the solicitor prepared the report on title, it is in the solicitor’s archives, and therefore it is the solicitor’s property.

A

B. No, because the solicitor owes a duty of confidentiality to the owner. However, if the owner consents, then the solicitor can comply.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
27
Q

You act for an investor client in buying a house. You also act for the client’s lender, a high street bank, who has instructed you to secure their loan with a mortgage over the property. Your local search has been delayed and you do not have the results. Your client is desperate not to lose the property, and tells you to exchange immediately.
Which of the following statements best describes your position?
A. You cannot exchange without a local search because the lender would then be committed to lend the money and bear the risk of any adverse entries.
B. You cannot exchange without a local search because the client cannot override your duty to act in the client’s best interests.
C. You can exchange, but you should leave at least 10 working days until completion to give you a chance to resolve any issues on the local search.
D. You can exchange, but you should advise your client that you will not be able to certify title to the lender unless you have a clear local search.
E. You can exchange. You told your client in your initial letter what exchange meant, and it is the client’s decision.

A

D. You can exchange, but you should advise your client that you will not be able to certify title to the lender unless you have a clear local search.

legally/technically you can but you want to be careful!

local searches is one of the biggest searches that you do (an important search, always get one!)

when acting for the lender, the lender wants reassurance that it is safe (if no reassurance, then no loan)

by going ahead (D) the risk is for the investor as the lender may not lend if there is no search (unless it comes back in time)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
28
Q

A man comes into the office to instruct the solicitor on the sale of a house owned by him and his partner. The solicitor asks if the partner can come into the office as well, and the man explains that the partner works long shifts at the local hospital and therefore will not have an opportunity to attend the office or speak to the solicitor. He declines to give out the partner’s work telephone number. What should the solicitor do?

A. The solicitor should decline instructions as a conflict of interest has arisen.

B. The solicitor should proceed with the conveyancing as a couple buying a house together will have a substantially common interest, and one partner can speak for both.

C. The solicitor should not proceed until the man allows the solicitor to speak to his partner to confirm instructions.

D. The solicitor may proceed if the partner sends an email to confirm instructions.

E. The solicitor should call the hospital switchboard and ask to speak to the partner directly.

A

C. The solicitor should not proceed until the man allows the solicitor to speak to his partner to confirm instructions.

“until the man allows” - slightly odd wording, don’t read too much into it

A - no conflict of interest

B - no

D - next best thing but how do you know email is authentic

E - client declined to give the partner’s work telephone number

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
29
Q

A client has entered into a contract to sell her house. After the exchange of contracts, the client seeks your advice about whether she may keep the light fitting in the sitting room. This is held to the ceiling by three small screws and was made by the client’s late father. The light fitting is not mentioned in the contract.
May the client remove the light fitting before completion?

A. No, because the light fitting is likely to be a fixture due to the high degree of attachment. B. No, because the removal would constitute a breach of an implied term of the contract as the room would be unlit when the new owners moved in.

C. No, because any item within a property is permanently part of the land and must not be removed.

D. Yes, because the light fitting is likely to be a chattel due to the slight degree of attachment.

E. Yes, because any item with sentimental value is always removable.

A

technically, land law question

D. Yes, because the light fitting is likely to be a chattel due to the slight degree of attachment.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
30
Q

A client goes to see his solicitor because his neighbour’s roof has recently fallen into disrepair and he wants to see if he can do anything about it. He shows his solicitor a deed in which the neighbour gave a covenant for the benefit of the client’s house “not to let the roof fall into disrepair.”

Which of the following best describes why the client is likely to be able to sue the neighbour under this covenant?

A. Because the building scheme exception will apply.

B. Because the doctrine of mutual benefit and burden will apply. C. Because it is a positive covenant.

D. Because it is a restrictive covenant.

E. Because the neighbour was the original party to the deed.

A

E. Because the neighbour was the original party to the deed.

it is a positive covenant but that is not why they can sue

they can only sue because the NEIGHBOUR entered into the positive covenant directly with our client

positive covenants do no run with the land

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
31
Q

You are acting for the buyer of a property. In an effort to speed up the sale, you submit searches which will involve an expense to your client. These form part of your investigation of title. At what point in the transaction would you expect to send these?​

After completion.

As soon as your client indicates that they have put an offer in on the property.

After you have ensured that the draft contract is in final form.

After exchange of contracts.​

After receiving a draft contract and before exchange of contracts.​

A

After receiving a draft contract and before exchange of contracts.​

Correct. Any issues which might arise need to be dealt with in the contract. You don’t necessarily know who the buyer is once you have received instructions from your seller client - you need the Heads of Terms. After agreeing the contract is too late - and the contract will be agreed by exchange. After completion is far too late. The best answer here is before exchange of contracts. Often it is once you have received the Heads of Terms - you will send the official copies and the standard CPSE replies if your firm has some prepared. If not, the buyer’s solicitor will send their standard set of CPSEs and enquiries.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
32
Q

You act for a client buying a house at a price of £200,000 with the help of an 80% mortgage. Searches and enquiries have been carried out, and you have agreed with the seller’s solicitor to aim for exchange by no later than the end of next week.

You receive a call from the seller’s solicitor to say that the seller has had an offer from a third party of £210,000 and that your client will need to match it, or the seller will sell to the third party.

Your client tells you that they were already overstretching themselves, and it will be impossible to do this.

How do you advise your client?

You should see whether your client wishes for you to refer it to a litigation colleague to issue proceedings to force the sale to proceed.

You advise your client that as you are holding the contract, you can exercise a lien over it and refuse to return it to the seller’s solicitor until they honour the original price agreed.

Your client should be prepared to lose the property, but at least they can recover the costs of their searches and survey from the seller.

You should ask to see proof of the third party’s offer, as a seller may only withdraw from an existing sale if a genuine offer has been received.

Your client can see if they can persuade the seller to honour the original price, but if the seller refuses, then your client will unfortunately lose the property.

A

Your client can see if they can persuade the seller to honour the original price, but if the seller refuses, then your client will unfortunately lose the property.

Correct. Until exchange of contracts, either party can walk away from the deal without incurring any liability. The seller can choose to sell to another party who is offering a higher price without any liability - this is know as ‘gazumping’ in practice. There is no obligation on the seller to prove another genuine offer has been received and the buyer would not be able to recover the costs of their searches and survey from the seller.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
33
Q

You act for a client buying a house near an industrial plant. When viewing the house, your client was concerned by offensive chemical smells coming from the plant. The seller reassured your client both verbally and in a written reply to enquiries that it only happens once or twice a year when the plant carry out a particular process.

The contract incorporated the Standard Conditions of Sale (Fifth Edition).

Following completion, your client calls to say that the plant emits the smell every weekend. Correspondence with the plant operator confirms that they carry out the process weekly, and have done for the last few years. Your client’s surveyor gives the opinion that the house is worth £20,000 less than it would be if the seller’s statement had been correct.

Which of the following options best describes if your client can make a claim for damages?

Your client cannot make a claim against the seller because it is a subjective matter and most of the neighbours are not offended by the smell

Your client cannot make a claim for damages as it has not suffered any loss in the circumstances

Your client may wish to a claim for damages from the seller based on misrepresentation

Your client cannot make a claim against the seller because of the principle of caveat emptor

Your client may wish to claim for damages from the search provider as this should have been flagged in the desktop environmental report

A

Your client may wish to a claim for damages from the seller based on misrepresentation

Correct. Although the principle ‘caveat emptor’ means the buyer takes the property as it find its and there is no onus on the seller to disclose patent incumbrances or physical defects in the property, the seller cannot mislead the buyer by answering questions dishonestly, which it has done here. The standard conditions of sale do not require the buyer the prove they were induced to reply on the conduct or statement; it is sufficient to prove that there was an error or omissions, which there has been there. The client can therefore make a claim for damages.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
34
Q

You act for a buyer who is buying a house with a loan to be secured by a mortgage. You also act for the mortgage lender.

One of the conditions of the mortgage is that the buyer will meet the balance of the purchase price from their own funds, and not further borrowing.

You are due to exchange tomorrow, or the seller has indicated that they may withdraw from the transaction. The deposit has arrived today. Your accounts department tell you that the payment has been made from a company who only deal in personal loans.

How should you proceed?

You should advise your client that the loan company should have made the payment to your client, and then from their account to you, so that it would appear as a cash advance.

You should notify your lender client, and let your client know when you have their response.

Under the Conveyancing Protocol, you should advise the seller’s solicitor of the issue so that they understand the cause of the delay.

Given the urgency of the transaction, you should exchange, but raise this issue with the client before completion.

You should advise your client that you will need to disclose this to your lender client, and if your client does not give their consent to you doing this, you will need to cease acting for both buyer and lender.

A

You should advise your client that you will need to disclose this to your lender client, and if your client does not give their consent to you doing this, you will need to cease acting for both buyer and lender.

This is correct. In residential transactions it is common for the buyer’s solicitor to act for the lender because there is unlikely to be a conflict of interest between these parties.

On the facts, you have a duty to disclose (CCS 6.4) all information material to the matter which you have knowledge, which includes the fact the balance of the purchase price is being met by a company who deal in personal loans, not the buyer ie in breach of one of the conditions of the mortgage.

The duty of confidentiality (CCS 6.3) that you owe your buyer client will override the duty, which means you cannot disclose this information without the permission of the buyer.

If the buyer does not give consent, you will have to cease to act for the lender. You would be advised to stop acting for the buyer as well.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
35
Q

A solicitor is acting for a buyer of a registered freehold title in England. Part of the purchase price is to be funded by a mortgage loan.

Which of the following options describes what the buyer’s solicitor will do after completion of the purchase?

Report on title to the buyer.

Exchange contracts.

Pay Stamp Duty Land Tax and register the buyer as owner of the property, and the lender as a chargee, at the Land Registry.

Pay off the outstanding balance of the seller’s mortgage.

Nothing. Completion marks the end of the transaction.

A

Pay Stamp Duty Land Tax and register the buyer as owner of the property, and the lender as a chargee, at the Land Registry.

Correct. These are the main tasks for the buyer’s solicitor to carry out after completion.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
36
Q

Which of the following documents are required to deduce title to registered land?

Estate agent’s particulars, official copies of the register, a survey report, title plan and copies of all documents referred to in the official copies.

Survey report, official copies of the register and title plan.

Official copies of the register.

Title plan, official copies of the register and copies of all documents referred to in the official copies.

Official copies of the register, title plan and copies of documents referred to in the official copies where the relevant rights have not been fully extracted.

A

Official copies of the register, title plan and copies of documents referred to in the official copies where the relevant rights have not been fully extracted.

Correct, you have understood which documents comprise the title to registered land.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
37
Q

Which is the correct order of the three registers in the Official Copies?

1) Property Register, 2) Charges Register, 3) Proprietorship Register.

1) Charges Register, 2) Property Register, 3) Proprietorship Register.

1) Proprietorship Register, 2) Property Register, 3) Charges Register.

1) Charges Register, 2) Proprietorship Register, 3) Property Register.

1) Property Register, 2) Proprietorship Register, 3) Charges Register.

A

1) Property Register, 2) Proprietorship Register, 3) Charges Register.

correct

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
38
Q

Match the description to the register:

gives the registered proprietor’s (owner’s) name and address, the class of title and entries affecting ownership​

describes the property and any rights benefiting the property (eg, covenants or easements)

lists rights burdening the property (eg, mortgage, covenants, easements and leases)

Charges register
Proprietorship register
Property register

A

gives the registered proprietor’s (owner’s) name and address, the class of title and entries affecting ownership​

Proprietorship register

describes the property and any rights benefiting the property (eg, covenants or easements)

Property register

lists rights burdening the property (eg, mortgage, covenants, easements and leases)

Charges register

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
39
Q

Which one of the following entries, appearing on the official copies, is not fully extracted, so that the buyer’s solicitor would need to see a copy of the underlying document?

The land has the benefit of a right of way contained in a conveyance dated 27 March 1970.

The Transfer to the proprietor contains a covenant to observe and perform the covenants referred to in the Charges Register and of indemnity in respect thereof.

The land has the benefit of the following right contained in a conveyance dated 15 August 2000: a right of way on foot and with vehicles over the roadway shown hatched black on the plan.

A conveyance of the land in this title dated 17 February 1900 contains restrictive covenants details of which are set out in the schedule of restrictive covenants hereto.

Restriction: Except under an order of the Registrar no disposition by the proprietor of the land is to be registered without the consent of the proprietor of the charge dated 2 June 2003 in favour of the City and County Bank Public Limited Company referred to in the Charges Register.

A

The land has the benefit of a right of way contained in a conveyance dated 27 March 1970.

Correct. The buyer’s solicitor would need to see a copy of this conveyance to establish the details of the right of way eg which piece of land the right of way is over and any restrictions on its use.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
40
Q

The property your client is considering buying has the benefit of a right of way in the Property Register and the right of way extracted on the register does not refer to maintenance obligations.

Which ONE of the following is the most accurate list of the issues you need to consider and advise on in relation to this right?

Adequacy, Adoption and Registration of the burden.

Maintenance, Adequacy, Adoption and Registration of the benefit.

Maintenance, Adoption, Registration of the burden and Adequacy.

Adequacy, Adoption, Registration of the benefit and Registration of the burden.

Registration of the benefit and Registration of the burden.

A

Maintenance, Adoption, Registration of the burden and Adequacy.

Correct. You have understood the four issues to consider and discuss when the property has the benefit of a right of way.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
41
Q

The following entry appears in the property register of the official copies of a property your client is purchasing:

“A right of way to pass and repass day or night on foot only over the land coloured blue. Note: the land coloured blue is shown hatched black on the filed plan.”

Which ONE of the following statements in respect of this right is CORRECT?

If the right of way is not adequate for your client the solutions are either to seek insurance to cover breach, or approach the person with the benefit or go to the Upper Tribunal (Lands Chamber) to have the right modified.

The burden of the right of way should be registered in the charges register of the servient land.

The purchaser will not have to contribute towards maintenance of the right of way as there is no obligation to do so mentioned in the right.

The right of way is not extracted and so you will need to see a copy of the deed granting the right.

As the right of way is on foot only, the local authority cannot adopt the private road to make it into a public highway.

A

The burden of the right of way should be registered in the charges register of the servient land.

Correct. If the servient land is unregistered you would put a caution against first registration over the land so that you can ensure the burden of the right of way is registered in the charges register once the servient land is registered.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
42
Q

Which ONE of the following statements about the Property Register and its possible contents is CORRECT?

The Property Register contains the name of the registered proprietor.

The Property Register must always contain the benefit of a right of way.

The Property Register describes the property using the postal address and also by referring to the Title Plan.

An extracted right is the same thing as an excluded right.

A

The Property Register describes the property using the postal address and also by referring to the Title Plan.

correct

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
43
Q

Which is the best class of title?

Possessory Title

Good Leasehold Title

Title Absolute

Qualified Title

A

Title Absolute

Yes, this is the best class of title.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
44
Q

Match the class of title to the description:

Is granted when the registered proprietor has shown that they have physical possession of the property, but has no title deeds or is claiming through adverse possession (‘squatters’ rights’)​

Is where there is a specific defect in the title. ​
An example would be where a deed known to contain covenants or easements was missing on first registration.​

Is granted when the leaseholder cannot provide evidence of the landlord’s title to the land.​

The best and most common class of title. ​
It indicates no issues – the proprietor has satisfied the Land Registry that it is the true and proper owner of the property.​

Title absolute
Qualified title
Good leasehold title
Possessory title

A

Is granted when the registered proprietor has shown that they have physical possession of the property, but has no title deeds or is claiming through adverse possession (‘squatters’ rights’)​

Possessory title

Is where there is a specific defect in the title. ​
An example would be where a deed known to contain covenants or easements was missing on first registration.​

Qualified title

Is granted when the leaseholder cannot provide evidence of the landlord’s title to the land.​

Good leasehold title

The best and most common class of title. ​
It indicates no issues – the proprietor has satisfied the Land Registry that it is the true and proper owner of the property.​

Title absolute

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
45
Q

The seller is usually the registered proprietor. Which of the following situations would be an exception to this?

Where the seller is a limited liability partnership

Where there is more than one individual legal owner

Where the seller is a company

Where the seller is the executor of a deceased person’s estate

A

Where the seller is the executor of a deceased person’s estate

This is correct. The seller is usually the registered proprietor. An exception would be where the seller is the executor of a deceased person’s estate. ​

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
46
Q

Which one of the following could appear in the Charges Register?

A lease granted out of the property.

A lender’s Restriction.

A tenant in common Restriction.

The benefit of an easement.

An indemnity covenant given by the seller when it bought the property.

A

A lease granted out of the property.

Correct. A lease granted out of the property burdens the property and appears in the Charges Register.

Interests burdening the property
Mortgage in favour of a lender — Usually, an undertaking is given on completion to discharge this so that the buyer takes free of mortgage.

Leases — These would normally be expected from the agent’s property description, but should always be reported, together with their terms.

Easements — We looked at the benefit of easements in the property register –
conversely, the land may be subject to rights of way, rights of light, rights of service media (pipes, cables, etc). These should always be reported to the client.

Covenants (restrictive or positive) — Either restrictive or positive covenants may be listed in the charges register — the important point is that it is their burden, not the benefit. These should always be reported to the client, with advice on appropriate action.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
47
Q

Which of the following statements about the entries on the official copies relating to a mortgage / charge is correct?

If there is a mortgage / charge over the property, there will be two entries in the Charges Register and one entry in the Proprietorship Register regarding it.

If there is a mortgage / charge over the property, there will be two entries in the Charges Register and no entries in the Proprietorship Register regarding it.

If there is a mortgage / charge over the property, there will be three entries in the Charges Register regarding it.

If there is a mortgage / charge over the property, there will be one entry in the Charges Register and one entry in the Proprietorship Register regarding it.

A

If there is a mortgage / charge over the property, there will be two entries in the Charges Register and one entry in the Proprietorship Register regarding it.

Correct. A mortgage / charge will have two entries in the Charges Register giving details of the mortgage / charge and also one entry in the Proprietorship Register – the lender’s Restriction.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
48
Q

The buyer will need to be certain it acquires the land free of any mortgage a seller has. Which of the following options is NOT something the buyer’s solicitor should be doing to ensure this happens?

Obtaining an appropriate undertaking from the seller’s solicitor to redeem the mortgage from the proceeds of sale on completion

Ensuring it transfers the buyer’s purchase monies to the lender on completion so that the lender can redeem its mortgage loan before then transferring the balance to the seller

Checking in enquiries that the seller will have sufficient funds to clear the mortgage​

Ensuring that it is a term of the contract that the mortgage will be redeemed on completion

Correct

A

Ensuring it transfers the buyer’s purchase monies to the lender on completion so that the lender can redeem its mortgage loan before then transferring the balance to the seller

This is correct. The buyer’s solicitor will not transfer the purchase monies to the seller’s lender, it will sell them to the seller’s solicitor. The other options are all something the buyer’s solicitor should ensure it does to make sure the buyer takes the land free of the seller’s mortgage.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
49
Q

DKT Ltd (DKT) is buying a property and is concerned about covenants that burden the land. In particular DKT is concerned that its use as a textiles dyeing factory would breach a covenant which prohibits use as a factory. It has heard from the seller that they have spoken to the person owning the land with the benefit of the covenant who has indicated that they might consent to a breach of the covenant, for a price.

What is the next step you would recommend, in order to deal with this future breach?

Contact the Upper Tribunal (Lands Chamber) to get the covenant waived or removed.

Contact the person owning the land with the benefit of the covenant to request their written consent for the proposed breach.

Contact the person owning the land with the benefit of the covenant to request an easement to use the property as a textile dyeing factory.

Contact an insurance company for a quote for insurance in respect of the proposed breach.

A

Contact the person owning the land with the benefit of the covenant to request their written consent for the proposed breach.

Correct. As the person owning the land with the benefit of the covenant has already been approached insurance is no longer available as an option (otherwise getting an insurance quote would have been the first solution to attempt). We are requesting permission to breach a covenant here so easements are not relevant. The Upper Tribunal (Lands Chamber) is a last resort as it is time consuming and expensive.

incorrect
Contact an insurance company for a quote for insurance in respect of the proposed breach.

Incorrect. The option of approaching an insurer is no longer available as the person with the benefit of the covenant has already been contacted.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
50
Q

The Charges Register of a property contains a restrictive covenant stating that external alterations may not be made except with the consent of the Vendor, his heirs or assigns. The seller of the property added a front porch onto the property eleven years ago without obtaining consent. The buyer of the property thinks the front porch is not in keeping with the building and is removing it on completion.

Which one of the following is the most correct on these facts?

No solution is needed as, since the restrictive covenant breach occurred more than ten years ago, the person owning the land with the benefit of the covenant is unable to claim for any loss.

The past breach is not continuing and so no solution is needed unless the person owning the land with the benefit of the covenant has claimed they suffered loss.

The buyer’s solicitor should arrange an insurance policy covering the past breach of the covenant.

The seller’s solicitor should arrange an insurance policy covering the past breach of the covenant.

A

The past breach is not continuing and so no solution is needed unless the person owning the land with the benefit of the covenant has claimed they suffered loss.

Correct. As the buyer is removing the porch (the alteration which breached the restrictive covenant), the past breach will not be continuing and so a solution is not needed unless the person owning the land with the benefit of the covenant has complained about the breach or claimed for loss.

incorrect
The buyer’s solicitor should arrange an insurance policy covering the past breach of the covenant.
Incorrect. Insurance is a solution for a past breach of a restrictive covenant although as it is the seller’s breach, the buyer’s solicitor would ask the seller to obtain and pay for the insurance policy.

The seller’s solicitor should arrange an insurance policy covering the past breach of the covenant.
Incorrect. Insurance is a solution for a past breach of a restrictive covenant however, since the buyer is removing the porch (the alteration which breached the restrictive covenant), the past breach will not be continuing and so a solution is not needed unless the person owning the land with the benefit of the covenant has complained about the breach or claimed for loss.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
51
Q

Which one of the following statements about insurance for breach of a restrictive covenant is correct?

S.19(1) FSMA 2000 prevents a solicitor from arranging an insurance policy for breach of a restrictive covenant.

Insurance must be tried before approaching the person owning the land with the benefit of the covenant.

The buyer would have to arrange any insurance policy so that it was covered (ie protected) by the policy.

Insurance for a future breach of a restrictive covenant is expensive because it is difficult for the insurer to assess the risk of the breach occurring.

The seller will pay the initial premium for the insurance policy and thereafter the buyer will pay the annual insurance premiums for the policy.

A

Insurance must be tried before approaching the person owning the land with the benefit of the covenant.

Correct. Once the person owning the land with the benefit of the covenant (PWB) is approached insurance will be unavailable since the PWB has been alerted to the breach and is now much more likely to be aware they can make a claim for loss.

incorrect
Insurance for a future breach of a restrictive covenant is expensive because it is difficult for the insurer to assess the risk of the breach occurring.

Incorrect. Insurance for a future breach is expensive because it is difficult for the insurer to assess the risk of the person who owns the land with the benefit of the covenant (PWB) coming forward to make a claim for loss. This is because the breach has not occurred yet so there is no time period for which the breach has occurred and the PWB has not come forward which the insurer can use to assess the risk of the PWB coming forward in the future.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
52
Q

Which of the following best describes whether a positive covenant registered in the charges register will bind the buyer of a registered freehold property?

The buyer will not be bound by the positive covenant unless there is also a charge restriction in the proprietorship register.

The buyer will be bound by the positive covenant as it is registered in the charges register of the property.

The buyer will not be bound by the positive covenant despite it appearing in the charges register as positive covenants do not run with the land and so cannot bind buyers of the property.

The buyer will be contractually bound by the positive covenant if an indemnity covenant note appears in the proprietorship register as the seller will require an indemnity covenant from the buyer.

A

The buyer will be contractually bound by the positive covenant if an indemnity covenant note appears in the proprietorship register as the seller will require an indemnity covenant from the buyer.

Correct. Positive covenants do not run with the land but can be made contractually binding if there is a chain of indemnity covenants. An indemnity covenant note on the proprietorship register shows whether the seller gave an indemnity covenant and the standard conditions in the contract require the buyer to give an indemnity covenant if the seller did.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
53
Q

Which of the following best sets out the remedies, in the order they should be attempted, for a future breach by the buyer of a binding positive covenant?

1) Seller to remedy the breach / reduce the purchase price, 2) Insurance against the PWB claiming loss caused by the breach, 3) Approaching the PWB for consent to breach the covenant.

1) Insurance against the PWB claiming loss caused by the breach, 2) Approaching the PWB for consent to breach the covenant.

1) Seller to remedy the breach / reduce the purchase price, 2) Insurance against the PWB claiming loss caused by the breach, 3) Approaching the PWB for consent to breach the covenant, 4) Going to the Upper Tribunal (Lands Chamber) to have the covenant modified or discharged.

1) Insurance against the PWB claiming loss caused by the breach, 2) Approaching the PWB for consent to breach the covenant, 3) Going to the Upper Tribunal (Lands Chamber) to have the covenant modified or discharged.

1) Approaching the PWB for consent to breach the covenant, 2) Insurance against the PWB claiming loss caused by the breach.

A

1) Insurance against the PWB claiming loss caused by the breach, 2) Approaching the PWB for consent to breach the covenant.

Correct. As the breach is a future one to be carried out by the buyer, the seller will not remedy it. The PWB should not be approached prior to an insurance quote being obtained as once the PWB is approached insurance will not be available (it will be a condition of the insurance that the PWB has not been and will not be approached). The Upper Tribunal (Lands Chamber) is not available for positive covenants (s.84 LPA 1925).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
54
Q

Which of the following statements is the most accurate description of an epitome of title?

An epitome is a list of title documents relating to a specific property.

An epitome is a set of copies of relevant title documents with a front sheet setting out details of the documents.

An epitome is a set of copies of relevant title documents.

An epitome is a set of copies of the title register.

An epitome is a set of original relevant title documents with a front sheet setting out details of the documents.

A

An epitome is a set of copies of relevant title documents with a front sheet setting out details of the documents.

correct

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
55
Q

What are the dates for compulsory first registration for 1) transfers of land for value and 2) transfers of land other than for value?

1) 1 January 1996 and 2) 1 December 1990

1) 1 April 1998 and 2) 1 January 1996

1) 31 July 1990 and 2) 1 December 1990

1) 1 December 1990 and 2) 31 July 1990

1) 1 December 1990 and 2) 1 April 1998

A

1) 1 December 1990 and 2) 1 April 1998

correct

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
56
Q

A seller is selling unregistered land with the following history:

  • The seller bought the land in 1977 for £3,000 with a mortgage. The 1977 conveyance states that the land is sold subject to covenants in a conveyance dated 3 June 1956.
  • In 1978 the seller granted a five year lease of the land for value.
  • The mortgage is still in place, and the seller intends to discharge it from the proceeds of sale.

Which of the following best describes the relevant documents to include copies of in the epitome of title for the land?

The 1956 conveyance, the 1977 conveyance, the 1978 lease and the seller’s mortgage

The 1977 conveyance, the 1978 lease and the seller’s mortgage.

The 1956 conveyance and the 1977 conveyance.

The 1956 conveyance, the 1977 conveyance, and the seller’s mortgage.

A

The 1956 conveyance, the 1977 conveyance, and the seller’s mortgage.

The 1956 conveyance, the 1977 conveyance, and the seller’s mortgage.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
57
Q

You act for a client Susan Wolston on the sale of an industrial building. Title to the property is unregistered. The deeds packet contains the following documents:

  • Conveyance dated 1988 between Acton (Millinery) Ltd and Susan Wolston.
  • Bundle of searches and enquiries dated 1988.
  • Mortgage dated 1988 between Royal Bank of Scotland plc and Susan Wolston.
  • Planning permission dated 1990 for an extension to the building.

Which one of the following best describes the documents which must be included in the epitome?

  • Conveyance dated 1988 between Acton (Millinery) Ltd and Susan Wolston.
  • Mortgage dated 1988 between Royal Bank of Scotland plc and Susan Wolston.
  • Bundle of searches and enquiries dated 1988.
  • Conveyance dated 1988 between Acton (Millinery) Ltd and Susan Wolston.
  • Conveyance dated 1988 between Acton (Millinery) Ltd and Susan Wolston.
  • Mortgage dated 1988 between Royal Bank of Scotland plc and Susan Wolston.
  • Conveyance dated 1988 between Acton (Millinery) Ltd and Susan Wolston.
  • Mortgage dated 1988 between Royal Bank of Scotland plc and Susan Wolston.
  • Planning permission dated 1990 for an extension to the building.

All of the documents listed.

A
  • Conveyance dated 1988 between Acton (Millinery) Ltd and Susan Wolston.
  • Mortgage dated 1988 between Royal Bank of Scotland plc and Susan Wolston.Correct.

correct

The 1988 conveyance is the root conveyance (the conveyance to the current seller) and must be included. The 1988 mortgage is the current seller’s mortgage, entered into at the same time as the root conveyance. This must be included in the epitome, even though it will be redeemed at completion (and even if it has already been redeemed, as it post-dates the root of title).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
58
Q

A root of title conveyance containing covenants is dated 2 September 1989. The conveyance was from a company (the seller) to an individual (the buyer). Which one of the following would be correct execution of the root?

The buyer should have executed the conveyance by two directors or one director and the company secretary signing it. The seller should have executed the conveyance by signing with a witness and delivering it.

The seller should have affixed their company seal in the presence of two directors or one director and the company secretary who have both signed the conveyance. The buyer should have executed the conveyance by signing with a witness, sealing and delivering it.

The seller should have executed the conveyance by two directors or one director and the company secretary signing it. The buyer should have executed the conveyance by signing with a witness, sealing and delivering it.

The seller should have affixed their company seal in the presence of two directors or one director and the company secretary who have both signed the conveyance. The buyer should have executed the conveyance by signing with a witness and delivering it.

The seller should have executed the conveyance by two directors or one director and the company secretary signing it. The buyer should have executed the conveyance by signing with a witness and delivering it.

A

The seller should have affixed their company seal in the presence of two directors or one director and the company secretary who have both signed the conveyance. The buyer should have executed the conveyance by signing with a witness, sealing and delivering it.

Correct. These were correct execution methods for conveyances dated pre 31 July 1990.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
59
Q

What should you do if, acting for a buyer, the epitome of title contains an unstamped root of title conveyance?

Get the seller to arrange for the root conveyance to be stamped as soon as possible.

Arrange for the seller to get the root conveyance stamped as soon as possible after completion.

Pull out of the purchase as you cannot retrospectively stamp a conveyance.

Nothing as it is only a problem if one of the parties wants to rely on it in court.

A

Get the seller to arrange for the root conveyance to be stamped as soon as possible.

This is correct. You would need to see evidence of this before exchange and completion.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
60
Q

You are acting for the buyer of an unregistered property and the seller’s solicitor has provided you with the epitome of title to the property. The epitome contains:a 1989 conveyance and a 1977 conveyance.

The 1989 conveyance contains a PD stamp and sets out the extent of the property by reference to the 1977 conveyance.

The 1977 conveyance contains a plan showing the extent of the property and has a PD stamp and an ad valorem stamp.

Which of the following statements is correct?

The 1989 conveyance cannot be a good root of title as the property should have been registered for the first time when it was conveyed in 1989

The 1989 conveyance cannot be a good root of title as it does not contain a plan showing the extent of the property.

The 1989 conveyance could be a good root of title provided it contains a certificate of value.

The 1977 conveyance is the good root of title as it is the only conveyance which complies with all the requirements of a good root of title.

A

The 1989 conveyance could be a good root of title provided it contains a certificate of value.

Correct. The 1989 conveyance does not have an ad valorem stamp but provided it has a certificate of value (to go with the PD stamp) then it has been correctly stamped. The last date for compulsory first registration was 1 December 1990 and you have no information to tell you that the property was in an area that was subject to compulsory first registration before this date. Provided the 1977 conveyance (with plan) is included in the epitome, it does not matter that the description of the property in the 1989 conveyance is only by reference to the 1977 conveyance.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
61
Q

Which one of the following statements is correct regarding covenants in an unregistered title?

Restrictive covenants bind a purchaser if they are registered as a class d(ii) land charge.

An indemnity covenant means that the original covenantor is not liable for the covenants to which the indemnity covenant relates.

Positive covenants bind a purchaser if they are registered as a class d(ii) land charge.

If a deed refers back to an earlier deed containing covenants, then those covenants will only be relevant if the earlier deed is provided in the epitome.

Positive covenants can be ignored as they do not bind the land.

A

need to do this set of MCQS (Title Issues)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
62
Q

You act for the buyer of a residential house on a plot of registered freehold land. The plot forms part of a new development. The buyer has agreed to enter into the following covenants: (1) not to use the Property for anything other than a private residence and (2) to erect and hereafter maintain a fence of no less than 2 metres in height along the northern and western boundaries of the Property.
What types of covenants are (1) and (2) and on which of the registers at Land Registry for the title to the buyer’s plot would you expect to see the two covenants entered?

A. (1) and (2) are both positive covenants and would be entered on the Charges register.

B. (1) is a restrictive covenant and (2) is a positive covenant and both would be entered on the Charges Register.

C. (1) is a restrictive covenant and would be entered on the Property Register and (2) is a positive covenant and would be entered on the Charges Register.

D. (1) and (2) are both restrictive covenants and both would be entered on the Charges Register.

E. (1) is a restrictive covenant and (2) is a positive covenant and only (1) would be entered on the Charges Register. (2) would not be entered as positive covenants cannot run with the land.

A

B. (1) is a restrictive covenant and (2) is a positive covenant and both would be entered on the Charges Register.

Covenants (restrictive or positive) — Either restrictive or positive covenants may be listed in the charges register — the important point is that it is their burden, not the benefit. These should always be reported to the client, with advice on appropriate action.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
63
Q

You are instructed to sell a farm, the land of which comprises various parcels of land, all of which are unregistered with separate bundles of deeds.

Which of the following documents would constitute a good root of title acceptable to a buyer’s solicitor?

A. A declaration of trust in favour of your client dated 25 October 1989

B. A conveyance to your client dated 25 October 1989 in your client’s former name together with a marriage certificate showing your client’s former name and spouse’s name (matching client’s current name)

C. A conveyance to your client dated 25 October 1989 in your client’s current name which states that it passes “bare legal title” to the buyer.

D. A conveyance to your client dated 25 October 1991 in your client’s current name.

E. Your client’s friend’s will 25 October 1979 in which they gift one of the parcels to your client

A

B. A conveyance to your client dated 25 October 1989 in your client’s former name together with a marriage certificate showing your client’s former name and spouse’s name (matching client’s current name)

different names would cast doubt!
so need marriage certificate

a will does not convey title (just wishes)
you want a conveyance!

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
64
Q

You are instructed to sell a farm, the title to which is unregistered, and are in the process of deducing title. The deeds include: a conveyance (root of title); a power of attorney under which the conveyance was executed; conveyances predating the root of title that do not contain any additional rights; a death certificate of one of the joint tenants of the farm.

Which of the following deeds should you include?

A. The power of attorney and the death certificate.

B. The root of title and the previous conveyances.

C. The power of attorney and the root of title.

D. The power of attorney, the root of title and the death certificate. E. All of them

A

D. The power of attorney, the root of title and the death certificate.

power of attorney - cast no doubt

root of title needed

no need for previous conveyances as it does not add anything (unless it deals with additional rights that predate root of title)

also need to check when unregistered: land charges search against the name (not the address of the property)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
65
Q

You are instructed to sell a farm, the title to which is unregistered, and are in the process of deducing title.
The deeds include: a conveyance (root of title); a power of attorney under which the conveyance was executed; conveyances predating the root of title that do not contain any additional rights; a death certificate of one of the joint tenants of the farm.

Which of the following deeds should you include?

A. The power of attorney and the death certificate.

B. The root of title and the previous conveyances.

C. The power of attorney and the root of title.

D. The power of attorney, the root of title and the death certificate.

E. All of them

A

TO DO

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
66
Q

When is a report on title sent to a purchaser?

After exchange of contracts.

Before exchange of contracts

After completion.

Upon being instructed by the client

A

Before exchange of contracts

Correct
This is correct. It is a report setting out all the matters relating to a property that the purchaser must review and make their mind up whether to buy the property. A purchaser is committed to purchase the property at exchange of contracts therefore the report must be sent out in good time before this point. It is unlikely that as soon as a solicitor has been instructed by the client that they would have had the search results and carried out the title investigation. It usually takes a few weeks for a solicitor to carry out the title investigation and then compile the report.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
67
Q

A solicitor is preparing a report on title. Which of the following approaches will best help the solicitor meet its conduct requirements?

Giving the client only that information which would put the client off continuing with the purchase, and it is for the client to question anything that they do not understand.

Giving the client only that information which would put the client off continuing with the purchase in a way that the client can understand.

Giving the client all material information of which the solicitor has knowledge in a way that the client can understand.

Giving the client all material information of which the solicitor has knowledge in precise language, and it is for the client to question anything that they do not understand.

A

Giving the client all material information of which the solicitor has knowledge in a way that the client can understand.

Correct. A well drafted report on title will help with these requirements.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
68
Q

Which ONE of the following matters is typically reported on in a report on title?

Details of any rights benefiting the property.

Details of the inspection of the property by the conveyancer.

Details of the conveyancer’s terms and conditions of business.

An opinion on the value of the property.

A

Details of any rights benefiting the property.

Correct
This is correct. The rights benefitting the property will be evident in the conveyancer’s title investigation of the property. The conveyancer would not have inspected the property and indeed it would make it clear as a limitation in the report that such an inspection had not taken place. The conveyancer’s terms and conditions of business would have been sent to the client upon being instructed. The report will not advise on the value of the property and whether the property is being purchased for the right price. This is something a surveyor would be able to advise on, not a solicitor.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
69
Q

Which of the following searches does NOT form part of the ‘local search’?

Highways search

Enquiries of the Local Authority (CON 29)

Local Land Charges Search (LLC1)​

Additional Local Authority Enquiries (CON 29O)

A

Highways search

Correct
Correct. This is a search with the Highways Authority, rather than the Local Authority. The Local Search are enquiries with the Local Authority of the property.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
70
Q

Which of the following searches would you always order in a transaction?

Con29O (additional local search enquiries)

Drainage and Water

CON 29M (Coal Mining and Brine Search)

Waterways search

Company search

A

Drainage and Water
Correct. This search will always be carried out. The search checks matters such as whether foul and surface water from the property drain to a public sewer, and whether the property is connected to a mains water supply. ​

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
71
Q

From where would you order any official searches from?

Companies House

A channel provider, such as SearchFlow

The Local Authority in which the property is located

The Land Registry

National Land Information Service

A

A channel provider, such as SearchFlow

Correct. The searches themselves are provided by channel providers (who offer an ‘ordering service’), such as SearchFlow, Thames Water Property Searches and GlobalX. Requesting searches via such channel providers is a typical trainee / paralegal job.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
72
Q

Where would you expect to find out whether a public footpath crosses a property?

Search of the Index Map Result (SIMR).

The Property Register of the Official Copy.

The Local Authority Search Result (CON29).

The Local Land Charges Search Result (LLC1).

A

The Local Authority Search Result (CON29).

Correct
Correct. There is a question to the local authority at enquiry 2.2 asking if there are any public rights of way (which would include footpaths) that abut or cross the property.

The Local Land Charges Search Result does not record details of footpaths, instead it records charges such as general and specific financial charges, planning charges, listed buildings charges. The Property Register of the Official Copy reveals rights benefitting the property such as private rights of way, not public footpaths. The Search of the Index Map Result reveals whether the area searched is registered or unregistered land, it does not provide any information on an any specific rights of way and indeed the Land Registry does not record public footpaths on its registers.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
73
Q

Your client is buying a house that has just had a loft conversion. Your client has asked you whether you can tell from the pre-contract papers whether the seller obtained any building regulation approval relating to the loft conversion. Where would you expect to find the answer?

The Local Authority Search Result (CON29).

The Local Authority Search Optional Enquiries (CON29O)

The Local Land Charges Search Result (LLC1).

A

The Local Authority Search Result (CON29).

Correct
Correct. There is a question to the local authority at enquiry 1.1(f) asking if there are any building regulation approvals and completion certificates issued in respect of the property.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
74
Q

Which of the following statements is correct in relation to the Local Land Charges Search (LLC1)?

The LLC1 is an official search of the Register maintained by the Land Registry.

The LLC1 result will reveal whether the property registered is common land or town or village green under the Commons Registration Act 1965 or the Commons Act 2006.

The LLC1 reveals planning permissions and restrictions against permitted development (known as an Article 4 Direction).

The LLC1 will reveal details of any application for planning permission that has been refused.

In every transaction the LLC1 is submitted to the local authority together with the CON29O enquiries.

A

The LLC1 reveals planning permissions and restrictions against permitted development (known as an Article 4 Direction).

Correct
Correct. The LLC1 is always carried out and the result reveals among other matters planning permissions granted (not refused) and restrictions against permitted development (an Article 4 Direction). In every transaction the LLC1 is submitted to the local authority (usually via an online search platform such as Searchflow) together with the CON29. The solicitor may raise additional enquiries on CON29O but this is not required in every transaction. It is the CON29O that will reveal whether a property is registered as common land or town or village green, not the LLC1.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
75
Q

A man is the sole owner of a freehold property. The property is currently let out as office premises. The man plans to carry out internal works to the property so that it can be let out as a single private dwelling house when the current occupant’s lease comes to an end.

Will the man require planning permission for his plans for the property?

No, the internal works do not constitute development and nor does the change of use.

No, the internal works do not constitute development and nor does the change of use because the change is within the same use class.

Yes, although he will not require planning permission for the internal works, he will require planning permission for the change of use.

No, the internal works do not constitute development and nor does the change of use because it is a change to a single private dwelling house.

Yes, he will require planning permission for both the internal works and the change of use because they are developments which are not permitted.

A

Yes, although he will not require planning permission for the internal works, he will require planning permission for the change of use.

Correct. s. 55(2)(a) TCPA 1990 states that internal works do not constitute development. Classes E(g) (offices) and C3 (dwelling house) of TCP(UC)O 1987 were the relevant use classes. Changing from one use class to another is a ‘development’ because it is a material change in use’ unless the change is one that is permitted under Part 3, Schedule 2 GPDO 2015. Under the GPDO this is not a change of use that is ‘permitted development’. It would have been a change from B1 to C3 under the pre-1 September TCP(UC)O 1987 but was also not permitted under the GPDO 2015 so does not fall within the transitional provisions.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
76
Q

What is the effect of a property being in a conservation area?

It will be impossible to obtain planning permission for any proposed development of the property and the LPA may have made an Article 4 Direction.

Any planning permission granted for development is likely to be subject to more onerous conditions than if the property was outside of the conservation area and the Local Planning Authority (LPA) may have made an Article 4 Direction.

If a planning permission is granted the development must then be commenced within three months of the planning permission. The LPA may have made an Article 4 Direction.

The LPA will make an Article 4 Direction and constructing new buildings is prohibited.

The LPA is under a duty to make an Article 4 Direction in respect of all property in a conservation area.

A

Any planning permission granted for development is likely to be subject to more onerous conditions than if the property was outside of the conservation area and the Local Planning Authority (LPA) may have made an Article 4 Direction.

Correct. Areas are designated conversation areas because they have a special character or appearance and hence it is likely that any planning conditions (e.g. bricks to be in keeping with the surrounding buildings) will be more onerous than in areas outside of such an area. Article 4 Directions are also very common in conservation areas.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
77
Q

A company is the owner of a warehouse. The property is currently vacant. The company plans to carry out substantial internal works involving removing internal structural walls so that it can be let out as a restaurant.

What planning consents will the company require?

Planning permission for the change of use.

Planning permission for the internal works, planning permission for the material change of use and building regulation consent for the internal works.

Planning permission for the material change of use and building regulation consent for the internal works.

Building regulation consent for the internal works.

Planning permission and building regulation consent for the internal works.

A

Planning permission for the material change of use and building regulation consent for the internal works.

Correct. The building works are internal works and therefore do not constitute development (s.55(2) TCPA 1990). Planning permission for the internal works is not required. The change of use of the property from a warehouse (Class B8) to a restaurant (Class E(b)) is a ‘material change of use’ which constitutes ‘development’ and hence planning permission is required for the change of use. This change does not fall within the GPDO 2015, nor would it fall within the transitional provisions (being a change in the pre-1 September TCP(UC)O 1987 from B8 to A3). As internal works are taking place, building regulation consent is required.

incorrect
Planning permission for the internal works, planning permission for the material change of use and building regulation consent for the internal works.

Incorrect. The building works are internal works and therefore do not constitute development (s. 55(2) TCPA 1990). Planning permission for the internal works is not required. The change of use of the property from a warehouse (Class B8) to a restaurant (Class E(b)) is a ‘material change of use’ which constitutes ‘development’ and hence planning permission is required for the change of use. This change does not fall within the GPDO 2015, nor would it fall within the transitional provisions (being a change in the pre-1 September TCP(UC)O 1987 from B8 to A3). As internal works are taking place, building regulation consent is required.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
78
Q

A house was built three years ago and the owner is now selling it to your client.

Which of the following statements best describes the legislation regarding planning control?

The seller need not have obtained building regulations approval for the building of the house.

If building regulations approval had been needed, the local authority must serve an enforcement notice for the seller having not obtained it within six months from the date of completion of the building work that is in breach.

If building regulations approval had been needed, the time limit for the local authority to apply for an injunction for the seller having not obtained it is 10 years from the date of completion of the building work that is in breach.

If planning permission had been needed the time limit for the local authority to bring enforcement action for the seller not obtaining planning permission is 10 years from the date of substantial completion

If planning permission had been needed, the time limit for the local authority to bring enforcement action for the seller not obtaining planning permission is 4 years from the date of substantial completion.

A

If planning permission had been needed, the time limit for the local authority to bring enforcement action for the seller not obtaining planning permission is 4 years from the date of substantial completion.

Correct. The correct time limit for enforcement of lack of planning permission is 4 years from the date of substantial completion (s. 171B TCPA 1990).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
79
Q

Your client is buying a house that had a substantial kitchen extension constructed recently. The seller has confirmed that buildings regulations consent has not been obtained. Which one of the following statements is good advice to give to your client in the circumstances?

Request that the buyer inspects the kitchen and to report back to you if they think the works present any problems.

Request that the seller obtains a Regularisation Certificate before completion.

Advise the buyer to obtain a Regularisation Certificate before exchange of contracts.

Building Regulations consent is not required because extending a house is permitted development under GPDO 2015 provided the seller complied with the criteria laid out therein

Advise the buyer to obtain indemnity insurance upon completion.

A

Request that the seller obtains a Regularisation Certificate before completion.

Correct. Building Regulations is concerned with how the works take place – so building materials, insulation, health and safety, fire escapes are all matters that building regulations covers. All works whether internal or external require Building Regulations. The seller should be asked to rectify the situation and obtaining a Regularisation Certificate is retrospective consent by the local planning authority that they are happy with the construction work. If you did not obtain a Regularisation Certificate, the local planning authority could apply for an injunction at any time requiring your client to alter or remove works. This would not be fair since it is the seller who should have obtained the consent and who should pay for any works that need to be carried out in order to obtain the correct approval.

incorrect
Advise the buyer to obtain a Regularisation Certificate before exchange of contracts.

Incorrect. Building Regulations is concerned with how the works take place – so building materials, insulation, health and safety, fire escapes are all matters that building regulations covers. All works whether internal or external require Building Regulations. It is the seller here who should be picking up any costs or doing any of the running around of obtaining a Regularisation Certificate as it is the seller who is at fault here and the seller should ideally be in a position to confirm at exchange of contracts that obtaining the regularisation certificate will be possible by completion.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
80
Q

Which one of the following statements is the most accurate description of a Planning Enforcement Notice?

It cannot require buildings to be demolished.

It invites the recipient to respond about how any breach may be satisfactorily remedied.

It flushes out information about potential planning breaches.

It cannot exist independently of a Planning Contravention Notice.

Non-compliance could result in a fine and the local authority carrying out the necessary work at the land owner’s expense.

A

Non-compliance could result in a fine and the local authority carrying out the necessary work at the land owner’s expense.

correct

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
81
Q

Which one of the following is correct regarding Commercial Property Standard Enquiries (the ‘CPSEs’)?

The CPSEs are raised in all residential property transactions.

The CPSEs will be requested by the buyer’s solicitor.

The CPSEs are delivered after exchange of contracts.

No supplemental enquiries may be raised in addition the CPSEs.

A

The CPSEs will be requested by the buyer’s solicitor.

Correct. The buyer will request the CPSE.1 and any relevant supplemental CPSE enquiries are raised usually by email. The seller’s solicitor will then ask their client to complete and when received back, will send on to the buyer’s solicitor.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
82
Q

Which one of the following is a requirement when using the Law Society Conveyancing Protocol (the ‘Protocol’)?

Additional enquiries seeking the seller’s opinion may be raised.

Raising an additional enquiry to clarify issues arising out of the buyer’s mortgage.

Submission to the buyer’s solicitor of Property Information Form (TA6) and CPSE.2.

Additional enquiries relating to any issues may be raised.

Confirm and update where necessary replies to enquiries if completed more than two months earlier.

A

Confirm and update where necessary replies to enquiries if completed more than two months earlier.
Correct. This is from paragraph 15 of the Protocol.

incorrect

Additional enquiries seeking the seller’s opinion may be raised.
Incorrect. Enquiries asking for the seller’s opinion are not allowed, only enquiries of fact are allowed.

Raising an additional enquiry to clarify issues arising out of the buyer’s mortgage.
Incorrect. The seller does not have any information about the buyer’s mortgage. This would be communication between the buyer’s solicitor and the buyer’s lender.

Submission to the buyer’s solicitor of Property Information Form (TA6) and CPSE.2.
Incorrect. TA6 is to be used in residential transactions but not CPSE.2.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
83
Q

A company is selling a piece of land. In preparing replies to enquiries, the company director states that the company “is not aware of any disputes with neighbouring properties”. The company director can find no disputes in her file for the property. However, the site manager of the land did have a significant verbal dispute (not written down) with the neighbouring land, which he did not bring to the attention of the director.

After completion, the buyer finds out about the dispute. Is the seller protected against a claim by the wording of the reply?

No, because the seller can only rely on written evidence to provide replies to enquiries.

Yes, because the seller has checked her records.

No, because the seller should not give a reply without being certain as to its truth and the wording “is not aware” has no effect.

No, the director should have spoken to the site manager.

A

No, the director should have spoken to the site manager.

Correct. The seller should make reasonable efforts to check records AND speak to appropriate people in the organisation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
84
Q

Which one of the following is correct regarding the Law Society’s Conveyancing Protocol (the ‘Protocol’)?

The Protocol can be used in residential transactions of newly built homes.

The Protocol can be used in commercial transactions of freehold and leasehold property.

The Protocol can be used in residential transactions of freehold and leasehold property.

The Protocol must be followed by all solicitors.

A

The Protocol can be used in residential transactions of freehold and leasehold property.

correct

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
85
Q

When using the Law Society’s Conveyancing Protocol, which list accurately sets out what the solicitors agree to adopt?

Standard Conditions of Sale (incorporated into the contract), Commercial Property Standard Enquiries, Formulae for exchange, Code for Completion by Post.

Standard Conditions of Sale (incorporated into the contract), Property Forms, Formulae for exchange, Code for Completion by Post.

Standard Commercial Property Conditions (incorporated into the contract), Property Forms, Formulae for exchange, Code for Completion by Post.

Standard Conditions of Sale (incorporated into the contract), Property Forms, Formulae for completion, Code for Completion by Post.

Standard Conditions of Sale (incorporated into the contract), Property Forms, Formulae for exchange, Code for Completion by Telephone.

A

Standard Conditions of Sale (incorporated into the contract), Property Forms, Formulae for exchange, Code for Completion by Post.

correct

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
86
Q

Which one of the following actions would constitute compliance with the Law Society’s Conveyancing Protocol (‘the Protocol’)?

A seller’s solicitor sending to the buyer’s solicitor official copies of the register that are eight months old.

A buyer’s solicitor additional pre-contract enquiry as follows: “Has the property ever suffered from an infestation of rodents?’

A CQS solicitor not following the Protocol without any justification.

A buyer’s solicitor sending two pages of standard enquiries, as well as the Property Forms to the seller’s solicitor.

A

A buyer’s solicitor additional pre-contract enquiry as follows: “Has the property ever suffered from an infestation of rodents?’
Correct. This is an enquiry of fact, not opinion and the seller should give a reply.

incorrect
A buyer’s solicitor sending two pages of standard enquiries, as well as the Property Forms to the seller’s solicitor.

Incorrect. This would be a breach of the Protocol. The seller’s solicitor should only attend to the Property Forms and any additional enquiries that are essential to the transaction.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
87
Q

A buyer is buying an unregistered freehold property. The epitome reveals the following information: Company A sold the property in 1945 to Company B and Company B sold the property in 2003 to Company C. Company C is the current owner and seller of the property.

Which one of the following best sets out the Central Land Charges searches (Form K15) (‘CLC searches’) which the buyer’s solicitor should carry out pre-exchange?

CLC searches against: (1) Company A for the period 1926 – 1945; (2) Company B for the period 1945 – present date; (3) Company C for the period 2003 - present date.

None. These are pre-completion searches.

CLC searches against: (1) Company A for the period 1926 – 1945; (2) Company B for the period 1945 – 2003; (3) Company C for the period 2003 – present date.

CLC searches against: (1) Company A for the period 1926 –present date; (2) Company B for the period 1926 – present date; (3) Company C for the period 1926 – present date.

CLC searches against: (1) Company A for the period 1925 – 1945; (2) Company B for the period 1945 – 2003; (3) Company C for the period 1945 – 2003.

A

CLC searches against: (1) Company A for the period 1926 – 1945; (2) Company B for the period 1945 – 2003; (3) Company C for the period 2003 – present date.

Correct. CLC searches are carried out against previous owners of the property for their periods of ownership.

You would need a CLC search against Company A. As you don’t know when they bought the property, you would carry out the search from 1926, the year when the CLC register was started. However, you do know that Company A sold the property in 1945, so you only need search up to then.

The CLC search against Company B will be for the period 1945 to 2003, as you know that this is the period that they owned it.

The CLC search against Company C will be for the period of their ownership, being 2003 to the current year.

Note that the searches against companies A and B can be relied upon whenever they are dated, so if the seller’s solicitor provides them, the buyer’s solicitor need not carry out fresh searches. However, the search against Company C will need to be carried out again just before completion to confer priority.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
88
Q

You are acting for the buyers of a property. The seller is Mark Arthur. The seller’s solicitor tells you that Philip Arthur recently died. You review the official copies, which contain the following entry:

Proprietor(s): PHILIP ARTHUR and MARK ARTHUR of 35 Yewdale Road, Leeds, LS3 8QP

RESTRICTION: no disposition by a sole proprietor of the registered estate (except a trust corporation) under which capital money arises is to be registered unless authorised by an order of the court.

Which one of the following statements best explains what you need to do in respect of this entry in the Proprietorship Register?

You need to ensure another trustee is appointed to pay the purchase money to so the restriction will not apply.

You need to see a certified copy of the death certificate and then Mark Arthur can sell as a sole proprietor.

You do not need to do anything as Philip Arthur has died so the restriction is no longer relevant.

You do not need to do anything, this is for the seller’s solicitors to deal with.

You do not need to do anything, the right of survivorship will apply so Mark Arthur can sell as a sole proprietor.

A

You need to ensure another trustee is appointed to pay the purchase money to so the restriction will not apply.

Correct
This is correct. This restriction tells us Mark and Philip are beneficial tenants in common and prevents a sale by a sole owner. This means a sale by Mark alone is not permitted and would not be registered by the Land Registry. A second trustee needs to be appointed in order to comply with the restriction. This will overreach Philip’s beneficial interest, which will have passed under his estate because the right of survivorship will not have applied on his death.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
89
Q

Your firm is investigating title on behalf of a client who is buying a commercial property. The seller’s solicitor has deduced title. There is a restrictive covenant in the Charges Register of the Official Copies for the Property not to make any alterations to the property. In the CPSE Replies the seller admits that they have breached this restrictive covenant by building an extension to the rear of the property. There is no indemnity covenant in the Proprietorship Register.

Which one of the following options is the best advice for your client?

Restrictive covenants do not bind successors in title unless there is an indemnity covenant on the Proprietorship Register.

Restrictive covenants do not bind successors in title so no further action is required.

Restrictive covenants bind successors in title so the seller should obtain restrictive covenant insurance to cover liability for breach of covenant.

Restrictive covenants bind successors in title so the buyer should obtain restrictive covenant insurance to cover liability for breach of covenant.

Your client should not proceed with the purchase as the title is defective.

A

Restrictive covenants bind successors in title so the seller should obtain restrictive covenant insurance to cover liability for breach of covenant.

Correct. The burden of restrictive covenants bind successors in title as long as they are correctly registered, which is likely, as the restrictive covenant referred to is in the Charges Register of the Official Copies. As restrictive covenants run with the land and bind successors in title, they do not require an indemnity covenant in the Proprietorship Register to make them binding unlike a positive covenant.The seller has breached this restrictive covenant, and as a past breach it is the seller who is responsible for obtaining restrictive covenant insurance. While the other answer options might sound plausible, they are each incorrect. Note also that a firm of solicitors cannot arrange an insurance policy under section 19(1) FSMA 2000 unless they are authorised or exempt.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
90
Q

You act for a client company who is buying a piece of registered, undeveloped land that only has access to adopted highway via a private right of way. The burden of the right of way is registered against the registered title of the servient land. The wording of the right is as follows: “… to pass and repass with or without motorcars over the lane coloured blue …”

The lane coloured blue is just large enough to allow one car at a time to drive along it. The client intends to develop the land as an office for the client’s business with just two car parking spaces for the company directors.

Is the right likely to be sufficient for the client’s plans for the property?

No. It is neither legally sufficient nor physically adequate.

Yes. It is legally sufficient and physically adequate.

No. It is not legally sufficient, but it is physically adequate.

No. It is legally sufficient, but not physically adequate.

Yes. It is legally sufficient and physically adequate. However, the right should additionally be checked on the CON29 replies.

A

No. It is neither legally sufficient nor physically adequate.

Correct. Although the lane may be sufficient for the ultimate intended use of the property, it will not be sufficient for the construction of the office. Construction requires heavy vehicles such as dumper trucks and cement mixers. They will not be able to access the site due to both the physical and legal constraints of the right of way.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
91
Q

You are acting for the buyer of a residential house on a plot of registered freehold land which is part of a new development so the buyer is buying part of a larger plot. The buyer has agreed to enter into the following covenants: (1) “not to use the Property for anything other than a private residence” and (2) “to erect and hereafter maintain a fence of no less than 2 metres in height along the northern and western boundaries of the Property”.

What types of covenants are these and on which of the registers at Land Registry for the title to the Property would you expect to see the two covenants registered?

(1) is a restrictive covenant and (2) is a positive covenant and only (1) would be registered on the Charges Register.

(1) is a positive covenant and (2) is a restrictive covenant and both would be registered on the Proprietorship Register.

1) is a restrictive covenant and (2) is a positive covenant and both would be registered on the Charges Register.

(1) and (2) are both restrictive covenants and both would be registered on the Charges Register.

(1) and (2) are both positive covenants and would be registered on the Charges Register.

A

1) is a restrictive covenant and (2) is a positive covenant and both would be registered on the Charges Register.

Correct. Both restrictive and positive covenants are registered on the Charges register at the Land Registry. The Proprietorship Register deals with restrictions on the owner of the land’s ability to deal with it rather than restrictions over the land.

Restrictive covenants are contracts entered into between the covenantor (the owner of the burdened land) and the covenantee (the owner of the land taking the benefit) which restrict the right of the covenantor and their successors in title to freely use the burdened land eg a restrictive covenant not to use the property for anything other than a dwelling house. The covenant could be worded positively but still be a restrictive covenant eg a covenant to use the property only as a residential dwelling.

Positive covenants are contracts entered into between the covenantor (the owner of the burdened land) and the covenantee (the owner of the land taking the benefit) which require the covenantor to do something with / on / to the property e.g. to build and maintain a fence along the boundary of the property. The covenant could be worded restrictively but still be a positive covenant e.g. not to allow the boundary fence to fall into disrepair.

An aid to working out whether a covenant is restrictive or positive (regardless of whether it is worded negatively or positively) is the ‘hand in the pocket test’. If you have to ‘put your hand in your pocket’ i.e. pay out money to comply with the covenant then it is a positive covenant (one obliging you to do something).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
92
Q

You act for a client who is buying a freehold restaurant for cash (not a mortgage) from a family member. The client instructs you not to carry out searches.

Which of these is your best option ?

A -Decline to act for the client as you cannot act in their best interests.

B. Advise your client as to the risks of not carrying out searches, and ensure that they understand before you proceed.

C. Agree that searches are unnecessary in a transaction between family members.

D. Agree that searches are unnecessary for a restaurant, but you or your client should as a minimum check that the property is registered as a food business.

E. Advise your client that as they are commercially minded, you will remove the section on searches in your report on title.

A

B. Advise your client as to the risks of not carrying out searches, and ensure that they understand before you proceed.

but finish choices from w3 collaborate

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
93
Q

You act for a client buying a piece of land for redevelopment

Which of these matters will be revealed by your desktop environmental search?

A - previous planning applications

B - a conclusive report whether the land is contaminated or not

C - whether the mand is subject to right of common

D - flooding risk based on historic and other publicly available date

E - the energy efficiency of any buildings on the land

A

D - flooding risk based on historic and other publicly available date

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
94
Q

A solicitor is acting for a client who is the sole owner of a freehold property. The property is not a listed building and is vacant, but was used as office premises until five years ago. The client plans to carry out internal works to the property so that she can let it as a single private dwelling house. She has asked for the solicitor’s advice about whether her plans constitute ‘development’ and therefore whether she will need to obtain planning permission.
Will the client require planning permission for her plans for the property?

A. Yes, although she will not require planning permission for the internal works, she will require planning permission for the change of use.

B. No, the internal works do not constitute development and nor does the change of use because the previous use was abandoned over four years ago.

C. No, the internal works do not constitute development and nor does the change of use because it is a change to a single private dwelling house.

D. Yes, she will require planning permission for both the internal works and the change of use because they are developments which are not permitted.

E. No, the internal works do not constitute development and nor does the change of use because the change is not material.

A

A. Yes, although she will not require planning permission for the internal works, she will require planning permission for the change of use.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
95
Q

You are acting for a couple buying a house. Replies to enquiries show that the loft was converted from storage to an additional bedroom four years ago. Your local search shows that no building regulations approvals have been obtained.
What should you do?

A. You should advise that indemnity insurance be taken out against the risk of enforcement, and that the loft conversion may not be safe to use if it doesn’t comply with building regulations.

B. You should advise that indemnity insurance be taken out against the risk of enforcement, but that no other action is necessary.

C. You can advise your clients that this is not an issue, as the local authority’s period for enforcement has expired, but the loft conversion may not be safe to use if it doesn’t comply with building regulations.

D. You can advise your clients that this is not an issue, as the conversion falls within the General Permitted Development Order 2015.

E. You should advise your clients to apply to court for a declaration that the works are in compliance with building regulations to prevent the risk of an injunction.

A

You should advise that indemnity insurance be taken out against the risk of enforcement, and that the loft conversion may not be safe to use if it doesn’t comply with building regulations.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
96
Q

Imagine last year Proporation Limited built a patio and porch along the full width of the rear of the Property and did not obtain the requisite planning permission. Which of the following statements best sets out NHL’s potential liability if it buys the Property without planning permission being in place?​

NHL will have no liability as it did not carry out the works.

The local authority has four years from the date of substantial completion of the patio and porch to take enforcement action against NHL.

The local authority can serve a breach of condition notice against NHL because it is a condition of lawful development that planning permission is obtained before development takes place.

The local authority can serve an enforcement notice on NHL requiring it to pay a fine of up to £20,000.

The local authority can serve a stop notice on NHL requiring it to stop the ongoing breach and demolish the patio and porch.

A

The local authority has four years from the date of substantial completion of the patio and porch to take enforcement action against NHL.

Correct.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
97
Q

You act for a landlord client who has received a planning enforcement notice from the local authority. The landlord owns a commercial unit (‘Premises’) and five years ago, finished converting the Premises from a storage centre to a wine bar. The enforcement notice claims the landlord’s conversion works were carried out without planning permission and the material change of use wasn’t authorised under permitted development rights.

Which of the following best describes the advice you would give to the landlord regarding the enforcement periods for the two alleged breaches of planning law?

The local authority is unable to enforce against the landlord for lack of planning permission for both the works and material change of use because service of the enforcement notice is defective – the notice should have been sent to the tenant of the Premises instead of to the landlord.

The local authority is out of time to enforce against the landlord for the lack of planning permission for the building work but they are within the time limit to enforce for the unauthorised change of use.

The local authority can enforce against the landlord for carrying out works without planning permission because the works were carried out to effect the change of use and the time limit for changing use without authorisation is still running.

The local authority is unable to enforce against the landlord for either breach because they have allowed the wine bar to trade for the past five years without issuing a complaint.

The local authority is out of time to enforce against the landlord for the lack of planning permission for both the works and change of use because more than four years have passed since the works and change of use were completed.

A

The local authority is out of time to enforce against the landlord for the lack of planning permission for the building work but they are within the time limit to enforce for the unauthorised change of use.

Correct. This answer reflects the enforcement periods for lack of planning permission for works (four years) compared to lack of planning permission for a material change of use (ten years).

The local authority is out of time to enforce against the landlord for the lack of planning permission for both the works and change of use because more than four years have passed since the works and change of use were completed.

Incorrect
Incorrect. Please review your materials on how long a local authority has to enforce for a lack of planning permission for both works and a material change of use, when neither breach was deliberately concealed.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
98
Q

You act for the buyer of a freehold property. The preliminary information provided by your client indicates the property does not directly abut the public highway but access to the public highway is over a track (the Track) that crosses a neighbouring farm.

Which pre-contract search or enquiry would provide you with a definitive position as to whether the Track abuts the public highway?

CON 29 Enquiries of Local Authority

Pre-Contract Enquiries (CPSEs)

Physical inspection / site visit

Optional enquiries of the Local Authority (CON 29O)

Highways Search

A

Highways Search

Correct
This is correct. The primary reason for carrying out a Highways Search is to ensure that the boundary of the property abuts a public highway. The result of a Highways Search would include a plan, showing exactly where the public highway ends and the Track begins.

The CON 29 tells you whether there are roads in the vicinity of the property which are adopted/public.

Replies to CPSE enquires are given by the seller and would not be definitive on this issue.

A site visit would not provide the definitive confirmation required.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
99
Q

You have recently been instructed to act for a buyer on the purchase of an industrial unit. The seller built a large extension to the rear of the unit in September 2008. The seller’s solicitor has sent you the replies to CPSEs and you note that the seller did not obtain building regulations approval for the extension.

Is this a problem for the buyer?

No as the building works were carried out over four years ago and therefore are outside the local authority’s enforcement period re: the lack of building regulations approval.

Yes as there is no time limit for enforcement re: the lack of building regulations approval by the local authority.

No as the seller was responsible for the building works in 2008 it will not become a problem for the buyer.

No as the building works were carried out over ten years ago and therefore are outside the local authority’s enforcement period re: the lack of building regulations approval.

Yes as you would need to check the building regulations approval conditions as if breached there is a ten year enforcement period by the local authority starting from the date of the breach of condition.

A

Yes as there is no time limit for enforcement re: the lack of building regulations approval by the local authority.
Correct. The local authority can apply to court to enforce the building regulations by injunction at any time. While the other answer options might sound plausible, they are each incorrect.

Breach of conditions apply to planning permission only.

The four year enforcement period related to planning permissions.

The ten year enforcement period related to planning permissions.

The liability for lack of building regulations approval will pass to the buyer on completion.

incorrect
Yes as you would need to check the building regulations approval conditions as if breached there is a ten year enforcement period by the local authority starting from the date of the breach of condition.
Incorrect
Incorrect. Breach of conditions apply to planning permission only. Review your materials on enforcement periods for planning permission and building regulations.

No as the building works were carried out over ten years ago and therefore are outside the local authority’s enforcement period re: the lack of building regulations approval.
Incorrect
Incorrect. This enforcement period related to planning permissions. Review your materials on enforcement periods for planning permissions and building regulations.

No as the seller was responsible for the building works in 2008 it will not become a problem for the buyer.
Incorrect. The liability for lack of building regulations approval will pass to the buyer on completion. Review your materials on enforcement periods for planning permissions and building regulations.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
100
Q

A planning officer for a local authority has become aware of a potential planning issue. Five years ago, a commercial property within the local area has been redeveloped into a single residential property without obtaining any planning permissions.

Which of the following options should the planning officer take for this breach of planning control?

There is nothing he can do as the planning contravention is outside the enforcement period from the date of the change of use.

Serve an Enforcement Notice on the proprietor as the planning contravention is within the enforcement period from the date of the change of use.

Nothing as the change of use is permitted as general development.

Serve an Enforcement Notice on the proprietor as the enforcement period for this change of use is unlimited.

Apply to court for an injunction to restore the property to its lawful use.

A

There is nothing he can do as the planning contravention is outside the enforcement period from the date of the change of use.

Correct
Correct. This change of use of a building to a single residential property has a four year enforcement period which has now expired. While the other options appear plausible they are not. This change of use of a building to a single residential property has a four year enforcement period which has now expired. The enforcement period for change of use is not unlimited. An injunction applies mainly to lack of building regulations. This is not a permitted development.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
101
Q

You are acting for the purchaser of a registered commercial freehold property and in order to complete the report on title for the client you need to locate information from the searches about the following issues:

  • Whether the property is a listed building
  • Whether a contaminated land notice has been served.
  • Building regulations previously granted.
  • Flooding risk
  • Whether the boundary fence needs repair.

Which of the following options best describes the searches and/or enquiries you would use to obtain the information needed?

LLC1 search; CON29 search; waterways search and Commercial Property Standard Enquiries.

LLC1 search; CON29 search; environmental desktop search and Commercial Property Standard Enquiries.

CON29 search and waterways search.

CON29 search; environmental desktop search and Commercial Property Standard Enquiries.

LLC1 search; CON29 search and environmental desktop search.

A

LLC1 search; CON29 search; environmental desktop search and Commercial Property Standard Enquiries.

This is correct. Whether the property is listed will appear in the LLC1. Contaminated land notices and building regulations approval are only detailed in the CON29. Flooding risk appears in the environmental desktop search and the seller will confirm in the CPSEs whether the fence needs repairing.

LLC1 search; CON29 search and environmental desktop search.

Incorrect
This is incorrect. The seller will confirm in the CPSEs whether the fence needs repairing.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
102
Q

You act for a client who intends to buy a registered freehold in the countryside. The client has asked you to look in the pre-contract papers to see whether a public footpath crosses the property.

Where would you normally expect to find the answer?

Search of the Index Map Result.

The Commons Registration Search Result.

The Property Register of the Official Copy.

The Local Authority Search Result.

The Local Land Charges Search Result.

A

The Local Authority Search Result.
Correct. There is a question to the local authority at enquiry 2.2 asking if there are any public right of ways (which would include footpaths) that abut or cross the property. While the other answer options might sound plausible, they are each incorrect. The Local Land Charges Search Result does not record details of footpaths, instead it records charges such as general and specific financial charges, planning charges, listed buildings charges, light obstruction notices. The Property Register of the Official Copy reveals rights benefiting the property such as private rights of way, not public footpaths. The Search of the Index Map Result reveals whether the area searched is registered or unregistered land, it does not detail any specific rights of way and indeed the Land Registry does not record public footpaths on its registers. The Commons Registration Search result (this is an optional enquiry in the Local Authority Search) will reveal whether the property is registered common land or town or village green under the Commons Registration Act 1965 or the Commons Act 2006.

Search of the Index Map Result.

Incorrect. Please review your materials on the purpose of pre-contract searches and search results.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
103
Q

A solicitor is acting for the buyer of a property. A river flows through the grounds of the property. Within its replies to pre-contract enquiries, the seller has stated that during its period of ownership of the property, there have not been any instances of flooding of the property itself, but on three separate occasions there has been serious flooding of a local village.

Which one of the following pre-contract searches should the buyer’s solicitor review to investigate the potential risk of flooding to the property?

The solicitor should review the Waterways Search.

The solicitor should review the Desktop Environmental Search.

The solicitor should review the Local Land Charges (LLC1) Search.

The solicitor should review the Drainage and Water Search.

The solicitor should review the results of the Enquiries of the Local Authority (CON 29).

A

The solicitor should review the Desktop Environmental Search.

Correct. The Desktop Environmental Search will confirm if the property is likely to flood (in addition to confirming if the property has ever been used for a contaminative use). While the other answer options might sound plausible, they are each incorrect. The Waterways Search will reveal a wide range of information in relation to the river running through the grounds of the property, including who has liability for the maintenance of the river banks, whether there are any rights of way along the river banks, whether there are any drainage or fishing rights and whether there are any water abstraction licences in place. It will not, however, reveal any information regarding the flood risk. The Drainage and Water Search checks matters such as whether foul and surface water from the property drain to a public sewer and whether the property is connected to a mains water supply. It does not contain any information relating to the flood risk. The Local Land Charges (LLC1) Search will reveal a number of matters regarding the surrounding area and the local environment such as planning permissions that have been granted, other planning matters such as Enforcement or Stop Notices, tree preservation orders, smoke control orders, financial charges such as road-making charges and whether the area is a Conservation Area. There is, however, no information within the LLC1 relating to the flood risk. The Enquiries of the Local Authority (CON 29) results will similarly reveal a large amount of information concerning the surrounding area such as further planning information, the status of roads in the vicinity of the property and whether there are any public rights of way affecting the property. They will again, however, not provide any information relating to the flood risk.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
104
Q

Which of the following statements correctly describes the purpose of a certificate of title?

It confirms to the recipient matters relating to the property through a series of statements of facts and disclosures

It sets out the terms of the security deed that the recipient is entering into.

It confirms that the security over the property is valid and enforceable.

It sets out the risks and issues relating to the property and provides advice and opinions on those risks/issues.

The certificate is a guarantee of a clear and good title to a property.

A

It confirms to the recipient matters relating to the property through a series of statements of facts and disclosures

This is correct. It confirms to the recipient matters relating to the property through a series of statements of facts and disclosures. It is not a report on the security deed (eg charge by way of legal mortgage) being valid and enforceable.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
105
Q

A company is buying a registered freehold property in England with funding from a corporate lending bank secured on the property with a first legal charge. The company’s solicitor is required to submit to the lender’s solicitor a CLLS Certificate of Title (COT) as a condition precedent to receiving the funding.

When should the company’s solicitor receive confirmation from the lender’s solicitor that the draft COT is approved?

At completion.

Before exchange of contracts.

A couple of hours before completion.

A week before completion.

A

Before exchange of contracts.

Correct
Correct. A buyer’s solicitor should not exchange contracts unless the source of funds is confirmed. Exchanging without confirmation means the lender could have issues with the property and then not want to lend, leaving the buyer contracted to buy without access to the main source of funds. There would be financial penalties under the contract if the buyer did not complete.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
106
Q

Match the lending document to the description: Mortgage offer, Legal charge, Facility letter, Certificate of title

The deed that creates the security interest and is registered at the Land Registry.​

The commercial equivalent of a mortgage offer. ​
This will set out the terms and conditions of the loan.

A document in which a solicitor certifies that the title to the property is satisfactory for lending purposes.​

A formal offer by the lender to lend. It is subject to the lender being satisfied with the transaction and the security (ie, the property) and will set out the terms and conditions of the loan.

A

The deed that creates the security interest and is registered at the Land Registry.​ –Legal charge

The commercial equivalent of a mortgage offer. ​
This will set out the terms and conditions of the loan. – Facility letter

A document in which a solicitor certifies that the title to the property is satisfactory for lending purposes.​ – Certificate of title

A formal offer by the lender to lend. It is subject to the lender being satisfied with the transaction and the security (ie, the property) and will set out the terms and conditions of the loan. – Mortgage offer

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
107
Q

Which one of the following correctly describes section 2 of the Law of Property (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1989?

Contracts for the sale of land must be in writing and all the relevant terms must be incorporated into the contract.

The interest of a person in actual occupation will bind a purchase of the property.

Implies certain covenants or obligations on the part of the seller.

A

Contracts for the sale of land must be in writing and all the relevant terms must be incorporated into the contract.

Correct
Correct. This is indeed two of the requirements for a valid land contract. The contract will also need to be signed by, or on half of the parties to the contract.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
108
Q

Which one of the following will be expressly incorporated into a contract for the sale of land?

Law Society Conveyancing Protocol

Standard Conditions (either the Standards Conditions of Sale or the Standard Commercial Property Conditions)

Solicitor undertakings

A

Standard Conditions (either the Standards Conditions of Sale or the Standard Commercial Property Conditions)

Correct
Correct. The standard conditions will always be incorporated into a contract for the sale of land. They contain conditions that are common to all transactions and it is far easier to incorporate these by reference rather than write them all out again in the contract.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
109
Q

Your client is selling his home and you are about to start drafting the contract. Which ONE of the following contracts would you choose as a precedent?

A tailor made contract for sale incorporating the standard commercial property conditions and special conditions

A tailor made contract for sale incorporating the standard conditions of sale only.

A standard form contract for sale incorporating the standard commercial property conditions only.

A standard form contract for sale incorporating the standard conditions of sale and pre-printed special conditions.

A

A standard form contract for sale incorporating the standard conditions of sale and pre-printed special conditions.

Correct
Correct. It is usual for the solicitor to prepare the standard form contract for sale incorporating the standard conditions for sale for residential transactions and the pre-printed special conditions will be at the back page of the standard form contract. A tailor made contract is used mostly in commercial property transactions which this isn’t.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
110
Q

Which of the following statements correctly describes the role of special conditions in a property contract?

Special conditions are incorporated into both residential and commercial transactions though there are different conditions depending upon the nature of the transaction. Both conditions are updated from time to time to take account any changes in law.

Special conditions may be used in residential property contracts only to add to or amend the standard conditions

Special conditions may be used in commercial property contracts only to add to or amend the standard conditions

Special conditions may be used in both residential and commercial property contracts to add to or amend the standard conditions

A

Special conditions may be used in both residential and commercial property contracts to add to or amend the standard conditions

Correct
This is correct. The Standard Conditions of Sale may be amended, excluded or supplemented by ‘special conditions’. This applies in respect of both residential and commercial property transactions. Though, in respect of residential transactions, if the seller’s solicitor is following the Law Society Conveyancing Protocol, special conditions may only be added if ‘absolutely necessary for the purposes of the transaction’.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
111
Q

Which of the following will sell with limited title guarantee?

A seller who is the owner but has fully let the property out to a tenant.

A seller who is a mortgagee in possession

A seller who is the owner and occupier.

A seller who is a trustee

A

A seller who is a trustee

Correct
Correct. A trustee would usually give only a limited title guarantee.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
112
Q

If, immediately following exchange of contracts, the seller wishes to use the deposit payable by the buyer, the seller’s solicitor must ensure that the contract provides for the deposit to be held in which of the following capacities?

By the seller’s solicitor as agent for the seller’s estate agent.

By the seller’s solicitor as stakeholder.

By the seller’s solicitor as agent for the buyer.

By the seller’s solicitor as agent for the seller.

A

By the seller’s solicitor as agent for the seller.

Correct
Correct. Holding the deposit as agent for the seller means the money belongs to the seller and the seller is free to use it from exchange of contracts. If the deposit was held as stakeholder this means that the seller’s solicitor is custodian of the deposit for both parties: the deposit may not be released to the seller until completion.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
113
Q

A seller must disclose latent incumbrances and defects in title. Both the SCS and SCPC amend this duty. Match the description of what the seller must disclose to the set of conditions the duty is from (refer to SCS and SCPC if you need to):

The buyer is deemed to buy the property subject to any incumbrances which would be revealed by a prudent buyer’s searches and enquiries.

The seller needs to disclose any incumbrances (rights burdening the property that are not apparent on inspection) that are registered at the Land Registry (reg land), the Land Charges Registry (unreg land) and at Companies House.

A

The buyer is deemed to buy the property subject to any incumbrances which would be revealed by a prudent buyer’s searches and enquiries.

SCPC (used in commercial transactions)

The seller needs to disclose any incumbrances (rights burdening the property that are not apparent on inspection) that are registered at the Land Registry (reg land), the Land Charges Registry (unreg land) and at Companies House.

SCS (used in residential transactions)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
114
Q

Time is usually of the essence under both the SCS and the SCPC.

Is this statement true or false?

False

True

A

False

Correct
Correct. Both SCS and SCPC state that ‘time is NOT of the essence until a notice to complete is served’. This means that if a party fails to complete, the non-defaulting party cannot not yet walk away from the transaction.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
115
Q

What is the time for completion under both the SCS and the SCPC?

A

2pm
Correct
This is correct. The time for completion under both SCS and SCPC is 2pm. For the buyer’s solicitor this means that the money must be received by the seller’s solicitor before 2pm.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
116
Q

Your client is buying a house from a man who is an owner and an occupier of the house. Your review of the official copies reveals the registered proprietors as the man and woman who hold the property as tenants in common. You have been informed that the woman has died. Which ONE of the following would you include in the contract?

The man is to transfer the property with limited title guarantee in the transfer deed and appoint a second trustee who will give full title guarantee in the transfer deed.

The man is to transfer the property with full title guarantee.

The man is to transfer the property with limited title guarantee

The man is to transfer the property with full title guarantee and agrees to appoint a second trustee who will give limited title guarantee in the transfer deed.

A

The man is to transfer the property with full title guarantee and agrees to appoint a second trustee who will give limited title guarantee in the transfer deed.

Correct
Correct. A buyer from a sole surviving tenant in common would be expecting a title guarantee from both the surviving tenant in common AND from the second trustee appointed to overreach any beneficial interest in the property. However, the second trustee is often not appointed until completion. The sole surviving tenant in common will be named as the ‘Seller’ in the contract and will agree (by way of a special condition) to appoint the second trustee on completion. A trustee will usually agree only to give limited title guarantee as it has limited knowledge of the property.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
117
Q

You are acting for the buyer of a residential property. In the replies to enquiries, the seller disclosed that their adult child occupiers the property with them.

Which pre-written special condition would you expect to be included in the contract in light of this?

The property is sold with vacant possession - this should be included to include the details of the adult son in occupation

Title guarantee - this should be included so that the title guarantee given by the seller is varied from full to limited

This cannot be covered by a pre-written special condition. Rather, a tailor made special condition would need to be drafted

Occupier consent’s - the adult son should sign the contract to confirm they will vacate on or before completion

A

Occupier consent’s - the adult son should sign the contract to confirm they will vacate on or before completion
Correct
This is correct. The seller’s solicitor would need to obtain the signature of the adult child, who would need to be advised to seek independent legal advice.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
118
Q

A buyer and seller have agreed that the washing machine and dryer (not integrated)should be included in the sale of a property.

How should the buyer ensure this is documented in the contract?

The buyer should ensure pre-written special condition 3(a) is included and attach a list of any other fittings/chattels that are agreed the buyer will purchase

The buyer should ensure a tailor made special condition is drafted and included in the contract documenting the fittings/chattels the buyer would like including in the sale.

The buyer does not need to do anything as the standard conditions of sale include a condition that all fittings /chattels will pass automatically to the buyer on completion of the sale

The buyer does not need to do anything as all fittings/chattels will pass automatically to the buyer on completion of the sale

The buyer does not need to do anything as all fixtures will pass automatically to the buyer on completion of the sale

A

The buyer should ensure pre-written special condition 3(a) is included and attach a list of any other fittings/chattels that are agreed the buyer will purchase

Correct
Correct. The washing machine and dryer are not fixtures and will not therefore pass automatically to the buyer on a purchase. Fittings / chattels that the buyer would like including need to be expressly included in the contract. In a residential contract there is a pre-written special condition that allows the parties to specify any fittings / chattels (also called contents) that are to be included in the sale and any fixtures which are to be excluded.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
119
Q

A five year old commercial property is being sold. The seller has not opted to tax. The seller is drafting the contract, which includes the SCPC.

Which one of the following correctly sets out the contractual VAT provision(s) required and the reason why? (Refer to the text of SCPC if you need to.)

SCPC 2 is incorporated in the contract and the purchase price should state it is exclusive of VAT because VAT is chargeable on the sale.

SCPC 2 is incorporated in the contract because VAT is not chargeable on the sale.

SCPC special condition A1 should be expressly incorporated and the purchase price should state it is exclusive of VAT because VAT is chargeable on the sale.

SCPC special condition A1 should be expressly incorporated because VAT is not chargeable on the sale.

A

SCPC special condition A1 should be expressly incorporated because VAT is not chargeable on the sale.

Correct
Correct. The sale of an old commercial property where the seller has not opted to tax is not chargeable to VAT. SCPC special condition A1 is the relevant provision to incorporate to reflect the position that VAT is not payable in the contract.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
120
Q

The draft sale contract for a commercial property incorporates the SCPC, including SCPC 2. Special Condition A1 from the SCPC is not incorporated in the draft contract.

Which one of the following most accurately sets out the implication of this drafting and the reason(s) why the contract would have been drafted this way? (Refer to the text of SCPC if you need to.)

VAT is not chargeable on the sale of the property. The property is an old (more than 3 years old) commercial property with no option to tax.

VAT is chargeable on the sale of the property. The property is an old (more than 3 years old) commercial property with no option to tax.

VAT is chargeable on the sale of the property. The property is either a new (up to 3 years old) commercial property or an old (more than 3 years old) commercial property with an option to tax.

VAT is not chargeable on the sale of the property. The property is either a new (up to 3 years old) commercial property or an old (more than 3 years old) commercial property with an option to tax.

A

VAT is chargeable on the sale of the property. The property is either a new (up to 3 years old) commercial property or an old (more than 3 years old) commercial property with an option to tax.

Correct
Correct. SCPC 2 is the default position which is that VAT is chargeable on the sale of the property. The purchase price should state it is exclusive of VAT. The possible reasons why the sale of a commercial property would be chargeable to VAT are that it is a new commercial property or an old commercial property where the seller has made an option to tax.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
121
Q

In which one of the following situations is it most important for the purchase price in the sale contract to be expressly stated to be exclusive of VAT?

A residential property is being sold.

An old (more than 3 years old) commercial property is being sold. No option to tax the property has been made.

A new (up to 3 years old) commercial property is being sold.

A

A new (up to 3 years old) commercial property is being sold.

Correct
Correct. VAT is chargeable on the sale of a new (up to 3 years old) commercial property but the default position is that the purchase price is deemed to be VAT inclusive unless the contract states otherwise. If the purchase price was not expressly stated to be exclusive of VAT it will be deemed to be VAT inclusive. The seller will have to account for the VAT element out of the purchase price to HMRC and will be left only with the remainder.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
122
Q

What undertakings does a seller’s solicitor give when using Law Society Formula B to exchange contracts?

To discharge the seller’s mortgage.

To send the seller’s part of the contract to the buyer’s solicitor on receipt of the buyer’s part of the contract.

To send a client account cheque for the deposit to the buyer’s solicitor on that day.

To send the seller’s part of the contract to the buyer’s solicitor on that day.

A

To send the seller’s part of the contract to the buyer’s solicitor on that day.

Correct. You spotted the deposit is sent by the buyer’s solicitor to the seller’s solicitor and not the other way round.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
123
Q

Which one of the following steps is taken by the buyer’s solicitor pre-exchange of contracts where the buyer is purchasing with the aid of a mortgage?

Draft a certificate of title and send it to the lender.

Replying to enquiries.

Preparing engrossments of the final version of the contract.

Obtaining a redemption figure from the seller’s lender.

A

Draft a certificate of title and send it to the lender.

Correct
Correct. If the purchase is being funded with the aid of a mortgage the solicitor must draft a certificate of title and send it to the lender. If the lender is satisfied with the content of the certificate then the loan will be available to the buyer on the day of completion. There are different certificates of title for commercial and residential transactions. However in both cases it will set out the same type of information about the property as a report on title (ie that the title to the property is good and marketable and acceptable security for the lender)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
124
Q

What is the most common form of exchange of contracts?

By post, whereby the buyer’s solicitor sends his client’s part of the contract and the deposit cheque to the seller’s solicitor.

By telephone, whereby each solicitor has their client’s part of the contract and they agree to exchange during a telephone call.

In person, whereby the buyer’s solicitor attends the seller’s solicitor’s office.

A

By telephone, whereby each solicitor has their client’s part of the contract and they agree to exchange during a telephone call.

Correct
Correct. This is the most common method of exchanging contracts.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
125
Q

You act for a client who has just decided to invest in commercial property and is buying a site for development. The funder is represented by their own solicitor, who has requested you provide a certificate of title in the form of the City of London Law Society’s precedent. To save costs, your client tells you not to bother with a report on title, but just to send a copy of the certificate of title.
How should you deal with your client’s request?

A. You cannot comply with this instruction because the certificate of title is confidential to the lender for whom it is prepared.

B. Your client can see a copy of the certificate of title, but it is designed for a specific purpose and you should stress that your report on title would be more useful to your client.

C. You would need the consent of the lender’s solicitor, as it was prepared for the lender, not your client.

D. Your client can see the copy certificate of title, but it is incomplete as certificates of title may exclude items that can deter the lender from lending.

E. You can retitle the certificate a report on title, delete the statements and use the exceptions as the body of the report.

A

Your client can see a copy of the certificate of title, but it is designed for a specific purpose and you should stress that your report on title would be more useful to your client.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
126
Q

You act for the buyer of a freehold property registered with Title Absolute. The contract for the sale of the property states that it is sold with limited title guarantee. You raise this with your client, who asks whether it matters.

How would you advise your client?
A. Limited title guarantee means that the seller takes no responsible for any matter that is not in the Land Registry official copies.

B. Limited title guarantee means that the seller covenants that no third party rights have been created over the period of the seller’s ownership.

C. Limited title guarantee means that the seller covenants that no third party rights have been created except those apparent from the title.

D. Limited title guarantee means that the seller covenants only to the buyer and not to the buyer’s lender or successors in title.

E. Limited title guarantee should not be an issue, as the Land Registry has given title guarantee in the form of Title Absolute.

A

B. Limited title guarantee means that the seller covenants that no third party rights have been created over the period of the seller’s ownership.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
127
Q

You act for a seller, and just before exchange, the buyer’s solicitor tells you for the first time that the buyer can only pay a 5% deposit. The seller has a related purchase.
How should you proceed?

A. Check that the 5% deposit will be sufficient for the deposit on the related purchase. If so, write in the 5% deposit on the front page of the contract on exchange. If the buyer fails to complete, then they will have to make up the deposit to 10%.

B. Advise the buyer’s solicitor that a 5% deposit is unacceptable, and if the buyer cannot make up the deposit to 10%, they must return the contract papers.

C. Amend the deposit to 5% on the front page, and also amend the standard conditions so that the 10% deposit is not triggered by a failure to complete.

D. Ask the seller whether they are willing to accept a reduced deposit, and advise of the risks, and if necessary advise the solicitor acting on the seller’s purchase of any reduction to that deposit.

E. Advise the seller’s solicitor on the related purchase that a 5% deposit will be given.

A

Ask the seller whether they are willing to accept a reduced deposit, and advise of the risks, and if necessary advise the solicitor acting on the seller’s purchase of any reduction to that deposit.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
128
Q

You act for the buyer of a freehold property registered with Title Absolute. The contract for the sale of the property says the seller is going to sell with limited title guarantee. You explain to your client that it is usual for this type of seller to offer a full title guarantee. Your client asks you what it means for them to getting limited title guarantee. What would your advice to the client be?​

Selling with limited title guarantee means the seller is selling the property free from all charges and incumbrances (monetary or otherwise) and free from all rights exercisable by third parties, including those the seller does not and could not reasonably know about. ​

Selling with limited title guarantee means the seller covenants that the seller is not aware of any rights having been granted over the property during the period of the seller’s ownership, but the seller doesn’t make any covenant about rights before that.

Selling with limited title guarantee means the guarantee is limited in time to the period for which the buyer owns the property.​

Selling with limited title guarantee means the seller is selling the property free from all charges and incumbrances (monetary or otherwise) and free from all rights exercisable by third parties, other than those the seller does not and could not reasonably know about. ​

The client does not need to be concerned about obtaining limited title guarantee as the property has been registered with Title Absolute.​

A

Selling with limited title guarantee means the seller covenants that the seller is not aware of any rights having been granted over the property during the period of the seller’s ownership, but the seller doesn’t make any covenant about rights before that.

Correct
Correct. The key difference of limited title guarantee from full title guarantee is that the seller is only guaranteeing what has occurred at the property during the seller’s ownership. Note that if the seller inherited or was given the property, then this period extends to the last transaction for value (ie, sale).

incorrect
Selling with limited title guarantee means the guarantee is limited in time to the period for which the buyer owns the property.​

Incorrect
Incorrect. There is nothing in the statute which says this. A covenant in English law binds for life.

Selling with limited title guarantee means the seller is selling the property free from all charges and incumbrances (monetary or otherwise) and free from all rights exercisable by third parties, including those the seller does not and could not reasonably know about. ​

Incorrect
Incorrect. This looks like the definition of full title guarantee, but goes further as it refers to matters the seller does not and could not know about, which the title guarantee does not cover.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
129
Q

You are acting for a buyer client who is purchasing a property which is subject to a mortgage. You exchanged over the telephone with the seller’s solicitor in accordance with Law Society Formula B.

Which statement best describes the undertaking or combination of undertakings the seller’s solicitor would have given to you?

To forward the seller’s part of the contract to you and to send the deposit to the lender to discharge the mortgage.

To forward the seller’s part of the contract to you and transfer the deposit to your client account.

To forward the seller’s part of the contract to you and to send the deposit to the lender to discharge the mortgage and to forward proof of discharge to you on receipt.

To forward the seller’s part of the contract to you by DX this evening.

To forward the seller’s part of the contract to you and to keep the deposit in general client account.

A

To forward the seller’s part of the contract to you by DX this evening.

Correct
Correct. As you are acting for a buyer client, in accordance with Formula B you would have received an undertaking confirming that the seller’s solicitor would send the seller’s part of the contract to you by DX this evening. The outstanding mortgage will be dealt with at completion.

To forward the seller’s part of the contract to you and to send the deposit to the lender to discharge the mortgage and to forward proof of discharge to you on receipt.

Incorrect
Incorrect. Please review your notes on the procedure for exchange on a property purchase. You need to understand at what stage of the transaction an existing mortgage would get discharged.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
130
Q

A solicitor has just been instructed by a client in connection with the purchase of a commercial property. The solicitor has just received the draft contract, official copies and replies to CPSEs. The buyer’s instructions are that repairs are required to the roof at the property, and that the seller has promised to carry out these repairs prior to the completion date.

Which one of the following best represents the steps that the buyer’s solicitor must now take in connection with the contract?

The buyer’s solicitor should draft a special condition for insertion in the contract specifying that on or before the completion date the seller must repair the roof of the property to the reasonable satisfaction of the buyer.

The special condition is not required as the SCPC confirms that the property is sold in the state it is in at the date of the agreement between the parties.

The buyer’s solicitor should draft a special condition for insertion in the contract specifying that the seller must repair the roof.

There is no need for a special condition as the verbal agreement of the seller is sufficient.

A special condition would not be required, as the seller is obliged to transfer the property in good repair.

A

The buyer’s solicitor should draft a special condition for insertion in the contract specifying that on or before the completion date the seller must repair the roof of the property to the reasonable satisfaction of the buyer.

Correct
This is correct. Special conditions are required to deal with specific matters agreed between the parties. Caveat emptor would mean that in the absence of a special condition, the responsibility for the repairs would fall to the buyer. s2 Law of Property (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1989 states that all the terms agreed between the parties must be incorporated in the contract, so the seller’s promise to repair the roof would not be binding without being in the contract.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
131
Q

A contract for sale of an industrial unit incorporates the standard commercial property conditions (‘SCPCs’) and there are no express clauses in the contract varying the standard conditions. Contracts have exchanged and the contractual completion date is next week. Yesterday the unit caught fire and has been practically destroyed.

Which one of the following statements is correct about who assumes risk under the contract from exchange of contracts?

The buyer bears the risk at exchange and if it does not have insurance cover it will not be obliged to complete the purchase on the contractual completion date.

The seller keeps the risk in the property and the buyer does not need to complete the purchase on the contractual completion date.

The common law position prevails, meaning that the seller keeps the risk from exchange.

The seller is under no obligation to insure the property; the common law position prevails, meaning that the buyer bears the risk at exchange.

The seller and the buyer are both under an obligation to insure the property and must both claim on their insurance policies.

A

The seller is under no obligation to insure the property; the common law position prevails, meaning that the buyer bears the risk at exchange.

Correct
This is correct. Since there is no variation to the SCPCs in the contract, under condition 8.1 of the SCPC, risk in the property passes to the buyer on exchange of contracts under common law (even without an express provision). The buyer should therefore be able to claim on its insurance for the damage. If for some reason the buyer does not have insurance cover, it will have to bear its own loss for the damage resulting from the fire and it will be obliged to complete the purchase on the contractual completion date.

incorrect
The buyer bears the risk at exchange and if it does not have insurance cover it will not be obliged to complete the purchase on the contractual completion date.

Incorrect
This is incorrect. Please review your materials on the key conditions contained in the SCPCs, in particular condition 8.1.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
132
Q

You act for the seller of a newly constructed commercial property, and have been instructed to issue a draft contract.

Which of the following describes the best basis for drafting the contract?

A contract incorporating the Standard Conditions of Sale and a special condition dealing with the VAT treatment.

You should first ascertain from replies to CPSE1 whether the seller has opted to tax the property.

A contract incorporating the Standard Commercial Property Conditions, and including the Part 2 A2 conditions as it is a transfer of a going concern.

A contract incorporating the Standard Commercial Property Conditions, and including the Part 2 A1 conditions as it is not a taxable supply.

A contract incorporating the Standard Commercial Property Conditions, but not incorporating any of the Part 2 VAT provisions as it is a standard-rated supply.

A

A contract incorporating the Standard Commercial Property Conditions, but not incorporating any of the Part 2 VAT provisions as it is a standard-rated supply.

Correct
Correct. Newly constructed commercial property is standard rated, and the Standard Commercial Property Conditions will be most appropriate for this.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
133
Q

Which one of the following is the correct form of transfer for the purchase of the whole of an unregistered freehold estate?

Conveyance signed under hand.

TP1 executed by deed.

TR1 executed by deed.

TR1 signed under hand.

A

TR1 executed by deed.

Correct
Correct. Section 52 of the Law of Property Act 1925 states that to transfer the legal estate in land a transfer must be by deed. Although the land is unregistered, purchase will trigger compulsory first registration of the land and so the Land Registry’s Form TR1 will be used as the Transfer Deed.

A TP1 is used when only part of a registered title is being purchased.

As s 52 of the Law of Property Act 1925 states that to transfer the legal estate in land a transfer must be by deed, it cannot be signed under hand but needs the formality of being executed as a deed.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
134
Q

A TR1 is today being drafted for the purchase of the whole of a registered title. Which one of the following best describes what should be put in Panel 3 (date) when the TR1 is drafted?

The completion date specified in the contract (which has been exchanged).

The date of the contract (which has been exchanged).

Nothing. Panel 3 should be left blank until completion.

Todays’ date.

A

Nothing. Panel 3 should be left blank until completion.

Correct
Correct. The date in panel 3 is the date the TR1 is completed. It will be filled in by hand when the solicitors complete the purchase.

Panel 3 is only filled in by hand when the solicitors actually complete the purchase (when the completion monies are received). This should be on the completion date which was specified in the contract however may not be eg if completion is delayed.

The date in panel 3 is the date the TR1 is completed and not the date of the contract, which is the date of exchange.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
135
Q

The registered proprietors on the official copies of a property being sold are Mr and Mrs Smith. They are joint owners and hold as tenants in common. Mr Smith has died. Mrs Smith’s solicitor is acting as the second trustee and the appointment has been made in panel 11 of the TR1. The buyer of the property is a company which changed its name a year ago.

Which one of the following best describes the documents which will need to be sent to the Land Registry post-completion with the completed TR1?

The separate deed of appointment of the second trustee and the change of name certificate.

Mr Smith’s death certificate, the separate deed of appointment of the second trustee and the change of name certificate.

The change of name certificate.

Mr Smith’s death certificate and the change of name certificate.

Mr Smith’s death certificate.

A

Mr Smith’s death certificate.

Correct
Correct.

There is no separate deed of appointment to send as the second trustee was appointed in the TR1.

The buyer’s change of name certificate does not need to be sent as the Land Registry only need evidence if the name of the seller is different from the name of the registered proprietor they have on the register of title.

incorrect
Mr Smith’s death certificate, the separate deed of appointment of the second trustee and the change of name certificate.
Incorrect
Incorrect. Please review your materials on the Transfer Deed, in particular focusing on the notes on completing panel 4 in the TR1.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
136
Q

A company is selling a property to two individuals who intend to hold the property as tenants in unequal shares. Which one of the following would be the correct execution clause(s) to insert in panel 12 of the TR1?

Transferor:

Executed as a deed by [name of company]

acting by [a director and its secretary] [two directors]

Signature of Director: ……………

Signature of [Director] [Secretary]: ……

Transferee:

Signed as a deed by [full name of individual]

[signature]

In the presence of:…………[signature of witness]

[print in block capitals the full name and address of the witness]

Transferee:

Signed as a deed by [full name of individual]

[signature]

In the presence of:…………[signature of witness]

[print in block capitals the full name and address of the witness]

Transferor:

Executed as a deed by [name of company]

acting by [a director and its secretary] [two directors]

Signature of Director: ……………

Signature of [Director] [Secretary]: ……

Transferor:

Signed as a deed by [full name of individual]

[signature]

In the presence of:…………[signature of witness]

[print in block capitals the full name and address of the witness]

Transferor:

Executed as a deed by [name of company]

acting by [a director and its secretary] [two directors]

Signature of Director: ……………

Signature of [Director] [Secretary]: ……

Transferee:

Signed as a deed by [full name of individual]

[signature]

Transferee:

Signed as a deed by [full name of individual]

[signature]

Transferor:

Signed as a deed by [full name of individual]

[signature]

In the presence of:…………[signature of witness]

[print in block capitals the full name and address of the witness]

Transferor:

Signed as a deed by [full name of individual]

[signature]

In the presence of:…………[signature of witness]

[print in block capitals the full name and address of the witness]

Transferee:

Executed as a deed by [name of company]

acting by [a director and its secretary] [two directors]

Signature of Director: ……………

Signature of [Director] [Secretary]: ……

A

Transferor:

Executed as a deed by [name of company]

acting by [a director and its secretary] [two directors]

Signature of Director: ……………

Signature of [Director] [Secretary]: ……

Transferee:

Signed as a deed by [full name of individual]

[signature]

In the presence of:…………[signature of witness]

[print in block capitals the full name and address of the witness]

Transferee:

Signed as a deed by [full name of individual]

[signature]

In the presence of:…………[signature of witness]

[print in block capitals the full name and address of the witness]

Correct
Correct. Both the transferor (seller) and both of the transferees (buyers) must execute the TR1. The transferor must always execute the TR1 and the transferees must execute if panels 10 (a declaration of trust to be completed if there is more than one transferee) and/or 11 (additional provisions eg an indemnity covenant) of the TR1 have been completed. Here panel 10 would have been completed as there is more than one transferee. The execution clauses set out are the appropriate ones for a company transferor and individual transferees.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
137
Q

Which one of the following is the correct priority period provided by an OS1 search?

15 working days from the OS1 search result.

2 months from the OS1 search result.

30 days from the OS1 search result.

15 days from the OS1 search result.

30 working days from the OS1 search result.

A

30 working days from the OS1 search result.

Correct
Correct.

It is a common mistake to say the priority period of an OS1 is 30 days. It is actually 30 working days.

15 working days is the protection period given by a K15 Central Land Charges search.

2 months is the time period for first registration at the Land Registry (post completion of the purchase of unregistered land).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
138
Q

Two individuals are selling Unit 20, Crayford Business Park (“the Property”) to a company, which is buying the Property for cash (ie without the need for a mortgage). The Property is registered at the Land Registry. You act for the buyer. Which one of the following sets out the pre-completion searches you need to carry out?

OS1 search only.

Central Land Charges search K15 on the buyer and OS1 search.

Bankruptcy search K16 on the seller and OS1 search.

Bankruptcy search K16 on the seller, Company search on the buyer and OS1 search.

Company search on the buyer and OS1 search.

A

OS1 search only.

Correct
Correct.

As this is a registered property and your client is purchasing the whole of the title, a Form OS1 search will always be required.

A bankruptcy search is not required to be undertaken against any individual seller of registered land (any bankruptcy would appear on the register of title and therefore on the OS1 search result).

As this is not unregistered land, no Central Land Charges search (K15) is required either. Central Land Charges searches K15 are only relevant for unregistered land and would be carried out against the seller not the buyer to check for adverse entries and to give a protection period.

As no buyer’s lender is involved, there are no solvency searches needed against the buyer.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
139
Q

An individual seller is selling the whole of a registered freehold residential property to an individual buyer, who is buying the Property with the aid of a mortgage. You act for the buyer and their lender. Which one of the following statements is correct on these facts?

You do not need to carry out a solvency search in respect of the buyer.

You need to carry out a Form K16 bankruptcy search in respect of the seller.

Solvency searches are carried out at the Land Registry.

You need to carry out a Form K16 bankruptcy search in respect of the buyer.

A

You need to carry out a Form K16 bankruptcy search in respect of the buyer.

Correct
Correct.

The lender’s solicitors carry out solvency searches against the buyer. On this scenario, you act for the buyer’s lender so you must carry the appropriate solvency search against the buyer pre-completion. As the buyer is an individual, the appropriate solvency search is a K16 bankruptcy search.

If the seller is bankrupt it will appear on the OS1 search result and so no bankruptcy search is required in respect of the seller.

Companies House searches (in respect of companies) are carried out at Companies House to check solvency pre-completion. K16 bankruptcy searches or K15 CLC searches which include bankruptcy are both carried out at the Central Land Charges Department. None of the solvency searches are carried out at the Land Registry.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
140
Q

If the seller has a mortgage over the whole of a registered property being sold, which one of the following is recommended form of undertaking for the seller’s solicitor to provide in respect of the mortgage?

To undertake to pay the completion monies to the lender and to forward Form DS1 to the buyer’s solicitor as soon as the seller’s solicitor receives it from the lender.

To undertake forthwith to pay the lender the money required to redeem the mortgage and to forward the receipted mortgage immediately to the buyer’s solicitor.

To undertake forthwith to pay the lender the money required to redeem the mortgage and to forward Form DS1 immediately to the buyer’s solicitor.

To undertake to discharge the mortgage and to forward Form DS1 to the buyer’s solicitor as soon as the seller’s solicitor receives it from the lender.

To undertake forthwith to pay the lender the money required to redeem the mortgage and to forward Form DS1 to the buyer’s solicitor as soon as the seller’s solicitor receives it from the lender.

A

To undertake forthwith to pay the lender the money required to redeem the mortgage and to forward Form DS1 to the buyer’s solicitor as soon as the seller’s solicitor receives it from the lender.
Correct
Correct.

This is the Law Society’s recommended form of seller’s solicitor’s undertaking re: the seller’s mortgage / charge.

The seller’s solicitor is not able to discharge the mortgage as only the seller’s lender can do that.

The seller’s solicitor will need to pay the money required to redeem the mortgage to the seller’s lender. This is likely to be paid out of the completion monies but it is the redemption amount and not the amount of the completion monies that must be paid over.

In registered land the seller’s solicitor will receive a Form DS1 from the lender discharging the mortgage, a receipted mortgage is used in unregistered land to show a mortgage has been discharged.

The seller’s solicitor cannot forward the receipted mortgage or DS1 until they receive it from the seller’s solicitor so they cannot undertake to send it immediately.

incorrect
To undertake forthwith to pay the lender the money required to redeem the mortgage and to forward Form DS1 immediately to the buyer’s solicitor.
Incorrect. Please review your materials on requisitions on title, in particular focussing on the form of the seller’s solicitor’s undertaking provided pre-completion in respect of the seller’s mortgage / charge.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
141
Q

Which one of the following is the most accurate statement regarding the Completion Information and Undertakings Form?

The Completion Information and Undertakings Form asks for details of the bank account to send the completion monies to.

The seller completes and returns the Completion Information and Undertakings Form.

The Law Society’s Form TA13 must be used as the Completion Information and Undertakings Form.

The Completion Information and Undertakings Form is sent by the seller’s solicitor to the buyer’s solicitor.

A

The Completion Information and Undertakings Form asks for details of the bank account to send the completion monies to.

Correct
Correct.

The Completion Information and Undertakings Form is sent by the buyer’s solicitor to the seller’s solicitor to obtain information about completion.

Form TA13 is one example of the Completion Information and Undertakings Form. Firms can use their own in house version.

The Completion Information and Undertakings Form is completed by the seller’s solicitor and signed by the seller’s solicitor. This is important as only a solicitor can give an enforceable undertaking and the Completion Information and Undertakings Form requests an undertaking in respect of the seller’s mortgage / charge.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
142
Q

Which one of the following is the most accurate summary of pre-completion requisitions on title?

They ask for key information regarding completion and deal with relevant undertakings required from the seller’s solicitor.

They are undertakings which the seller’s solicitor has to provide before completion.

They are enquiries sent to the Land Registry regarding the title being bought.

They are questions on the entries in the registers of title of the property.

A

They ask for key information regarding completion and deal with relevant undertakings required from the seller’s solicitor.

Correct
Correct.

Questions on the registers of title are asked pre-exchange in the title investigation stage.

Whilst the pre-completion requisitions on title deal with undertakings they also ask for practical information regarding completion.

Requisitions on title are questions asked of the seller’s solicitor regarding practical information for completion and dealing with relevant undertakings required from the seller’s solicitor.

incorrect
They are undertakings which the seller’s solicitor has to provide before completion.

Incorrect
Incorrect. Please review your materials on requisitions on title in particular on the content of the requisitions on title which includes more than just undertakings.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
143
Q

Which one of the following is correct regarding the Law Society’s Code for Completion by Post (the ‘Code’)?

The Code enables the buyer’s solicitors to act as agent for the seller’s solicitors.

The Code contains professional undertakings.

The Code is compulsory when completing by post.

The Code cannot be used in commercial property purchase transactions.

A

The Code contains professional undertakings.

Correct
Correct.

The Code is a voluntary procedure for postal completion.

The Code can be used for the completion of both residential and commercial property purchases.

The Code enables the seller’s solicitors to act as agent for the buyer’s solicitors. Completion occurs at the seller’s solicitor’s office as they hold the executed TR1 and receive the completion monies.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
144
Q

A solicitor acts for a buyer who is about to complete, having exchanged a week previously. The contract provides for the buyer to give an indemnity covenant. The seller has a mortgage, and the buyer is buying with the benefit of a 75% mortgage. The buyer has already approved the draft SDLT return. What documents does the solicitor need the buyer to execute or sign?

The transfer deed, the mortgage deed, and the discharge of the existing mortgage only.

The mortgage deed only.

The transfer deed, the mortgage deed, and written authority to complete only.

The transfer and mortgage deed only.

The transfer only.

A

The transfer and mortgage deed only.

Correct
Correct. The buyer will need to execute the transfer as they are giving an indemnity covenant, and the mortgage deed because they are buying with a mortgage.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
145
Q

Which one of the following is a requirement of the Law Society’s Code for Completion by Post (the ‘Code’)?

The seller’s solicitor is to confirm to their client in writing that completion has occurred immediately after it has occurred.

Written confirmation of completion must be sent to the buyer’s solicitor as soon as possible after completion and in any event by the end of the working day following completion.

The TR1 must be sent to the buyer’s solicitor by the end of the day of completion.

The seller’s solicitor must send the DS1 to the Land Registry as soon as they receive it from the seller’s lender.

A

Written confirmation of completion must be sent to the buyer’s solicitor as soon as possible after completion and in any event by the end of the working day following completion.

Correct
Correct. The Code says that the TR1 must be sent to the buyer’s solicitor as soon as possible after completion and in any event by the end of the working day following completion.

The Code also says that as soon as possible after completion the seller’s key holder is to be notified and authorised to make the keys available to the buyer immediately and the seller’s solicitor is to confirm the date and time completion took place to the buyer’s solicitor. The Code does not put a requirement on the seller’s solicitor to notify their client as it governs the process of completion between the two solicitors. The seller’s solicitor will of course let their client know completion has occurred as soon as possible as best practice.

The Code does not place a requirement re: the DS1 on the seller’s solicitor. The seller’s solicitor will fulfil the terms of their undertaking regarding any seller’s mortgage / charge but the usual form of undertaking will be to send the DS1 to the buyer’s solicitor. It will then be the buyer’s solicitor’s post-completion task to arrange for the mortgage to be removed at the Land Registry.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
146
Q

Which one of the following correctly sets out the advice that you would now give your seller client?

Provided the buyer completes by 2pm on Monday your client is entitled to one day of compensation under the SCS.

Provided the buyer completes by 2pm on Monday your client is entitled to three days of compensation under the SCS.

Provided the buyer completes by 2pm on Monday and your client serves a notice to complete under the SCS, your client is entitled to three days of compensation under the SCS.

Time is of the essence. Your client may simply refuse to complete the sale to the buyer on Monday. The seller is entitled to keep the deposit paid by the buyer at exchange.

A

Provided the buyer completes by 2pm on Monday your client is entitled to three days of compensation under the SCS.

Correct
You correctly identified that the seller, who is not in default, would be able to claim compensation under the SCS for three days (Friday, Saturday and Sunday - the days of default). The compensation is payable for each day that the buyer does not complete by 2pm (the latest time for completion under the SCS), including the weekend.

Under the SCS, time is not of the essence until a notice to complete has been served. The seller would not be entitled to take the buyer’s deposit until the expiry of the notice to complete and rescission by the seller.

There is no need to serve a notice to complete in order to trigger the right to compensation, although it is common in practice for a non-defaulting party’s solicitor to serve the notice to complete to protect their client’s right to keep the deposit and rescind the contract after ten working days following the service of the notice (excluding the day the notice was given).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
147
Q

Due to an issue with their related purchase, a seller cannot complete until five calendar days following the completion date. The contract incorporates the Standard Conditions of Sale with no amendment.

The buyer had already left their rented accommodation, and has had to pay hotel and storage costs totalling £750. Assume that the costs are reasonable.

The contractual compensation for the delay would work out at £200.

What is the most the the buyer can claim from the seller?

The hotel and storage costs of £750 less the contractual compensation of £200 = £550.

The hotel and storage costs of £750.

Nothing, as the compensation is fault-based, and the seller is not at fault, as the delay is due to its own seller.

The contractual compensation of £200.

A

The hotel and storage costs of £750.

Correct.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
148
Q

It is the contractual completion date and the buyer of a residential property, where the contract incorporates the Standard Conditions of Sale (SCS), fails to complete. The seller is ready, able and willing to complete. Which one of the following statements regarding the seller’s remedies is most accurate?

If the seller serves a notice to complete and the buyer fails to complete before the notice has expired, the contract will be deemed to be automatically rescinded immediately upon the expiry of the notice period.

The seller is entitled to rescind the contract and forfeit the buyer’s deposit ten working days after the contractual completion date.

The seller is immediately entitled to rescind the contract and keep the buyer’s deposit because time will be of the essence as soon as the completion date has passed.

If the seller serves a notice to complete, the buyer fails to complete in accordance with the notice and the seller rescinds the contract, the seller is no longer entitled to contractual compensation under the SCS.

A

If the seller serves a notice to complete, the buyer fails to complete in accordance with the notice and the seller rescinds the contract, the seller is no longer entitled to contractual compensation under the SCS.

Correct
Correct.

The SCS compensation is for delayed completion. Completion has to actually occur for the compensation to be payable. If the contract is rescinded, completion cannot occur and there is no entitlement to contractual compensation although common law damages could be claimed for any loss suffered from the breach of contract.

Time is not of the essence under the SCS until a notice to complete is served. The notice needs to expire before the seller can rescind the contract and keep the buyer’s deposit.

The seller is not entitled to rescind the contract or keep the buyer’s deposit under the SCS until a notice to complete has been served and the notice period has expired.

The seller can rescind the contract once the notice to complete has expired but rescission is not automatically triggered by the expiry of the 10 working day notice period in the notice to complete.

incorrect
If the seller serves a notice to complete and the buyer fails to complete before the notice has expired, the contract will be deemed to be automatically rescinded immediately upon the expiry of the notice period.

Incorrect
Incorrect. Please review your materials on delay or failure to complete, in particular focussing on the notice to complete procedure and effect.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
149
Q

A company buyer has completed the purchase of a commercial freehold registered property in England with the aid of a mortgage. The seller did not have a mortgage/charge over the property. Post-completion, which one of the following is the most accurate list of the documents which the buyer’s solicitor must send to the Land Registry with their application on Form AP1?

TR1, SDLT1, Buyer’s mortgage/charge and the Certificate of Registration of the Charge.

The contract of sale, a plan of the property, SDLT1 and buyer’s mortgage/charge.

TR1, SDLT5, Buyer’s mortgage/charge and the Certificate of Registration of the Charge.

TR1, a plan of the property, SDLT5 and Buyer’s mortgage/charge.

The contract of sale, SDLT1, Buyer’s mortgage/charge and the Certificate of Registration of the Charge.

A

TR1, SDLT5, Buyer’s mortgage/charge and the Certificate of Registration of the Charge.

Correct.

The SDLT1 is the form sent to HMRC when SDLT is paid. HMRC will send back the SDLT5 acknowledgement of receipt which then needs to be sent with the Land Registry application.

The Land Registry do not need the contract of sale, they need the purchase deed (the transfer – TR1) to register the change in registered proprietor (owner) of the land.

The Land Registry do not need a plan of the property as it is already registered so they have a title plan already.

As the buyer is a company, their mortgage/charge needs to be registered at Companies House post-completion. Companies House will return a Certificate of Registration of Charge and this needs to be sent to the Land Registry as well as the buyer’s mortgage/charge so that it is registered against the title.
incorrect

TR1, SDLT1, Buyer’s mortgage/charge and the Certificate of Registration of the Charge.

Incorrect
Incorrect. Please review your materials on post-completion steps, in particular focussing on the Land Registry application for registered land. Look at the difference between an SDLT1 and an SDLT5.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
150
Q

Which one of the following is the correct deadline for the Land Registry application post-completion of the purchase of a registered freehold property?

30 days from the date contracts are exchanged.

30 working days from the date of the OS1 priority search result.

30 days from the date of the OS1 priority search.

30 days from the date of completion.

30 working days from the date of completion.

A

30 working days from the date of the OS1 priority search result.

Correct
Correct.

It is 30 working days rather than 30 days. This is the priority period of the OS1 priority search and the application to the Land Registry must be made before the priority period ends.

The deadline runs from the date of the OS1 priority search result rather than completion as it is the OS1 search result which provides the priority period within which the Land Registry application must be made.

The deadline runs from the date of the OS1 priority search result made pre-completion rather than the date contracts are exchanged as it is the OS1 search result which provides the priority period within which the Land Registry application must be made.

incorrect
30 days from the date of the OS1 priority search.

Incorrect
Incorrect. Please review your materials on post-completion steps, in particular focussing on the length of the deadline for the Land Registry application made post-completion of the purchase of a registered freehold property.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
151
Q

A company is buying a registered freehold property in Wales with the aid of a mortgage. Which one of the following most accurately identifies the steps the buyer’s solicitor will carry out post-completion of the purchase?

1) Draft the TR1,

2) submit requisitions on title,

3) carry out an OS1 search and

4) obtain finance from the buyer and its lender.

1) carry out an OS1 search,

2) send the SDLT1 and pay SDLT at HMRC and

3) apply to the Land Registry using Form AP1.

1) Register the buyer’s mortgage at Companies House,

2) send the SDLT1 and pay SDLT at HMRC and

3) apply to the Land Registry using Form AP1.

1) Send the SDLT1 and pay SDLT at HMRC and

2) apply to the Land Registry using Form AP1.

1) Register the buyer’s mortgage at Companies House,

2) send the LTT Return and pay LTT at WRA and

3) apply to the Land Registry using Form AP1.

A

1) Register the buyer’s mortgage at Companies House,

2) send the LTT Return and pay LTT at WRA and

3) apply to the Land Registry using Form AP1.

Correct
Correct.

As the property is in Wales LTT is payable to the WRA rather than SDLT to HMRC. The buyer’s mortgage must also be registered at Companies House (or it will be void as against liquidators, administrators and any other creditors) as the buyer is a company. The Land Registry application is necessary as the transfer and the buyer’s mortgage need to be registered on the title to the property.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
152
Q

An individual buyer purchases a freehold residential registered property in England with the aid of a mortgage. The buyer did not occupy the property prior to completion. The seller did not have a mortgage over the property. Which one of the following most accurately sets out the relevant post-completion steps and their deadlines?

1) Registration of the buyer’s mortgage at Companies House within 21 days from completion,

2) payment of LTT at WRA within 30 days from the day after completion and

3) application to the Land Registry to register the transfer and the buyer’s mortgage within 30 days of completion.

1) Payment of SDLT at HMRC within 14 days of completion and

2) application to the Land Registry to register the transfer within 30 days of completion.

1) Payment of SDLT at HMRC within 14 days of completion and

2) application to the Land Registry to register the transfer and the buyer’s mortgage within 30 working days of the OS1 priority search result.

1) Registration of the buyer’s mortgage at Companies House within 21 days starting on the day after the date of completion,

2) payment of LTT at WRA within 30 days from the day after completion and

3) application to the Land Registry to register the transfer and the buyer’s mortgage within 30 working days of the OS1 priority search result.

1) Registration of the buyer’s mortgage at Companies House within 21 days starting on the day after the date of completion,

2) payment of SDLT at HMRC within 14 days of completion and

3) application to the Land Registry to register the transfer and the buyer’s mortgage within 30 working days of the OS1 priority search result.

A

1) Payment of SDLT at HMRC within 14 days of completion and

2) application to the Land Registry to register the transfer and the buyer’s mortgage within 30 working days of the OS1 priority search result.

Correct
Correct.

SDLT rather than LTT is relevant as the property is in England and, as there was no early occupation by the buyer, the effective date which the 14 day deadline runs from is completion.

The buyer’s mortgage does not need to be registered at Companies House because the buyer is an individual not a company.

The deadline for the Land Registry application is 30 working days from the OS1 priority search result and, as well as registering the transfer, the application to the Land Registry would include applying to register the buyer’s mortgage at the Land Registry.

incorrect
1) Registration of the buyer’s mortgage at Companies House within 21 days starting on the day after the date of completion,

2) payment of SDLT at HMRC within 14 days of completion and

3) application to the Land Registry to register the transfer and the buyer’s mortgage within 30 working days of the OS1 priority search result.

Incorrect
Incorrect. Please review your materials on post-completion steps. Think about whether the buyer’s mortgage must be registered at Companies House on these facts.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
153
Q

Which one of the following is the most accurate summary of the consequences of failing to comply with the relevant post-completion step within its relevant deadline following the purchase of a registered freehold property with the aid of a mortgage?

The consequence of failing to apply to the Land Registry to register the transfer and the buyer’s mortgage within the relevant deadline is that the transfer is void.

The consequences of failing to pay SDLT/LTT within the relevant deadline are penalties and interest.

The consequences of failing to apply to the Land Registry to register the transfer and the buyer’s mortgage within the relevant deadline are 1) that the transfer is voidable and 2) that the buyer would take the property subject to any third party interests that may have been registered subsequent to its OS1 search.

The consequence of failing to pay SDLT/LTT within the relevant deadline is that only the beneficial title and not the legal title passes to the buyer.

The consequence of failing to register a buyer’s mortgage at Companies House within the relevant deadline is a fine.

A

The consequences of failing to pay SDLT/LTT within the relevant deadline are penalties and interest.

Correct.

The consequences of failing to register a buyer’s mortgage at Companies House within the relevant deadline are that 1) the mortgage/charge is void against liquidators, administrators and other creditors; 2) the loan is repayable on demand; and 3) it could be construed as negligence on the part of the solicitor.

The consequences of failing to apply to the Land Registry to register the transfer and the buyer’s mortgage within the relevant deadline are that 1) the buyer would take the property subject to any third party interests that may have been registered subsequent to its OS1 search; and 2) the buyer will only have beneficial title (not legal title) to the property until they are registered as the registered proprietor of the title at the Land Registry.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
154
Q

Which one of the following statements about the basis of charge to Capital Gains Tax (CGT) is correct?

The amount of CGT payable depends on the rate of income tax an individual pays.

CGT is payable on the sale price of the property.

CGT is a tax imposed on the transferee, on the transfer of property.

A

The amount of CGT payable depends on the rate of income tax an individual pays.

Correct
Correct. If CGT is payable the rate depends on whether the individual paying is a basic rate or higher rate taxpayer.

SDLT/LTT are the taxes payable by the purchaser (transferee) on the transfer of property. CGT is a tax imposed on an individual who disposes of an asset (ie the transferor) and makes a chargeable gain.

CGT is payable on the chargeable gain made when an asset is disposed of. The chargeable gain is calculated by taking the sale price and subtracting the purchase price, any allowable expenses and the annual exemption.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
155
Q

In which one of the following situations is CGT payable?

A sale at a profit of an individual’s only main home which they have lived in themselves since buying it although they have let one room to a lodger and which is 500 square metres including the garden.

A sale at a profit of an individual’s only main home which they have only used to live themselves in since buying it and is 400 square metres including the garden.

A gift of a property to a spouse.

A sale at a loss of an individual’s only main home which they have only used to live themselves in since buying it and is 400 square metres including the garden.

A sale at a profit of an individual’s UK holiday home used by them for two months of the year and let out for the rest of the year.

A

A sale at a profit of an individual’s UK holiday home used by them for two months of the year and let out for the rest of the year.

Correct
Correct. This would not fall under the principal private dwelling house exemption and CGT would be payable.

CGT is not usually payable on gifts to a husband, wife or civil partner.

Sale of an individual’s one home which has been lived in as a main home all the time it was owned, has not had part let out or used for business only and is less than 5,000 square metres in total falls under the principal private dwelling house exemption. The exemption allows the owner to have a single lodger and still applies in that case.

CGT is payable on a gain. If the property was sold at a loss, there is no gain to pay CGT on.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
156
Q

Which one of the following situations would mean the principal private dwelling house exemption is not available?

The owner of the dwelling house had a lodger whilst they owned the house.

The owner of the dwelling house was absent on an extended round the world holiday for a period of four years during the middle of the period of fifteen years in which they owned the house.

The owner of the dwelling house works from home one day a week on their kitchen table.

A

The owner of the dwelling house was absent on an extended round the world holiday for a period of four years during the middle of the period of fifteen years in which they owned the house.

Correct
Correct. Only period(s) of absence not exceeding three years in total throughout the period of ownership are disregarded for the purpose of applying the exemption.

Whilst you cannot let part of the dwelling house out under the conditions of the exemption, you are allowed to have a single lodger.

Whilst the dwelling house should not be used for business, the full exemption is still available if there is duality of user ie a person works from home but not in a separate room which is used purely for business use.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
157
Q

You act for the seller of a registered freehold property. The seller is a company registered in England. The seller company has three shareholders (none of whom is an officer of the company), one director and the company secretary. There is a shareholder agreement. The seller asks who should sign the TR1.
What do you tell the seller?
A. Any two of the three shareholders, or all of them if the shareholder agreement provides. B. The director.
C. The director and all three shareholders.
D. The company secretary and at least one of the shareholders.
E. The director and a witness.

A

E. The director and a witness.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
158
Q

In a residential property transaction, the buyer completes three working days later than the completion date agreed on exchange of contracts. The contract is a standard form contract incorporating the Standard Conditions of Sale (5th Edition). The seller served notice to complete promptly after the deadline for completion had passed.
Which remedies does the seller have against the buyer?
A. None, as the buyer completed within the ten working day period allowed by the notice to complete.
B. Contractual interest for three working days and a claim for damages in addition to it.
C. Contractual interest for the number of calendar days’ delay and a claim for damages in addition to it.
D. Contractual interest for three working days and a claim for damages less the calculated interest.
E. Contractual interest for the number of calendar days’ delay and a claim for damages less the calculated interest.

A

E - Contractual interest for the number of calendar days’ delay and a claim for damages less the calculated interest.

contractual compensation is not limited to working days!

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
159
Q

A solicitor is acting for the purchaser of a property with registered title. The purchaser is buying the property with the aid of a mortgage. Contracts have been exchanged, requisitions on title made, and the solicitor has conducted a pre-completion priority search of the title.

Following completion the solicitor will need to deal with post-completion matters involving payment of Stamp Duty Land Tax (SDLT) to HM Revenue & Customs and registration of the dealing at the Land Registry.

Registration at the Land Registry must take place within 30 working days of which date?

A. The date contracts are exchanged, to avoid interest becoming payable on outstanding SDLT.

B. The date of completion, to avoid interest becoming payable on outstanding completion monies.

C. The date of completion, to avoid the equitable title in the property reverting to the seller.

D. The date of the result of the priority search, to avoid subsequent entries being made on the title which bind the purchaser.

E. The date of completion, to avoid the mortgagee’s power of sale arising under the legal charge.

SQE1 sample question

A

D. The date of the result of the priority search, to avoid subsequent entries being made on the title which bind the purchaser.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
160
Q

Which one of the following do you think a landlord would prefer to have as a tenant?

Coolings Landscaping Limited - a newly formed subsidiary company of Coolings Plc. Coolings Plc is a highly profitable UK garden centre chain.

A person who has been running a catering company for over 10 years.

Abacus Limited - a newly formed company with no trading history.

Sainsways Plc - a UK supermarket chain established 80 years ago.

Incorrect

A

Sainsways Plc - a UK supermarket chain established 80 years ago.

Correct
Correct. A chain of companies that has been trading for 80 years is more desirable than the other options shown.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
161
Q

Which one of the following provisions would prevent a lease being an FRI lease?

A tenant’s covenant to pay towards the cost of maintaining any areas used in common with other tenants.

A tenant’s covenant to pay annual rent but no further sums.

A tenant’s covenant to keep the premises in good and substantial repair and condition.

A provision requiring the rent to be paid quarterly.

Rent review provisions.

A

A tenant’s covenant to pay annual rent but no further sums.

Correct
Correct. An FRI lease would expect a tenant to pay the cost of insuring the property and, if appropriate, service charge.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
162
Q

What is the attraction of commercial property to institutional investors?

It offers income and capital growth which outweigh the repair costs that the landlord will need to account for.

Commercial property is unaffected by changes in the market.

It offers income, the potential for capital growth and is seen as reasonably secure.

Compared to other investments such as equities, there is little management required.

Commercial property is exempt from Stamp Duty Land Tax or Land Transaction Tax.

A

It offers income, the potential for capital growth and is seen as reasonably secure.

Correct. Commercial property offers all of these advantages.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
163
Q

A warehouse owner agrees to allow a business tenant to occupy the whole of the warehouse for a year, paying a fixed sum every month. There is nothing in writing.

What is the legal status of this arrangement?

It is a licence to occupy the premises.

It is a one year oral tenancy.

It is a void tenancy as it does not comply with the necessary legal formalities.

It is a tenancy at will.

It is a void tenancy as it fails for want of certainty.

A

It is a one year oral tenancy.

Correct
Correct. A tenancy of 3 years or under may be created orally.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
164
Q

The owner of a department store enters into a written agreement with a key cutter to operate a stall on the ground floor, paying a weekly fixed sum. The agreement is for a minimum of six months, after which it can be ended by a month’s notice by either party. The agreement also states that the department store can require the stall to be moved to a different location as long as it is on the ground floor.

What legal arrangement is this?

A periodic tenancy.

A bare licence.

A tenancy at will.

A licence to occupy.

A fixed term tenancy.

A

A licence to occupy.
Correct
Correct. The nature of the agreement is that the key cutter may be required to move, and therefore does not have exclusive possession of any part of the premises. It is a licence.

incorrect
A periodic tenancy.

Incorrect
Incorrect. This arrangement does not give exclusive possession.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
165
Q

A solicitor is adapting a 1 year lease precedent to a term for four years.

What difference should the solicitor be aware of?

As the lease term is over 3 years, it will need to be signed under hand.

As the lease term is over 3 years, it will need to be executed as a deed.

As the lease term is over 1 year, it will need to be signed under hand.

As the lease term is over 1 year, it will need to be executed by deed.

A four year lease will require more obligations on the part of the tenant.

A

As the lease term is over 3 years, it will need to be executed as a deed.

Correct
Correct. A legal tenancy of over 3 years must be created by deed.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
166
Q

Which of these statements is correct?

The term commencement date can only be the same day or later than the date of the lease.

The term commencement date can be earlier, the same day, or later than the date of the lease.

The term commencement date is fixed, but the lease can be backdated, for example, to before an increase in Stamp Duty Land Tax rates.

The term commencement date can only be earlier or the same day as the date of the lease.

The term commencement date can only be the same day as the date of the lease.

A

The term commencement date can be earlier, the same day, or later than the date of the lease.

Correct. The term commencement date can be any of these.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
167
Q

A tenant has a 10 year FRI lease. The initial rent was £40,000 per annum. The 5 year upwards only rent review is coming up. The tenant’s surveyor has advised that although the rental market has stayed static, due to the landlord’s neglect of the common areas, the rent should only be £35,000 per annum on review. The hypothetical lease assumes only that the tenant, not the landlord, has complied with its covenants.

What would you expect to happen on review?

The rent will remain the same because it is an upwards only rent review.

The parties are likely to negotiate the rent to somewhere between £35,000 and £40,000.

The rent will be reviewed to £35,000 to take account of the landlord’s neglect.

The rent will be reviewed to £35,000 because the hypothetical lease only applies to rent increases.

The rent will remain the same because the landlord’s neglect of the common areas is ignored.

A

The rent will remain the same because it is an upwards only rent review.

Correct
Correct. The hypothetical lease would take into account the landlord’s neglect of the common areas, but the rent will not drop because the rent review is upwards only.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
168
Q

A tenant has a restaurant business in premises on a 10 year lease. The 5 year rent review is coming up. The initial rent was £10,000 per annum. The rent on the open market now would be £14,000. However, due to the tenant’s success with the restaurant, the tenant’s surveyor considers that a rival restaurant business would gladly pay a rent of £20,000 per annum for the premises. The upwards only open market rent review clause contains a standard set of assumptions and disregards. The retail prices index has increased by 5% since the beginning of the lease.

What would you expect the reviewed rent to be?

£10,500

£10,000

£14,000

£14,500

£20,000

A

£14,000

Correct
Correct. The rent will be increased to the open market rent. The increase due to the tenant’s business (goodwill) would normally be disregarded.

incorrect
£10,500

Incorrect. This is an open market rent review, not index linked.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
169
Q

In which of the following scenarios would the Code for Leasing Business Premises apply?

A 10 year lease of office premises negotiated by an RICS regulated agent.

A 10 year lease of an office premises let by a landlord who is a member of the British Landlord Association.

A 20 year advertising hoarding licence negotiated by an RICS member.

A six month tenancy of a warehouse negotiated by an RICS regulated agent.

A one year lease of a flat to a couple negotiated by an RICS regulated agent.

A

A 10 year lease of office premises negotiated by an RICS regulated agent.

Correct
Correct. The agent would be bound by the provisions of the Code.

WHY is this “A 20 year advertising hoarding licence negotiated by an RICS member.” wrong?? NOT A LEASE! it is a license

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
170
Q

A solicitor is instructed on a 10 year commercial letting by a landlord who is a member of RICS. The letting agent is unregulated. On receiving the heads of terms, the solicitor notices one provision that does not comply with the mandatory requirements of the Code for Leasing Business Premises.

Which statement best describes the solicitor’s duties?

The solicitor should advise the landlord of the provision that does not comply.

The Code would not apply as the letting agent is not regulated.

The solicitor must comply with the Code for Leasing Business Premises, and if the client does not agree, then the solicitor must cease acting.

The solicitor can assume that the Code for Leasing Business Premises applies, and may disregard the provision in the heads of terms that contravenes it.

The solicitor can disregard the Code as the Code only applies to the landlord.

A

The solicitor should advise the landlord of the provision that does not comply.
Correct
Correct. Although the landlord is an RICS member and should be aware of the Code, having spotted the provision, the solicitor should advise the landlord.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
171
Q

Which of the following most accurately states the difference between mandatory requirements and good practice in the Code for Leasing Business Premises?

RICS members must follow mandatory requirements and good practice. Non-RICS members are only required to observe good practice.

Mandatory requirements are legally binding; good practice is advisory only.

When the Code applies, RICS members and regulated firms must follow mandatory requirements. They must follow good practice unless there are exceptional reasons for not doing so.

When the Code applies, RICS members and regulated firms must follow mandatory requirements. They should follow good practice, but this is a matter for their discretion.

When the Code applies, RICS members and regulated firms must follow mandatory requirements unless there are exceptional reasons not to do so. They should follow good practice unless there are good reasons not to do so.

A

When the Code applies, RICS members and regulated firms must follow mandatory requirements. They must follow good practice unless there are exceptional reasons for not doing so.

Correct
Correct. This correctly states the difference.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
172
Q

When should pre-contract searches be carried out in a leasehold transaction?

Searches should be unnecessary if the landlord provides sufficient detail in the replies to CPSE enquiries.

They should usually be carried out, but the client may decide not to bother in some instances (eg, a short tenancy).

They are required if there is a full repairing obligation.

Searches are only necessary if the lease is registrable at the Land Registry.

They must be carried out in every leasehold transaction.

A

They should usually be carried out, but the client may decide not to bother in some instances (eg, a short tenancy).

Correct
Correct. The starting point is that searches should be carried out. If the client decides not to bother, then the solicitor should ensure that they are advised on possible consequences.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
173
Q

Which of the following correctly describes what a landlord’s and tenant’s solicitors do on completion of a commercial lease?

The landlord’s solicitor dates the original lease. The tenant’s solicitor sends the completion monies and dates the counterpart lease.

The landlord’s solicitor dates the original lease and the tenant’s solicitor dates the counterpart lease. The tenant will usually send the completion monies to the landlord directly.

The landlord’s solicitor dates the counterpart lease. The tenant’s solicitor sends the completion monies and dates the original lease.

The landlord’s and tenant’s solicitors date the lease in duplicate and then send them to their respective clients for signature.

The landlord’s solicitor dates the original lease and the tenant’s solicitor dates the counterpart lease. The parties exchange the agreement for lease under Formula B.

A

The landlord’s solicitor dates the original lease. The tenant’s solicitor sends the completion monies and dates the counterpart lease.

Correct
Correct. The original lease is that signed by the landlord; the counterpart by the tenant. The completion monies are paid by the tenant to the landlord through their solicitors.

Incorrect

The landlord’s solicitor dates the original lease and the tenant’s solicitor dates the counterpart lease. The parties exchange the agreement for lease under Formula B.

Incorrect. Except for a residential long lease, it would be rare for an agreement for lease to be exchanged simultaneously with the grant of a lease.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
174
Q

You act for a tenant taking a 5 year lease of part from a landlord with a registered freehold title. Which is the correct pre-completion search to carry out?

An OS1 search.

A central land charges search against the name of the new tenant.

An OS3 search.

An OS2 search

A central land charges search against the landlord’s name.

A

An OS3 search.
Correct
Correct. As the lease is not registrable, priority is not needed, and an OS3 search is appropriate.

WHY IS THE LEASE NOT REGISTRABLE?hope

incorrect
An OS2 search

Incorrect
Incorrect. An OS3 search would be more appropriate as the lease is not registrable.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
175
Q

A solicitor is reviewing a draft lease to work out what the tenant is directly responsible for repairing.

Where should the solicitor look for this information?

The tenant’s repairing covenant and the definition of the premises.

The tenant’s repairing and alterations covenants.

The tenant’s survey.

The tenant’s repairing covenant and the service charge provisions.

The tenant’s repairing covenant only.

A

The tenant’s repairing covenant and the definition of the premises.

Correct
Correct. The tenant’s repairing covenant is read in conjunction with the definition of the premises.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
176
Q

A tenant is taking a 10 year FRI lease of a newly constructed building. The lease excludes inherent and structural defects from the tenant’s repairing obligation.

Why does the tenant instruct its surveyor to carry out a full building survey?

Because the tenant cannot be required to put the premises into any better state of repair than it was at the date of the lease, and the survey will provide evidence of this.

Because the survey will identify any problems arising from poor design or construction that will be the tenant’s responsibility in the lease.

Because it is quicker to obtain a survey than a full set of searches.

Because under the principle of caveat emptor, the tenant cannot complain about any wants of repair that come to light after completion.

Because the tenant will be responsible for putting right any items that are in disrepair (save where arising from poor design or construction).

A

Because the tenant will be responsible for putting right any items that are in disrepair (save where arising from poor design or construction).

Correct
Correct. In an FRI lease, the tenant gives a full repairing obligation and will have to put the premises in good repair.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
177
Q

A tenant takes an FRI lease of a warehouse that comprises the whole of the landlord’s title.

How is it likely that the lease will deal with insurance?

The landlord will insure the warehouse, but will contribute a small percentage of the insurance premium given that the landlord is the freeholder.

The landlord will insure the warehouse at its own expense, as there are no other tenants to contribute.

The landlord will insure the freehold and the tenant will insure the leasehold.

The tenant insures the warehouse at its own cost, and there is an obligation in the lease to this effect.

The landlord insures the warehouse and recovers the whole of the premium from the single tenant.

A

The landlord insures the warehouse and recovers the whole of the premium from the single tenant.

Correct
Correct. The landlord will normally insure, recovering the premium from the tenant.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
178
Q

You act for the tenant of the top floor of an office forming part of a large office block on an FRI lease. The lift has broken down, and the tenant wants to know details of the responsibility for (1) arranging its repair (2) paying for its repair.

Where in the lease are you likely to find the answer?

A. The repairing clause in the tenant’s covenants.

B. The insuring clause in the landlord’s covenants.

C. The provision of services clause in the landlord’s covenants and the service charge obligation in the tenant’s covenants or in the schedule on services and service charge.

D. The provision of services clause in the tenant’s covenants and the service charge obligation in the landlord’s covenants.

E. The rent suspension clause.

A

C. The provision of services clause in the landlord’s covenants and the service charge obligation in the tenant’s covenants or in the schedule on services and service charge.

correct

A – it is not going to be a tenant’s repair since it is a common part

B – nothing to do with insurance/ it is a repair issue

D – is the wrong way around

E – irrelevant

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
179
Q

An institutional landlord and tenant are negotiating the new rent following a five year rent review in an FRI lease of a retail unit in a shopping centre.

Which of the following is likely to lead to an increase in the rent?

A. The tenant sells luxury goods and has fitted the unit to a particularly high quality specification.

B. The tenant is a major department store and has increased the footfall to the shopping centre.

C. The tenant could be expected to pay more rent to avoid the cost and inconvenience of moving to another property.

D. Rents of comparable properties in the local area have increased in the last five years.

E. Rents of other properties in the landlord’s portfolio have increased in the last five years.

A

D. Rents of comparable properties in the local area have increased in the last five years.

correct ( cf assumptions and disregards)

A – tenant improvements disregarded

B – goodwill of the tenant disregarded

C – tenant in occupation is disregarded

E – not relevant to market rent! unless every property in landlord’s portfolio is in the area (which we do not know on the facts)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
180
Q

A haulage company knows that it needs a warehouse unit for no more than five years. It finds a suitable unit, and the owner offers a fixed ten year term with a five year tenant’s only break, saying that this is better as the tenant has the choice.

How would you advise the haulage company?

A. The five year lease is preferable as complying with a break clause is onerous and can easily be forgotten.

B. The five year lease is preferable because it is at the discretion of the landlord whether to accept the tenant’s break notice.

C. The five year lease is preferable because a shorter term lease will contain fewer onerous provisions.

D. The ten year lease is preferable as it gives the option to stay on after the five year term.

E. There is no real difference as the haulage company can give notice at any time to end the lease in either case.

A

A. The five year lease is preferable as complying with a break clause is onerous and can easily be forgotten.

correct – respect your clients instructions! don’t engage yourself no longer than you need to

B – incorrect, not at landlord’s discretion if served correctly

C – not necessarily true (cannot assume this)

D – not correct: you have a 10 year lease but have the ability to break after 5 years

E – not true! unless it was a rolling break clause from the 5 year point but still need to serve notice properly

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
181
Q

You are acting for a tenant who has agreed to take a 10 year lease of a unit in a shopping centre. The landlord is the freehold owner of the shopping centre.

Which one of the following best describes one of the pre-completion steps you will need to take before completion of the lease?

Request completion monies from the tenant.

Arrange for the tenant to sign the underlease.

Apply to register the lease at the Land Registry using form AP1.

Submit a final certificate of title to the bank.

Carry out an OS1 search.

A

Request completion monies from the tenant.
Correct
Correct. You will need to be in funds for all completion monies due, which usually will be the first quarter’s rent, service charge and insurance rent so this can be sent to the landlord’s solicitor at completion.

Incorrect
Carry out an OS1 search.
Incorrect. Please revisit your understanding of the pre-completion steps required for the grant of a commercial lease and when an OS2 search is appropriate instead of an OS1 search.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
182
Q

What effect do the mandatory provisions of Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors (RICS) Code for Leasing Business Premises (1st edition February 2020) have regarding leasehold transactions?

Following completion of a lease with an RICS regulated landlord, a tenant may apply to the court to strike out any provisions of the lease that do not comply with the mandatory provisions of the Code and are manifestly unreasonable.

Following completion of a lease with an RICS regulated landlord, a tenant may apply to the court to strike out any provisions of the lease that do not comply with the mandatory provisions of the Code.

Solicitors who act for an RICS member or RICS firm must comply with the Code or face disciplinary sanctions by the Solicitors Regulation Authority.

Letting agents and other property professionals must comply with mandatory provisions, and non-compliance may be taken into account in regulatory or disciplinary proceedings.

Letting agents and other property professionals who are RICS members or in a RICS regulated firm must comply with mandatory provisions, and non-compliance may be taken into account in regulatory or disciplinary proceedings.

A

Letting agents and other property professionals who are RICS members or in a RICS regulated firm must comply with mandatory provisions, and non-compliance may be taken into account in regulatory or disciplinary proceedings.

Correct
Correct. RICS members are bound by the Code’s mandatory provisions. (The Code also contains statements of good practice, which RICS members should follow unless there is a good reason not to.)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
183
Q

In which of the following situations would an agreement for lease not be necessary?

The landlord is in the process of buying an office block with a rental void, and the tenant has agreed to take a lease from the landlord once the purchase completes.

In a residential transaction for the sale of a newly constructed 999 year leasehold flat.

The tenant is taking a unit in a shopping centre that is currently under construction.

The tenant intends to take a high street premises for a restaurant, but first wants to apply for a premises licence which is essential for its business.

The parties to the lease are ready to proceed to completion as soon as the form of the lease has been agreed.

A

The parties to the lease are ready to proceed to completion as soon as the form of the lease has been agreed.
Correct. In this case, there is no need for an agreement for lease.
WHY??

incorrect
In a residential transaction for the sale of a newly constructed 999 year leasehold flat.
Incorrect. In a residential transaction, it is usual to exchange before or simultaneously with completion. This document may be referred to as a contract, but it can also be described as an agreement for lease.

The landlord is in the process of buying an office block with a rental void, and the tenant has agreed to take a lease from the landlord once the purchase completes.
Incorrect. An agreement for lease would be useful here to tie the parties into the transaction conditional on the purchase of the office block completing.

The tenant intends to take a high street premises for a restaurant, but first wants to apply for a premises licence which is essential for its business.
Incorrect. An agreement for lease may be useful here so that the parties can commit to the lease, but completion of the lease is conditional upon the premises licence being obtained.

The tenant is taking a unit in a shopping centre that is currently under construction.
Incorrect. An agreement for lease would be used to lock the tenant in to taking the unit in once the shopping centre has been constructed.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
184
Q

Which of the following may not be a valid lease term?

A 10 year lease to start one year after signing the lease.

A 10 year lease with the option to renew the lease at the end of the 10 years.

A lease in which the tenant can occupy on a month by month basis, paying the rent monthly.

A lease to run for 10 years, but may be brought to an end earlier if the tenant firm is no longer employed as the landlord’s accountants.

A lease to run as long as the tenant firm is employed as the landlord’s accountants.

A

A lease to run as long as the tenant firm is employed as the landlord’s accountants.
Correct. This is not a valid lease term. The lease term must be certain and may not continue indefinitely.

A lease to run for 10 years, but may be brought to an end earlier if the tenant firm is no longer employed as the landlord’s accountants.

Incorrect
Incorrect. This is a valid lease term. The lease term has a certain maximum duration, even though it can be brought to an end earlier.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
185
Q

In negotiations to take a commercial lease in England, the prospective tenant asks for a 5 year lease term as the tenant knows that it will not need the premises for longer. The landlord offers a 10 year lease with a 5 year mutual break clause, saying this is just as good.

As the prospective tenant’s solicitor, what advice can you give?

Although the tenant can get out of the lease at 5 years, exercising a break is not straightforward. However, the Stamp Duty Land Tax calculation will not be affected.

You cannot advise your client on this as it is regulated financial advice.

A 10 year lease with 5 year break is better, as it as it gives the tenant a choice whether to leave at 5 years or 10 years. The Stamp Duty Land Tax calculation will not be affected.

Although the tenant can get out of the lease at 5 years, exercising a break is not straightforward, and there may be more Stamp Duty Land Tax payable on the longer term.

A 10 year lease with 5 year break is better, as it gives the tenant a choice whether to leave at 5 years or 10 years. However, there may be more Stamp Duty Land Tax to pay.

A

Although the tenant can get out of the lease at 5 years, exercising a break is not straightforward, and there may be more Stamp Duty Land Tax payable on the longer term.

Correct. Break clauses are generally strictly drafted, and if the tenant does not comply exactly with their requirements, the break notice will be invalid. As the length of the lease is relevant to SDLT calculations, there may be a greater amount of SLDT to pay.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
186
Q

A man gave £200,000 to his son in March 2013. He gave a further £200,000 to his daughter in March 2016. He made no other gifts during his lifetime. The man died in May 2020.

How much inheritance tax is payable on the gifts made by the man?

£10,080

£16.560

£25,200

£15,120

£0

A

£0
Correct
Correct. The first PET was made more than 7 years before the man’s death. This means that the first PET is not chargeable. The second PET in March 2016 is a chargeable transfer. The value of the transfer (£200,000 ) is below the NRB, meaning no tax is payable.

incorrect
£16.560

Incorrect
Incorrect. Note that the first PET was made more than 7 years before the man’s death and therefore it is not a chargeable transfer. You have calculated the value of the first PET and applied this against the NRB, thus reducing the amount of NRB available against the second PET. The value of the second PET is below the NRB, meaning no tax is payable.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
187
Q

In January 2020 a man made a gift of £10,000 to his son on his marriage. In July 2018 the man had made a gift to his daughter of £10,000 on her marriage. The man has just died.

What is the chargeable value of the gift to the man’s son after the deduction of available exemptions and reliefs?

£4,000

£2,000

£6,000

£7,000

£0

A

£2,000

Correct
Correct: The gift to the man’s son benefits from the annual exemption (‘AE’) for the 19/20 tax year. The AE for the 18/19 tax year was applied to the gift to the man’s daughter so is not available to be carried forward. The marriage allowance for a child of £5,000 is also deductible. It does not matter that the man gave his daughter the equivalent gift in the previous tax year. It is available to each child of the donor. The other options were wrong because they failed to apply both exemptions and/or incorrectly concluded that AE from the previous tax year was also available.

£0

Incorrect
Incorrect: Review your materials on lifetime exemptions and reliefs. The gift to the daughter was also made in the last tax year. What effect does that have on the availability of the annual exemption?

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
188
Q

A woman died in August 2020. The only lifetime gifts she has made are as follows:

May 2015 a gift to her mother of £10,000

July 2016 a gift to her husband of £20,000

September 2016 a gift to her daughter of £5,000

October 2017 a gift to her son of shares in a private company valued at £5,000. She had owned the shares for 10 years.

What was the woman’s cumulative total on the date she died?

£4,000

£13,000

£6,000

£9,000

£40,000

A

£6,000 (REVIEW)
Correct
Correct: The value of the gift to her mother is £4,000 after deduction of the annual exemption for the current tax year and the previous tax year was not used up. The value of the gift to her husband is nil as it is spouse exempt. The value of the gift to her daughter in the same tax year is £2,000 after deduction of the annual exemption for that year which is not used up by the gift to her husband. There is no annual exemption for the previous year as this has been used up. The gift to her son is eligible for 100% business property relief. The other options were wrong because they did not apply all relevant exemptions and reliefs.

Incorrect

£13,000
Incorrect: Review your materials on the spouse exemption and think about how this affects the cumulative total.

£40,000
Incorrect: Review your materials on calculating tax on lifetime transfers. Note that the cumulative total is based on the chargeable value of the transfers. Not all of the transfers are chargeable, and some benefit from reliefs or exemptions that reduce their chargeable value.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
189
Q

A woman died yesterday and by her will leaves the whole of her estate to her children. The woman owned farming land with an agricultural value of £10,000 and market value of £30,000. She acquired this land 10 years ago. The land has not been occupied for farming for the last 3 years.

What is the amount of agricultural property relief that can be claimed by her estate?

£5,000

£10,000

£15,000

£0

£30,000

A

£0

Correct
Correct. APR applies to the agricultural value of property that has been owned and occupied for farming in the 2 / 7 years prior to death. The woman’s estate does not qualify for APR.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
190
Q

You are advising a client who has made the following transfers:

A gift into a trust in September 2017 of £10,000

A gift into a trust in January 2019 of £350,000

The client has made no other transfers. Following the gift in 2017, the client’s cumulative total was £4,000.

Calculate the inheritance tax due when the gift in 2019 was made. The nil rate band was £325,000.

£5,200

£3,800

£5,800

No inheritance tax is due as this gift is a potentially exempt transfer.

£9,200

A

£5,200
Correct
Correct: You needed to deduct one annual exemption, deduct the nil rate band and then tax the balance at 20%. £350,000 - £3,000 (tax year 17-18). The previous tax year’s annual exemption was used. £347,000 - £321,000 (the cumulative total was £4,000). £26,000 taxed at 20%.

Incorrect
£9,200
Incorrect: Review your materials on how to calculate the cumulative total. You deducted two annual exemptions. Only one annual exemption was available as the gift in September 2017 used up an annual exemption. You taxed the balance at 40% instead of 20%.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
191
Q

A tenant’s solicitor is calculating the SDLT due after completion. The lease has a Net Present Value of £105,000 and no premium. The landlord’s freehold is worth £200,000. The applicable rates are 0% up to £150,000, and 1% from £150,000 up to £5 million.

How much SDLT is payable?

£0

£1,050

£4,500

£1,500

£5,000

A

£0

Correct
Correct. There is no SDLT on this Net Present Value.

question: is the freehold value irrelevant to the fact pattern?

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
192
Q

A tenant’s solicitor is calculating the LTT payable on a lease with a NPV of £425,000 and no premium. The prevailing rates are 0% up to £225,000 and 1% from £225,000 to £2 million.

What LTT is payable?

£2,000

£0

It is not possible to say, as it will depend whether the rent is payable annually, quarterly or monthly.

£4,250

£2,250

A

£2,000

Correct. The LTT is calculated as 1% of the £200,000 by which the NPV exceeds £225,000.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
193
Q

A tenant’s solicitor is dealing with the post-completion tasks on a 5 year lease.

Which of the following summarises the position with registration of the new lease?

The lease must be registered and will be given its own title number. It will also be noted against the landlord’s title.

The lease must be registered if the landlord’s title is registered.

The lease is not registrable but can be noted against the landlord’s title.

The lease must be registered as the grant of lease is an event triggering first registration.

The lease is not registrable and cannot be noted against the landlord’s title.

A

The lease is not registrable but can be noted against the landlord’s title.

Correct. The lease is more than 3 years but not more than 7 years. This is the correct answer.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
194
Q

A lease contains a covenant as follows: “not to alter the interior of the premises without the consent of the landlord”.

The tenant wants to insert some internal, non-structural partitioning.

How would you advise the landlord on this application?

The landlord can unreasonably withhold consent because it is not a fully qualified covenant.

It is likely that the landlord cannot unreasonably withhold consent if the alterations are considered an improvement from the tenant’s point of view.

The landlord can unreasonably withhold consent because if the tenant wants to make an improvement it can use the statutory procedure.

It is likely that the landlord cannot unreasonably withhold consent if the alterations are considered an improvement from the landlord’s point of view.

The landlord need not consider the application as it is an absolute covenant.

A

It is likely that the landlord cannot unreasonably withhold consent if the alterations are considered an improvement from the tenant’s point of view.

Correct. As the alteration improves the premises from the tenant’s perspective it would class as a tenant’s improvement.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
195
Q

Which of the following would be unlikely to appear in a licence for alterations?

A copy of the lease.

An obligation on the tenant to carry out work with good quality materials and a high standard of workmanship.

An obligation to obtain planning consent.

A time limit for starting and carrying out the works.

Plans and/or specifications of the proposed works.

A

A copy of the lease.

Correct. It is not usually necessary to include a copy of the lease.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
196
Q

A tenant occupies premises under a lease with a permitted use defined as “use as a hairdresser’s salon”. There is a qualified covenant against changes of use. The tenant wants to stop hairdressing and sell beauty products instead.

What does the tenant need to do?

The tenant need not ask for consent, as the permitted use and proposed use are both in planning use class E.

The tenant must ask for consent, and the landlord must act reasonably if withholding consent, as this is a tenant’s improvement.

The tenant need not ask for consent, as the permitted use definition breaches the Code for Leasing Business Premises.

The tenant must ask for consent, and the landlord must act reasonably if withholding consent as the new use is not dissimilar.

The tenant must ask for consent, but the landlord may unreasonably withhold it.

A

The tenant must ask for consent, but the landlord may unreasonably withhold it.

Correct. As it is not a fully qualified covenant, the landlord has no obligation to give consent.

incorrect
The tenant need not ask for consent, as the permitted use and proposed use are both in planning use class E.
Incorrect. The permitted use is more specific than the planning use class.

The tenant need not ask for consent, as the permitted use definition breaches the Code for Leasing Business Premises.
Incorrect. The Code for Leasing Business Premises only regulates RICS members and regulated firms, but does not override the provisions of a lease.

The tenant must ask for consent, and the landlord must act reasonably if withholding consent as the new use is not dissimilar.
Incorrect. The use is specified in the lease, and the landlord need not give consent to a different use, even if only slightly different.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
197
Q

An RICS regulated surveyor is preparing heads of terms for a landlord client letting out an
office building.

In doing so, which of the following may the surveyor do in accordance with the Code
for Leasing Business Premises?

A. State “see draft lease to follow” instead of giving the length of term.

B. State “see draft lease to follow” instead of giving the basis for rent review.

C. State a rent that is significantly above open market value.

D. Not refer to the permitted use, because it is obvious from the nature of the premises.

E. Tell the tenant that the surveyor will talk through the heads of terms over the phone
instead of providing them in writing

A

C. State a rent that is significantly above open market value.

correct - this is a commercial consideration

A – you have to give length of the term

B – transparency of lease needed including rent review

D – no, again transparency!

E – no: have to be writing

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
198
Q

You are a solicitor acting for a property investor in granting a 10 year lease to the tenant of a
retail shopping centre. There is a three month rent-free period for the tenant to carry out its fitout. You are preparing for completion.

Which of the following tasks would you be likely not to need to carry out?

A. Prepare a completion statement showing the completion monies due on completion.

B. Send the counterpart lease to the tenant’s solicitor.

C. Send the original lease to your client.

D. Prepare a report on title for your client.

E. Check the final form lease for any errors, such as cross-references to deleted clauses.

A

D. Prepare a report on title for your client.

correct – tenant’s solicitor does this
first: who are you acting for?

A – landlord’s solicitor does this

B – landlord’s solicitor does this

C – landlord’s solicitor does this

E – landlord’s solicitor does this

199
Q

An IT firm has a lease of two floors in an office block. The lease contains an absolute
covenant against structural alterations. The firm applies to the landlord for consent to cut into
a loadbearing wall to accommodate their server.
Which best describes the landlord’s position regarding consent?

A. The landlord must act reasonably if withholding consent as it is a tenant’s improvement.

B. The landlord must give consent as it is a tenant’s improvement.

C. The landlord may reasonably withhold consent if the landlord can show that there are
other ways in which the server might be accommodated.

D. The landlord has absolute discretion whether or not to give consent.

E. The landlord cannot give consent without varying the lease.

A

D. The landlord has absolute discretion whether or not to give consent.

correct – absolute covenant = absolute discretion

200
Q

A tenant occupies under a 3 year legal lease. The lease contains the following covenant:

‘The Tenant shall not make any internal, non-structural alteration to the Premises without the consent of the Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.’

The tenant would like to construct an internal partition wall and also carry out some general internal fitting out works to its premises. It has written to the landlord asking for their consent to these works explaining the nature of the works and enclosing detailed plans.

Which of the following statements best explains your advice to the landlord in respect of giving a decision to the tenant?

The landlord unreasonably withhold consent provided the proposed works do not constitute tenant’s improvements.

The landlord has total discretion whether to consent to the works because the covenant against alterations is qualified.

The landlord cannot unreasonably withhold its consent to the works because s. 19(2) of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1927 applies to this covenant.

The landlord cannot unreasonably withhold its consent to the works because the covenant is fully qualified.

The landlord has total discretion whether to consent to the works because there is an absolute covenant against alterations.

A

The landlord cannot unreasonably withhold its consent to the works because the covenant is fully qualified.

Correct
This is correct. The covenant against the internal alterations is fully qualified. This means the landlord cannot unreasonably withhold its consent to the works. S. 19(2) of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1927 does not apply to alterations covenants that are already fully qualified.

Leases will normally allow the tenant to make some alterations to the premises. Unless the lease stipulates otherwise, the tenant is free to carry out any alterations to the premises, subject to the legal doctrine of ‘waste’ which prevents alterations which would devalue the premises. However, the landlord will usually wish to control what alterations the tenant can undertake, especially in shorter leases. You need to be able to distinguish between absolute, qualified and fully qualified covenants in a lease and understand the effect of statute on certain covenants. S.19 (2) Landlord and Tenant Act 1927 applies to certain alterations covenants. It is important you understand when it will / will not apply.

incorrect
The landlord unreasonably withhold consent provided the proposed works do not constitute tenant’s improvements.

This is incorrect. The covenant is fully qualified, so the landlord must act reasonably whether the proposed works are tenant’s improvements or not.

201
Q

A freeholder (the ‘Landlord’) granted a commercial lease to a tenant. The tenant currently uses the property as a hairdresser but wants to change the use to a clothes shop. The tenant does not plan to undertake any significant alterations to the property. The lease provides the following:

‘The Tenant covenants not to use the Property other than as a hairdresser or a hair salon without the consent of the Landlord.’

Which one of the following best describes the Landlord’s position?

The Landlord is required to act reasonably in deciding whether or not to grant consent to the change of use.

The Landlord cannot withhold consent as the tenant’s proposed use is within the same planning use class as the existing use.

The Landlord is entitled to increase the rent as a condition of granting consent to reflect the new use.

The Landlord is entitled to charge a lump sum as a condition of granting consent to the change of use.

The Landlord will be able to withhold consent to the request to change the use of the property.

A

The Landlord will be able to withhold consent to the request to change the use of the property.

Correct
This is correct. S.19(3) of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1927 does not upgrade the qualified covenant into a fully qualified covenant so the Landlord does not need to act reasonably. This section does prohibit a landlord for charging a lump sum or an increase in the rent unless there are structural alterations taking place. The section also allows a landlord to require the payment of its legal fees as a condition of consent so there is no need for this obligation to be in the lease itself.

202
Q

A tenant occupies the first floor of a building under a lease. It wishes to make several alterations to the premises which include erecting several non-structural walls to split the first floor into a series of offices. The lease contains a provision prohibiting non-structural alterations without the landlord’s prior consent.

When considering the tenant’s application for consent, which statement best describes the landlord’s position?

The alterations provision in the lease is a qualified covenant and, as the tenant’s proposed works are likely to constitute improvements, the landlord cannot unreasonably withhold its consent.

The alterations provision in the lease is a qualified covenant and therefore the landlord is entitled to unreasonably withhold its consent.

The alterations provision in the lease is a qualified covenant and as the tenant’s proposed works constitute improvements, the landlord cannot unreasonably withhold its consent.

The alterations provision in the lease is a fully qualified covenant and, as the tenant’s proposed works constitute improvements, the landlord cannot unreasonably withhold its consent.

The alterations provision in the lease is a qualified covenant, but the landlord cannot unreasonably withhold consent if the tenant can show that the proposed works will enhance the value of the landlord’s reversion.

A

The alterations provision in the lease is a qualified covenant and, as the tenant’s proposed works are likely to constitute improvements, the landlord cannot unreasonably withhold its consent.

Correct. The requirement for landlord’s consent means that the alterations covenant is a qualified covenant. Section 19(2) of the 1927 Act upgrades this to a fully qualified covenant where the works constitute tenant’s improvements meaning the landlord cannot unreasonably withhold consent. As the tenant is presumably proposing the alterations to make the premises more suitable for its use, they would be likely to qualify as tenant’s improvements.

203
Q

You act for a tenant with lease of the ground floor in an office block. The premises have recently been damaged by flooding, and the tenant asks for your advice.

The repair clause in the lease states: ‘the Tenant shall keep the Premises in repair save for where any damage has been caused by an Insured Risk’.

The definition of Insured Risks includes the following wording: “fire, explosion, lightning, earthquake, tempest, storm, flood, bursting and overflowing of water tanks, apparatus or pipes, damage to underground water, oil or gas pipes or electricity wires or cables …”

Which of the following best describes the advice you would give to the tenant as to liability for repairing damage to the premises caused by flooding?

You would advise the tenant that the landlord will likely be liable for repairing damage to the premises caused by flooding.

You would explain to the tenant that you need to wait for the results of the flood risk search before you will be able to advise.

You advise that the landlord, tenant and insurance company would be jointly and severally liable for repairing damage caused to the premises by flooding.

You advise the tenant to claim on their buildings insurance policy.

You advise that the insurance company is responsible for repairing damage to the premises caused by flooding.

A

You would advise the tenant that the landlord will likely be liable for repairing damage to the premises caused by flooding.

Correct. Flooding is an insured risk, and these are excluded from the tenant’s repairing obligation. It is likely (but you should check) that the landlord’s obligations are to apply the money received from the insurers on repairing the damage.

204
Q

Which of the following best reflects the structure of an FRI lease for a unit in a shopping centre?

The tenant will be responsible for the repair of their unit, but will only be obliged to keep it in the state of repair in which it finds it (ie, at the beginning of the lease). The landlord is responsible for insuring the property, recovering the cost of doing so from the tenants.

The tenant is responsible for repairing the interior of the unit. The landlord is responsible for insuring the shopping centre. The landlord need not covenant to provide the services, provided a managing agent is appointed to carry them out.

The landlord is responsible for repairing the interior of the unit, but will recover the whole cost of doing so from the tenant. The landlord is responsible for insuring the shopping centre, but will recover a proportionate part of the cost of doing so from the tenant.

The tenant is responsible for insuring the property, recovering the cost of doing so from the tenants.

The tenant is responsible for repairing the interior of the unit. The landlord is responsible for insuring the shopping centre and providing the services, recovering a proportionate part of the cost of doing so from the tenant.

A

The tenant is responsible for repairing the interior of the unit. The landlord is responsible for insuring the shopping centre and providing the services, recovering a proportionate part of the cost of doing so from the tenant.

Correct
Correct. Note that the landlord does undertake obligations in an FRI lease, but the cost falls upon the tenants.

incorrect
The tenant is responsible for repairing the interior of the unit. The landlord is responsible for insuring the shopping centre. The landlord need not covenant to provide the services, provided a managing agent is appointed to carry them out.

Incorrect. The landlord will be obliged to carry out the services, and will recover the cost of doing so from the tenant. Managing agents may carry out the services on a day to day basis, but do so on behalf of the landlord.

205
Q

In which of the following scenarios would assignment not be an appropriate option?

A person is selling their long leasehold flat.

The tenant does not need the premises at the moment, but may do in future.

A tenant’s business is failing, and it still has five years left to run of its lease.

A company is transferring all its property assets to a new holding company.

A tenant with a takeaway is selling its takeaway business, including kitchen equipment and goodwill.

A

Correct
Correct. Assignment would not be appropriate here, as the tenant would be giving up control of the premises.

The tenant does not need the premises at the moment, but may do in future.

206
Q

The landlord of a shopping centre has granted one of the retail unit tenants a lease with a qualified covenant against assignment. Which of the following describes best where the landlord can withhold consent?

The proposed assignee is a group company of the tenant.

For any reason or no reason at all, as it is not a fully qualified covenant.

The proposed assignee sells similar products to the shop next to the tenant’s.

The landlord must give a reason, but it does not need to be reasonable, as it is not a fully qualified covenant.

The proposed assignee is a shop belonging to a religious organisation which the landlord suspects to be a cult.

A

The proposed assignee sells similar products to the shop next to the tenant’s.

Correct. In a shopping centre, the landlord will usually be able to impose a policy to mix the retail uses.

207
Q

Which of the following best summarises the liabilities of the outgoing tenant and incoming tenant for the tenant obligations in the lease after assignment for an old lease and a new lease?

For an old lease, the outgoing tenant remains liable, but the incoming tenant only becomes liable if it gives a direct covenant to the landlord.

For a new lease, the outgoing tenant is released from liability unless it enters into an authorised guarantee agreement. The incoming tenant automatically becomes liable.

For an old lease, the outgoing tenant remains liable. The incoming tenant is not liable unless it gives a direct covenant to the landlord.

For a new lease, the outgoing tenant’s liability will depend whether the incoming tenant gives an authorised guarantee agreement.

For an old lease, the outgoing tenant is released from liability unless it enters into an authorised guarantee agreement. The incoming tenant automatically becomes liable.

For a new lease, the outgoing tenant remains liable, but the incoming tenant only becomes liable if it gives a direct covenant to the landlord.

For an old lease, the outgoing tenant remains liable. The incoming tenant automatically becomes liable.

For a new lease, the outgoing tenant remains liable. The incoming tenant only becomes liable if it gives an authorised guarantee agreement.

For an old lease, the outgoing tenant remains liable. The incoming tenant automatically becomes liable.

For a new lease, the outgoing tenant is released from liability unless it enters into an authorised guarantee agreement. The incoming tenant automatically becomes liable.

A

For an old lease, the outgoing tenant remains liable, but the incoming tenant only becomes liable if it gives a direct covenant to the landlord.

For a new lease, the outgoing tenant is released from liability unless it enters into an authorised guarantee agreement. The incoming tenant automatically becomes liable.

Correct. This states the liabilities of each party after assignment correctly.

208
Q

A landlord will incur legal costs in considering an application for consent to assign.

Which of the following is most likely?

The landlord will require an undertaking for costs from the tenant.

The landlord’s solicitor will require an undertaking for costs from the tenant’s solicitor.

The landlord’s solicitor will require money from the tenant’s solicitor to be paid upfront.

The landlord’s solicitor will raise an invoice at the end of the process, and rely on the obligation in the lease that the tenant will pay the landlord’s costs.

The landlord’s solicitor will require an undertaking for costs from the prospective assignee’s solicitors.

A

The landlord’s solicitor will require an undertaking for costs from the tenant’s solicitor.

Correct. This is the usual procedure.

209
Q

You act for the buyer of a flat in a block of 65 flats, held by the current owner on a 150 year lease with 142 years left to run. The lease is registered at the Land Registry.

Which of the following would you not likely need to do?

Carry out an OS1 search.

Report to your client on service charge information given in replies to enquiries.

Carry out pre-contract searches.

Approve the draft contract prepared by the seller.

Apply to the landlord for consent to the assignment.

A

Apply to the landlord for consent to the assignment.

Correct
Correct. It is not usual for long residential leases to require landlord’s consent to assignment.

210
Q

Which of the following statements about pre-completion searches is correct?

An OS1 search should be carried out for the assignee of a 10 year lease.

An OS2 search should be carried out for the assignee of a 10 year lease of part.

If the landlord’s title is unregistered, a Central Land Charges search should be carried out on assignment.

An OS1 search should be carried out for the assignee of a 5 year lease.

An OS2 search should be carried out for an assignee of a 5 year lease of part.

A

An OS1 search should be carried out for the assignee of a 10 year lease.

Correct. A 10 year lease would be registered, and so an OS1 search should be carried out against the assignor’s leasehold title.

211
Q

A tenant has a 10 year lease with 7 years left to run. The lease is for four floors of a city office tower. There are no break clauses. The lease contains a qualified covenant against underletting of part or a permitted part, being one or more of the four floors.

In which of the following scenarios would underletting not be an appropriate option?

The tenant wishes to be released from its repairing obligation.

The tenant does not need the premises for the next two years and has found someone willing to occupy for that time.

The tenant does not need the premises but cannot find an assignee.

The tenant’s business has downsized, and it is only using three of the four floors. It has found someone willing to occupy the other floor.

The tenant’s business has moved to another premises, except for a small team, and it is only using one of the four floors. It has found someone willing to occupy two of the floors, but has not yet found anyone for the other.

A

The tenant wishes to be released from its repairing obligation.

Correct. Underletting does not release the tenant from its repairing obligation (although it can in turn require the undertenant to comply with it).

212
Q

Which of the following statement correctly describes the liabilities of the tenant and undertenant for the tenant’s lease obligations to the landlord following an underletting?

The tenant will remain liable and the undertenant will be liable if the undertenant gives a direct covenant to the landlord.

The tenant remains liable to the landlord, but the undertenant cannot be made liable to the landlord because of privity of estate.

The tenant will remain liable if it gives an authorised guarantee agreement and the undertenant will be liable if it gives a direct covenant.

The tenant will remain liable and the undertenant will be liable automatically if it is a new lease.

The tenant will only remain liable if it is an old lease, and the undertenant will be liable if it gives a direct covenant.

A

The tenant will remain liable and the undertenant will be liable if the undertenant gives a direct covenant to the landlord.

Correct. The tenant remains in a landlord/tenant relationship with the landlord. The undertenant will only be liable to the landlord if it gives a direct covenant (but it will be liable to the tenant as its immediate landlord).

213
Q

A tenant of the whole of an office block under an FRI lease intends to underlet one floor to an advertising agency. Which of the following is likely to be a permissible term for an underlease?

The remainder of the tenant’s term.

The remainder of the term of the tenant’s lease less three days.

For as long as the tenant contracts its advertising work to the undertenant.

The remainder of the term of the tenant’s lease plus three days.

On a monthly periodic tenancy.

A

The remainder of the term of the tenant’s lease less three days.

Correct. This is a certain term, and is less than the tenant’s term.

214
Q

On an underletting of an FRI lease, which of the following statements is most accurate regarding the necessary documentation?

The landlord’s solicitor drafts the licence to underlet and the tenant’s solicitor drafts the underlease and transfer TR1.

The tenant’s solicitor drafts the licence to underlet and the undertenant’s solicitor drafts the underlease.

The landlord’s solicitor drafts the licence to underlet and the undertenant’s solicitor drafts the underlease.

The landlord’s solicitor drafts the licence to underlet and the tenant’s solicitor drafts the underlease.

The landlord’s solicitor drafts the licence to underlet and the underlease for the tenant’s approval.

A

The landlord’s solicitor drafts the licence to underlet and the tenant’s solicitor drafts the underlease.
Correct. The landlord’s solicitor will draft the licence to underlet, and it is for the tenant’s solicitor to draft the underlease.

incorrect
The landlord’s solicitor drafts the licence to underlet and the underlease for the tenant’s approval.
Incorrect. The tenant’s solicitor will draft the underlease for the undertenant’s (and the landlord’s) approval.

215
Q

The tenant of a restaurant business wishes to underlet the premises to a cousin. In which of the following circumstances would an agreement for underlease not be necessary?

The tenant and undertenant want to commit to the underlease, but in the case of the undertenant, only if it can get an alcohol licence.

The tenant and undertenant want to commit to the underlease, but only if the tenant complies with a recent hygiene improvement notice.

The parties are ready to complete the underlease but the consent application has been delayed.

The parties are ready to complete the licence to underlet and underlease.

The undertenant only wants to take the underlease as part of a sale of the tenant’s business.

A

The parties are ready to complete the licence to underlet and underlease.

Correct. If the parties are ready to complete, there is no need for the agreement for underlease.

216
Q

An undertenant is taking the remaining 8 years of a tenant’s term under an FRI lease of a warehouse. The underlease is for half of the warehouse floor space.

Which is the correct pre-completion search for the undertenant’s solicitor to carry out?

OS3 searches against both the landlord’s freehold title and the tenant’s leasehold title.

An OS1 search against the tenant’s leasehold title.

An OS1 search against the landlord’s freehold title.

An OS2 search against the tenant’s leasehold title.

An OS2 search against the landlord’s freehold title.

A

An OS2 search against the tenant’s leasehold title.

Correct. As the underlease is of part of the premises, an OS2 search of part should be carried out against the tenant’s leasehold title.

217
Q

Which of the following would you not be likely to find in a licence to assign or underlet?

A requirement that the proposed assignment or underletting takes place within a certain time, say 3 months.

A direct covenant by proposed assignee or undertenant to the landlord to comply with the tenant obligations under the lease.

A detailed specification of work to be carried out.

A covenant to pay the landlord’s costs.

For a licence to underlet, a draft of the underlease. For a licence to assign, an authorised guarantee agreement.

A

A detailed specification of work to be carried out.

Correct
Correct. You would expect to find this in a licence for alterations.

incorrect

A direct covenant by proposed assignee or undertenant to the landlord to comply with the tenant obligations under the lease.
Incorrect. You would expect to find this in a licence to assign or underlet (although not strictly necessary with a licence to assign a new lease).

For a licence to underlet, a draft of the underlease. For a licence to assign, an authorised guarantee agreement.
Incorrect. Both of these would not be unexpected.

A covenant to pay the landlord’s costs.
Incorrect. Either type of licence will usually contain this.

218
Q

Which of the following is not a function of a licence to assign an old lease?

To set out the credit checks and references that will be required of a prospective tenant.

To require the assignee to give notice once the assignment has taken place.

To obtain a covenant from the tenant to pay the landlord’s costs.

To formally grant the landlord’s consent.

To obtain a direct covenant from the new tenant.

A

To set out the credit checks and references that will be required of a prospective tenant.

Correct. These will be carried out as part of the consent application, but as they will be done before the licence to assign is completed, they would not usually be referred to in the licence itself.

219
Q

Residential conveyancers do not often deal with licences to assign. Why not?

Because the cost of a licence to assign would be disproportionate in a residential context.

Because residential conveyancers do not deal with assignments of lease.

Because consent to assignment of a residential lease is conferred automatically by statute.

Because most long leases do not require landlord’s consent to an assignment.

Because a licence to assign can only apply where the proposed assignee is not paying the tenant a premium.

A

Because most long leases do not require landlord’s consent to an assignment.

correct

220
Q

You act for an individual landlord who has received an application to underlet one of their units to a sole proprietor. The sole proprietor has a successful business, plenty of capital and excellent tenant references and credit score. However, the landlord knows the sole proprietor from a club that they both belong to, and they have had a falling out. For that reason alone, the landlord does not want to grant the consent.

How do you advise the landlord?

The landlord can unreasonably withhold consent as it is only a qualified covenant.

The landlord is required to act reasonably if withholding consent, and personal feelings are not a reasonable ground for withholding consent. The landlord may, however, stall for time and hope that the proposed underletting falls through.

The landlord cannot unreasonably withhold consent, but given that the underlessee might end up being the direct tenant of the landlord, it is reasonable to take their personal relationship into account as it might make their business relationship unworkable.

The landlord cannot unreasonably withhold consent, but it is reasonable to withhold consent to a sole proprietor as their covenant strength is less than a company’s.

The landlord is required to act reasonably if withholding consent, and personal feelings are not a reasonable ground for withholding consent. The landlord will likely have to give consent within a reasonable time.

A

The landlord is required to act reasonably if withholding consent, and personal feelings are not a reasonable ground for withholding consent. The landlord will likely have to give consent within a reasonable time.

Correct
Correct.

This is a qualified covenant against underletting (the landlord’s consent is required), which is automatically upgraded to a fully qualified covenant (s19(1)(a) Landlord and Tenant Act 1927). Furthermore, the landlord must make a decision within a reasonable time (s1, Landlord and Tenant Act 1988).

As the prospective underlessee has good covenant strength, and the landlord’s only objection is their personal relationship, it is likely that the landlord will have to give consent within a reasonable time.

221
Q

A 20 year lease is dated 1 July 2010. The tenant when the lease was granted was a clothes shop. The clothes shop lawfully assigned the lease to a bookstore and entered into an authorised guarantee agreement (AGA). The bookstore, two years later, lawfully assigned the lease to a dry cleaners and entered into an AGA. The dry cleaners still occupy the premises under the lease. The dry cleaners are struggling to pay their rent and the landlord wants to know who it can pursue for the rent arrears.

Which one of the following is the most accurate list of those the landlord can pursue for the rent arrears?

The dry cleaners only.

The clothes shop, the bookstore and the dry cleaners.

The bookstore and the dry cleaners.

The clothes shop and the dry cleaners.

The clothes shop only.

A

The bookstore and the dry cleaners.

Correct.

The dry cleaners are the current tenant and are liable to pay the rent. The bookstore gave an AGA to the landlord in respect of the dry cleaners when they assigned to the dry cleaners. The landlord can therefore claim from the bookstore under the AGA.

The original tenant (the clothes shop) will not have any original tenant liability as this is a new lease. The clothes shop’s AGA only covered the bookstore whilst they were the tenant.

222
Q

A tenant has a registered lease dated before 1 January 1996. The tenant is assigning the lease to an assignee. The landlord has consented to the assignment and has asked you to draft the relevant documentation.

Which one of the following is the correct list of the documents that will be need to be prepared for execution?

Licence to assign, authorised guarantee agreement and the lease.

Licence to assign and TR1

Licence to assign and the lease.

Licence to assign, authorised guarantee agreement and TR1

Licence to assign and deed of assignment.

A

Licence to assign and TR1
Correct.

A licence to assign is needed to document the landlord’s consent.

As the lease is registered, the assignment will need to be documented by way of Land Registry’s standard transfer deed TR1.

An assignment is the sale of an existing lease, not the creation of a new lease. There will be no new lease granted to the assignee.

incorrect

Licence to assign and deed of assignment.
Incorrect. The assignment must be made by way of a TR1. Note that in this context the TR1 is a deed of assignment. Therefore, although the answer can be argued correct in a sense, it is not the best answer, as TR1 is more specific.

223
Q

You act for an assignee taking the remaining 3 years of a 10 year term. The assignment is about to complete. The immediate landlord of the current tenant is the freeholder.

Which pre-completion searches should you undertake?

An OS3 search as the assignment is for 3 years and therefore not registrable.

An OS1 search of the tenant’s leasehold title.

An OS2 search of the relevant premises against the landlord’s freehold title.

An OS1 search of the landlord’s freehold title (or if the landlord’s title is unregistered a central land charges search against the landlord’s name for the landlord’s period of ownership) and an OS1 search against the tenant’s leasehold title.

An OS1 search of the landlord’s freehold title (or if the landlord’s title is unregistered a central land charges search against the landlord’s name for the landlord’s period of ownership), but as there is only 3 years left on the lease, no search against the leasehold.

A

An OS1 search of the tenant’s leasehold title.
Correct. As the original lease was over 7 years, it would have been registered. It is the tenant’s title that the assignee is interested in.

incorrect

An OS1 search of the landlord’s freehold title (or if the landlord’s title is unregistered a central land charges search against the landlord’s name for the landlord’s period of ownership) and an OS1 search against the tenant’s leasehold title.
Incorrect. You do not need to check the landlord’s title, as the tenant’s leasehold title will be registered.

224
Q

A tenant, A Ltd, has applied for consent to assign a five year lease to the assignee, B Ltd. The lease is dated after 1 January 1996.

You act for the landlord, who has asked you to advise who would be liable for the obligations of the lease after the assignment. How would you advise?

The incoming tenant provided that they give a direct covenant to the landlord to observe the obligations of the lease.

The incoming tenant if the landlord requires an authorised guarantee agreement; otherwise the outgoing tenant retains liability.

Both the outgoing tenant and the incoming tenant as it is a new lease.

The outgoing tenant unless they enter into an authorised guarantee agreement, and the incoming tenant automatically on taking the assignment.

The outgoing tenant if they entered into an authorised guarantee agreement, and the incoming tenant automatically on taking the assignment.

A

The outgoing tenant if they entered into an authorised guarantee agreement, and the incoming tenant automatically on taking the assignment.

Correct
Correct. This is a new lease, and therefore liability shifts automatically from the assignor to the assignee on assignment. The outgoing tenant will only be liable if they have given an authorised guarantee agreement, but the incoming tenant will become automatically liable on assignment.

225
Q

Simon runs a pet shop from a high street premises which he leases from a property investor. He enters into an agreement to sell the business, including the stock, goodwill and the premises to Bethany.

As to the premises, what kind of transaction will completion of the sale involve?

A. A grant of lease.

B. An underletting.

C. An assignment of the lease.

D. An assignment of the reversion. E. An overriding lease.

A

C. An assignment of the lease.

226
Q

An accountancy firm is taking a five-year underlease of one floor of a ten-storey office block from an advertising agency. The advertising agency’s lease is of four floors and for 20 years. The freeholder and landlord of the block is an institutional investor.

What pre-completion search should the accountancy firm’s solicitor carry out?

A. An OS1 search of the institutional investor’s freehold title.

B. An OS2 search of the institutional investor’s freehold title.

C. An OS1 search of the advertising agency’s leasehold title.

D. An OS2 search of the advertising agency’s leasehold title.

E. An OS3 search of the advertising agency’s leasehold title.

A

E. An OS3 search of the advertising agency’s leasehold title.

lease is not over 7 years and therefore not registrable so OS3 search is needed

OS3 needed regardless whether part or whole since it does not have to be registered

227
Q

A freeholder granted a 15 year commercial lease of a property in 2012 to a newsagent. The newsagent subsequently assigned the lease to a clothing retailer.
The clothing retailer assigned the lease to a chemist.
The chemist assigned the lease to a bookstore.
All the assignments were made with the landlord’s consent. For the assignment to the clothing retailer, the freeholder required an authorised guarantee agreement from the newsagent. Similarly, the freeholder required an authorised guarantee agreement from the chemist when the lease was assigned to the bookstore.
The bookstore has failed to pay the latest quarter’s rent.

Apart from the bookstore, from whom can the freeholder recover the outstanding rent?

A. The chemist, the clothing retailer and the newsagent.

B. The chemist only.

C. The clothing retailer only.

D. The newsagent only.

E. The chemist and the newsagent only.

A

B. The chemist only.

228
Q

Your client would like to take a lease of a floor in an office building. The landlord’s agent has asked
if your client would like to have the benefit of security of tenure under the Landlord and Tenant Act
1954 (‘LTA54’).

Your client has asked you what that means. Which of the following is the CORRECT advice to give
to your client?

A. Having security of tenure under LTA54 means that even though the lease has an expiry date,
the lease will not come to an end on that date and the landlord will be able to compel the
tenant to take a new lease on terms generally available in the open market.

B. Having security of tenure means the lease will not have a contractual expiry date and will
continue until either the landlord or tenant takes the steps prescribed by LTA54 to end the
lease.

C. Having security of tenure under LTA54 means the lease can only come to an end in one of
the ways prescribed or permitted by LTA54 and the tenant can apply to the court for an order
for the grant of a new tenancy.

D. Having security of tenure under LTA54 means the lease can only come to an end in one of
the ways prescribed or permitted by LTA54 and the tenant or the landlord can apply to the
court for an order for the grant of a new tenancy.

E. Having security of tenure under LTA54 means the landlord will be offered security for the
tenant’s occupation in the form of a guarantor or a rent deposit.

A

D. Having security of tenure under LTA54 means the lease can only come to an end in one of
the ways prescribed or permitted by LTA54 and the tenant or the landlord can apply to the
court for an order for the grant of a new tenancy.

both the landlord and the

229
Q

A solicitor is acting for a tenant of business premises in connection with an application for the grant of a new tenancy, following service by the tenant of a request under s.26 of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 (1954 Act).

Although the landlord is not opposing the grant of a new tenancy, the tenant is concerned that they will not reach agreement on the terms of the new tenancy.

The solicitor advises the tenant that in default of agreement the court has the power to order the grant of a new tenancy for a new duration.

The tenant has asked for clarification on the extent of the court’s powers.

If the landlord and tenant do not agree the terms of the new tenancy, what order can the court make?

A. The court can only order the grant of a new tenancy on the same terms as the existing tenancy.

B. The court can only order the grant of a new tenancy on the same terms as the existing tenancy except with regard to rent.

C. The court can only order the grant of a new tenancy on the same terms as the existing tenancy for a term not exceeding 15 years.

D. The court can only order the grant of a new tenancy on such terms as it determines under the 1954 Act for a term not exceeding 15 years.

E. The court can only order the grant of a new tenancy on the same terms as the existing tenancy and contracted out of the 1954 Act.

A

D. The court can only order the grant of a new tenancy on such terms as it determines under the 1954 Act for a term not exceeding 15 years.

correct

example of where you need to know statute!

230
Q

You act for a landlord in granting a five year lease of an office floor to a prospective tenant. The lease is about to complete tomorrow, and the landlord just remembers to tell you that in five years they want to change the office block to short term serviced offices that will require all the current tenants to leave. The landlord, however, says not to worry as the tenant has told them that they only need the premises for five years anyway. There is no letting agent and neither the landlord nor its employees are affiliated with any professional body.

What would be the best way to proceed (with your client’s approval)?

The completion of the lease will have to be delayed as there is not enough time for the contracting out procedure to take place.

You can proceed without changing anything, as the landlord will have a statutory ground to oppose renewal of the lease.

Before completion of the lease, you will need to serve a warning notice of contracting out on the tenant, and obtain a statutory declaration from the tenant. The lease will need to be amended to refer to the notice and declaration.

You will now have to proceed with the lease as it is drafted as to do otherwise would be a breach of the Code for Leasing Business Premises.

You can proceed without changing anything, as the tenant cannot claim security of tenure if they have waived the right in advance.

A

Before completion of the lease, you will need to serve a warning notice of contracting out on the tenant, and obtain a statutory declaration from the tenant. The lease will need to be amended to refer to the notice and declaration.

Correct. The landlord’s proposal to recover the premises at five years does not fall into a statutory ground, and the only way of ensuring that the tenant can be required to leave is to contract out the lease.

231
Q

A tenant has a fixed term lease of ten years and wants to end its lease on the contractual expiry date (CED), which is in three weeks’ time. The lease is protected by the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 (Part II) (the 1954 Act). The tenant does not want to remain in the premises past the CED.

Which one of the following methods should the tenant use?

The tenant should serve a notice to quit.

The tenant should serve a s 25 notice under the 1954 Act.

The tenant should serve a s 26 notice under the 1954 Act.

The tenant should serve a s 27 notice under the 1954 Act.

The tenant should vacate the premises on or before the CED.

A

The tenant should vacate the premises on or before the CED.
Correct.

A s 25 notice is served by a landlord to terminate a protected tenancy whereas in this question we are asked for the correct method for the tenant to use.

A s 26 notice/request is served by a tenant but it is a request for a new lease of the same premises which the tenant in this question does not want as we are told that they do not want to remain in the premises past the CED.

A s 27 notice is served by the tenant and does terminate a protected tenancy but it must give three months’ notice and the tenant wants to end the lease on the CED which is only three weeks away so there is not sufficient time to serve a s 27 notice to end the lease on the CED.

A tenant’s notice to quit is relevant for a periodic tenancy not for a fixed term tenancy as here.

incorrect
The tenant should serve a s 26 notice under the 1954 Act.
Incorrect. Please review your materials on methods of termination of a protected tenancy in particular focusing on the two notices a tenant can serve and when each is appropriate.

The tenant should serve a s 27 notice under the 1954 Act.
Incorrect. Please review your materials on termination of a protected tenancy in particular focusing on the timing requirements for a s 27 notice.

The tenant should serve a notice to quit.
Incorrect. Please review your materials on termination of a protected tenancy in particular focusing on the type of tenancy which a notice to quit can be used for.

232
Q

A tenant occupies premises under a fixed term lease of ten years. The lease is protected by the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 (Part II) (the 1954 Act). Today’s date is 1 January 2022 and the contractual expiry date of the lease is 7 July 2022. No notices have yet been served under the 1954 Act. You act for the tenant and they want to request a new lease of the same premises as soon as possible.

Which one of the following is the best advice to give the tenant on the earliest date they can serve a s 26 request in compliance with the 1954 Act?

The tenant should wait until 7 January 2022 to serve a section 26 request on the landlord.

The tenant should wait until 1 July 2022 to serve a section 26 request on the landlord.

The tenant should wait until 7 July 2022 to serve a section 26 request on the landlord.

The tenant should serve a section 26 request on the landlord today.

The tenant should wait until 8 July 2022 to serve a section 26 request on the landlord.

A

The tenant should serve a section 26 request on the landlord today.

Correct.

A s 26 request is served by a tenant, who is protected by the 1954 Act, to request a new lease of the same premises. The s 26 request includes the proposed commencement date of the new lease.

The s 26 request can be served either before or after the contractual expiry date of the lease. However, as the proposed commencement date of the new lease 1) cannot be before the contractual expiry date of the lease and 2) there have to be at least 6 and no more than 12 months between the date the s 26 request is served and the proposed commencement date of the new lease, the earliest a s 26 request can be served is 12 months before the contractual expiry date of the lease. The s 26 request can then be served at any time from that date as long as another notice has not already been served under the 1954 Act (which has not happened on these facts).

On these facts, 12 months before the contractual expiry date of the lease was 7 July 2021. That date has already passed as today’s date, stated in the question, is 1 January 2022, and no notices have yet been served under the 1954 Act so the tenant can serve a s 26 request at any time. As today is the earliest date they can serve the s 26 request, the tenant should do so today to request their new lease as soon as possible.

233
Q

A tenant occupies premises under a fixed term lease of ten years. The lease is protected by the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 (Part II) (the 1954 Act). The contractual expiry date of the lease was 1 January 2022. No notices have yet been served under the 1954 Act. Today’s date is 30 May 2022. You act for the landlord and they have instructed you to serve a s 25 notice today, to terminate the tenancy.

Which one of the following dates is the earliest date of termination of the lease that you are able to specify in the s 25 notice, served today, in compliance with the 1954 Act?

30 November 2022.

1 July 2022.

1 January 2023.

30 May 2023.

30 May 2022.

A

30 November 2022.
Correct.

A s 25 notice is served by a landlord, on a tenant who is protected by the 1954 Act, to terminate the tenancy. The 25 notice must specify in the notice the date at which the tenancy is to come to an end.

The date of termination of the tenancy specified in the s 25 notice 1) cannot be before the contractual expiry date of the lease and 2) must be at least 6 months and no more than 12 months from the date the s 25 notice is served (which is today – 30 May 2022 on our facts). (s 25(2) and s 25(4) of the 1954 Act).

As the contractual expiry date of the lease on our facts has already passed, the earliest date of termination that can be specified on our facts will be 6 months from today’s date (the date the s 25 notice is served).

Incorrect
30 May 2022.
Incorrect. Please review your materials on termination of a protected tenancy, in particular focussing on the two provisions in the 1954 Act regarding the date of termination which can be chosen (and which must be included in the s 25 notice) in relation to the contractual expiry date and the date the s 25 notice is served.

234
Q

You act for a landlord who has just received a section 26 notice from the tenant of a warehouse unit under a protected 10 year lease. The landlord does not want to renew the tenant’s lease, but instead take the premises back for the purposes of its own storage business. It has entered into storage contracts with various companies to start following the expiry of the tenant’s lease.

How do you advise the landlord to proceed?

The landlord will need to make a court application within 21 days of the service of the section 26 notice to strike out the section 26 notice citing the statutory ground of opposition.

The landlord should serve a hostile s25 notice citing the statutory ground on which it opposes renewal.

The landlord should have served a hostile section 25 notice, and as the tenant’s section 26 notice has barred the landlord from doing so, the landlord cannot oppose renewal.

The landlord needs to serve a counter-notice within 2 months of the section 26 notice citing the relevant statutory ground of opposition to renewal.

The landlord needs to serve a counter-notice within 2 months of the section 26 notice stating its opposition to renewal. If the tenant pursues the section 26 notice further, the landlord will need to give the relevant statutory ground on which it intends to rely.

A

The landlord needs to serve a counter-notice within 2 months of the section 26 notice citing the relevant statutory ground of opposition to renewal.
Correct. This is the correct procedure if the landlord wishes to oppose renewal. The landlord will rely on ground (g), being its intention to occupy the premises. It will be able to use the storage contracts to show a firm and settled intention.

incorrect
The landlord needs to serve a counter-notice within 2 months of the section 26 notice stating its opposition to renewal. If the tenant pursues the section 26 notice further, the landlord will need to give the relevant statutory ground on which it intends to rely.

Incorrect
Incorrect. The ground of opposition must be cited in the counter-notice to the section 26 notice.

235
Q

Which of the following is not a good reason for having security of tenure for business tenancies?

It avoids tenants being exploited by landlords at the end of a contractual term (say with a large rent increase).

It gives tenants the ability to plan their business beyond the contractual term.

It allows retail tenants to reap the benefits of acquiring goodwill at the premises.

It is administratively simpler.

It guards against tenants facing the costs of upheaval at the end of the contractual term unless the landlord has a good reason for recovering the premises.

A

It is administratively simpler.

Correct. This is not a good reason - it is more complex to deal with a protected tenancy.

236
Q

Which of the following statements most accurately describes the security of provisions of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954?

The Act is now outdated and most legal commentators now call for a new version.

The Act originally only covered residential tenancies, and has only recently been widened to commercial tenancies.

The Act has been rendered largely unnecessary by the Code for Leasing Business Premises.

Although the detailed provisions have changed, the fundamental rationale remains the same.

The fundamental rationale has remained the same, and the detailed provisions have not changed.

A

Although the detailed provisions have changed, the fundamental rationale remains the same.

Correct. There have changes to the detail of the Act, but the fundamental rationale remains the same.

237
Q

Which of the following is not a benefit of security of tenure for the landlord?

The landlord may find it easier to attract good tenants.

The landlord may be able to show that it has complied with the Code for Leasing Business Premises.

Security of tenure provides the landlord with greater flexibility over its own property.

The reviewed rent may be higher for a secured tenancy.

Security of tenure might encourage the tenant to treat the premises as their own and therefore look after them.

A

Security of tenure provides the landlord with greater flexibility over its own property.

Correct. This is not a benefit - the landlord is more restricted in its use of the property.

confused about: The landlord may be able to show that it has complied with the Code for Leasing Business Premises.

238
Q

Which of the following arrangements could qualify for security of tenure under the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954?

A monthly tenancy for a shop with a flat above it.

A six month tenancy of a warehouse unit with no previous occupation.

A tenancy at will of an office building pending negotiations of a final lease.

A one year assured shorthold tenancy for a family to occupy house.

A licence for a coffee seller to take a stall in a department store.

A

A monthly tenancy for a shop with a flat above it.

Correct. A periodic tenancy can qualify for security of tenancy. The flat does not prevent the premises from qualifying as it is a subsidiary residential use.

239
Q

A tenant has agreed to take a lease contracted out of the security of tenure provisions of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954.

The landlord served notice of contracting out 7 days ago and completion is taking place today. What is needed to ensure that the lease is validly contracted out?

A statutory declaration and reference to both the notice and statutory declaration in the lease itself.

An ordinary declaration and reference to both the notice and statutory declaration in the lease itself.

A statutory declaration and reference to the statutory declaration in the lease itself.

As insufficient time has elapsed, a court order approving the contracting out.

An ordinary declaration and a statutory declaration and reference to both the notice and statutory declaration in the lease itself.

A

A statutory declaration and reference to both the notice and statutory declaration in the lease itself.

Correct. As 14 days have not elapsed since the landlord’s notice, a statutory declaration is required. It is also necessary to refer to both notice and statutory declaration in the lease itself.

240
Q

A farmer lets a grazing field and cowshed to a neighbouring farmer for a term of twelve months. The farmer does not go through the contracting out procedure of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954.

Which of the following statements regarding security of tenure is most accurate?

The tenancy would not have security of tenure under the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 because it is a service tenancy.

The tenancy would have security of tenure under the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 provided the neighbouring farmer uses the land for its farming business.

The tenancy would have security of tenure under the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 because the contracting out procedure wasn’t followed.

The tenancy would not have security of tenure under the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 because it is only a 12 month term.

The tenancy does not have security of tenure under the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 because it is an agricultural tenancy.

A

The tenancy does not have security of tenure under the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 because it is an agricultural tenancy.

Correct
Correct. As an agricultural tenancy it would not qualify for security of tenure under the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954. It may qualify for a different type of security of tenure under the agricultural tenancy regime, but that is beyond the scope of this course.

241
Q

A 10 year FRI lease is about to reach the expiry of its contractual term. It is protected by the security of tenure provisions of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954.

How would you advise the tenant?

The tenant can leave the premises on the last day of the contractual term provided it has given the landlord notice to that effect, or if not, can remain in occupation beyond the last day.

The tenant can leave on the last day of the contractual term, or, if it has served a section 26 notice or received a friendly section 25 notice, can remain in occupation.

The tenant can leave the premises on the last day of the contractual term, or any day after the last day and need not give notice.

The tenant can leave the premises on the last day of the contractual term, or, provided it gives the landlord warning, can remain in occupation beyond the last day.

The tenant can leave the premises on the last day of the contractual term, or it can remain in occupation beyond the last day.

A

The tenant can leave the premises on the last day of the contractual term, or it can remain in occupation beyond the last day.

Correct
Correct. The tenant is free to treat the contractual expiry as the end of its occupation, or to remain in occupation and hold over.

242
Q

The tenant of a 10 year FRI lease (protected by the security of tenure provisions of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954) is in substantial rent arrears.

How would you advise the landlord?

Forfeiture is available to the landlord provided it serves a hostile section 25 notice.

The landlord may only forfeit the lease with the leave of the court as it is protected.

The landlord may only forfeit the lease after the expiry of the contractual term.

The landlord may forfeit the lease.

The landlord may not forfeit the lease as it is protected.

A

The landlord may forfeit the lease.

Correct. The landlord may forfeit the lease even if it is protected.

243
Q

A surveyor’s firm takes a quarterly periodic tenancy of an office. The tenancy is protected.

The surveyor’s firm wishes to vacate the premises. How would you advise them?

They will need to serve a section 26 notice on the landlord.

They can simply vacate the premises at any time.

They will need to serve a section 27 notice.

They will need to negotiate a surrender of the lease with the landlord.

They may serve notice to quit on the landlord.

A

They may serve notice to quit on the landlord.

Correct. This is the correct procedure (more on this in the materials on termination).

incorrect
They can simply vacate the premises at any time.
Incorrect. They would need to serve notice to quit. ( because this is a periodic tenancy)

They will need to serve a section 27 notice.
Incorrect. This would only be appropriate for a period of holding over. The correct procedure would be a notice to quit.

244
Q

Which of the following best describes the difference between a friendly section 25 notice and a hostile section 25 notice?

A friendly section 25 notice is served by the landlord; a hostile section 25 notice is served by the tenant.

A friendly section 25 notice means that the rent will remain the same or decrease; a hostile section 25 notice that the rent will be reviewed upwards.

A friendly section 25 notice can be served if the tenant has not served a section 26 notice. If the tenant has served a section 26 notice, then only a hostile section 25 notice can be served.

A friendly section 25 notice indicates that the landlord is willing to renew the lease as a protected tenancy; a hostile section 25 notice that the landlord will renew the lease but as a non-protected tenancy.

A friendly section 25 notice indicates that the landlord is willing to renew the lease; a hostile section 25 notice that the landlord intends to oppose renewal.

A

A friendly section 25 notice indicates that the landlord is willing to renew the lease; a hostile section 25 notice that the landlord intends to oppose renewal.

Correct
Correct. Both types are served by the landlord - the difference is in the landlord’s attitude to renewal.

245
Q

A landlord instructs you to draft a hostile section 25 notice. The tenant has persistently delayed in paying the rent, and the landlord can show a firm and settled intention to occupy the premises for its own business.

Which ground(s) would you include in the notice?

You would include both grounds in the notice.

Neither. The grounds only need to be cited once a court application is made.

You would only include one ground. The ground of intention to occupy premises is better for your client because it is mandatory.

You would include both grounds in the notice as the landlord would then not have to prove them.

You would only include one ground. The ground of persistently delaying in paying rent is better for your client because it is not compensatable.

A

You would include both grounds in the notice.

Correct. Where there is more than one ground, you should include them all.

incorrect
You would only include one ground. The ground of intention to occupy premises is better for your client because it is mandatory.
Incorrect. If there is more than one ground, you should include them all. In this instance, it may be beneficial to include the persistent delay in rent, as if found, this would prevent your client from having to pay compensation.

246
Q

When the major supermarket chains take a protected lease of premises (eg, for local supermarket branches), they may make it a condition of the lease that the landlord does not assign the reversion of the lease to a rival supermarket chain.

Why is this?

Because supermarket chains like to make things difficult for other supermarkets.

Because if the rival supermarket becomes the landlord, then after five years of holding the reversion, they may oppose renewal on the basis of occupying the premises for their own use.

Because if the rival supermarket becomes the landlord, then they may oppose renewal at the next opportunity (no matter when) on the basis of occupying the premises for their own use.

Because the rival supermarket will make the landlord/tenant relationship so strained that the tenant supermarket will give up occupation at the next available opportunity.

Because a supermarket business cannot be landlord to another supermarket business.

A

Because if the rival supermarket becomes the landlord, then after five years of holding the reversion, they may oppose renewal on the basis of occupying the premises for their own use.

Correct. This has happened in practice, and therefore this is why supermarkets may want to include a clause of this type.

247
Q

In which of the following circumstances would a tenant serve a section 26 notice?

The landlord has served a hostile section 25 notice.

The tenant wants to take advantage of a rising rental market.

The tenant wants to take advantage of a falling rental market.

The tenant is intending to leave the premises shortly.

The landlord has served a friendly section 25 notice.

A

The tenant wants to take advantage of a falling rental market.

Correct. This is a good reason, as the tenant will otherwise be stuck on the rent last fixed by the previous lease.

248
Q

Which of the following is not a valid use of a section 27 notice?

The tenant intended to leave the premises on the last day of the term, but miscalculated the dates, and now gives s27 notice to leave in three months’ time.

The tenant serves a s27 notice to leave in the week following the last day of the contractual term.

The tenant serves a s27 notice to leave on the last day of the contractual term.

The tenant serves a s27 notice to leave the week before the end of the contractual term.

The tenant is holding over and wishes to leave the premises in three months’ time.

A

The tenant serves a s27 notice to leave the week before the end of the contractual term.

Correct. The tenant cannot use the section 27 notice to bring the lease to an end before the expiry of the contractual term.

249
Q

From the tenant’s point of view, what is the advantage of a section 26 notice over a section 25 notice?

If the tenant sets out its desired terms for the draft lease in a section 26 notice, the court is more likely to favour them than the landlord’s proposed counter-terms.

A section 26 notice does not need to include grounds for renewal.

They are both the same.

If the tenant gets the section 26 notice in first, then the landlord loses the opportunity to serve a hostile section 25 notice and therefore oppose renewal.

A section 26 notice allows the tenant to initiate the lease renewal process if the landlord does not.

A

A section 26 notice allows the tenant to initiate the lease renewal process if the landlord does not.

Correct
Correct. The section 26 notice gives the tenant a mechanism to initiate lease renewal rather than relying on the landlord.

incorrect
A section 26 notice does not need to include grounds for renewal.
Incorrect. A section 25 notice need only include grounds for opposing renewal, not for renewal.

250
Q

When ordering a renewal lease, which of the following terms can a court not specify?

A full repairing obligation where the previous lease contained a qualified repairing obligation.

A lease term of 10 years, where the previous lease was 5 years.

A qualified repairing obligation where the previous lease contained a full repairing obligation.

A lease term of 20 years, where the previous lease was 20 years.

A break clause where the previous lease contained none.

A

A lease term of 20 years, where the previous lease was 20 years.

Correct. The court can only order a term up to 15 years.

incorrect
A lease term of 10 years, where the previous lease was 5 years.
Incorrect. The court can grant a lease term of up to 15 years.

251
Q

A protected lease expired on 5 November. The tenant is holding over, and served a section 26 notice on 10 January following the expiry of the lease. The proposed commencement date is 1 September in the same year as the service of the notice.

As the rent has fallen, the court fixes an interim rent on the tenant’s application. When will this rent date from?

5 November

10 January

1 September

10 July

10 April

A

10 July
Correct. The interim rent will become payable from the earliest date that could be specified in the section 26 notice as the proposed commencement date, ie, 6 months from service of notice.

incorrect
10 January

Incorrect. The date of the interim rent is not the date of service of the section 26 notice.

252
Q

A protected lease’s contractual term will expire in seven months’ time. The landlord has valid grounds for opposing renewal and both landlord and tenant are certain that they do not wish to continue the tenancy beyond the contractual expiry date, and have told each other this over the phone. Neither party has yet served a notice.

Accepting that notices are mutually exclusive, which statement best summarises the position regarding notices?

The landlord may wish to serve a hostile s25 notice.

The tenant may wish to serve a section 27 notice that can bring the tenancy to an end at the end of the contractual term, or may just leave on the last day of the contractual term.

The landlord may wish to serve a hostile s25 notice.

The tenant may wish to serve a 26 notice.

No notices are required, as the parties have agreed not to renew.

The landlord may wish to serve a hostile s25 notice.

If the landlord does not, the tenant will need to serve a section 27 notice that brings the tenancy to an end at the end of the contractual term.

The landlord may wish to serve a hostile s25 notice.

The tenant may wish to serve a s27 notice, but it should not serve a s26 notice as it would then be bound to take a renewal lease.

A

The landlord may wish to serve a hostile s25 notice.

The tenant may wish to serve a section 27 notice that can bring the tenancy to an end at the end of the contractual term, or may just leave on the last day of the contractual term.

Correct. This statement correctly summarises the position with the landlord’s and tenant’s notices.

253
Q

A tenant is holding over, and the landlord serves a notice on 31 August this year to bring the lease to an end.

What is the earliest date that can be stated as the proposed termination date?

2 March if it is a leap year, or 3 March if it is not.

31 March.

31 January.

28 February or 29 February if it is a leap year.

31 August.

A

28 February or 29 February if it is a leap year.

Correct. Under the corresponding date rule, as there are not 31 days in February, the latest day of February is taken instead.

254
Q

A tenant (T) under a protected tenancy wants to renew the tenancy and serve a section 26 notice.

The immediate landlord (L1) is itself a tenant of a 10 year lease expiring 3 days after T’s contractual term. L1’s tenancy is not protected.

L1’s landlord (L2) is a 999 year leaseholder, with 925 years left to run.

L2’s landlord (L3) is the freeholder.

Whom should the tenant serve with the section 26 notice?

L3 as it is the competent landlord.

On L1 as it is the immediate landlord.

All of L1, L2 and L3.

On L2 as it is the first in the chain of landlords who is a competent landlord.

On L1 as it is both immediate landlord and a competent landlord.

A

On L2 as it is the first in the chain of landlords who is a competent landlord.

Correct. L2’s interest will not come to an end in 14 months’ time, and therefore L2 qualifies.

255
Q

A tenant is 7 years through a 10 year lease term, and as the tenant’s business is struggling, the tenant wants to bring the lease to an early end. The lease is protected. The landlord has indicated that it might be willing to negotiate a deal.

Which of the following methods is the tenant likely to use?

Effluxion of time

Notice to quit

Surrender

s27 notice

Merger

A

Surrender

Correct. The tenant may be able to negotiate with the landlord to surrender the lease.

256
Q

A 10 year lease contains a mutual break clause at 5 years. The lease is not contracted out of the security of tenure provisions of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954.

How would you advise the landlord on exercising the break?

The landlord cannot exercise the break without establishing a ground for opposing renewal.

The landlord can exercise the break, but the tenant can hold over.

The landlord can exercise the break, and the tenant will need to vacate on the break date.

The landlord cannot exercise the break as it is a protected tenancy.

The landlord can exercise the break, but must seek the approval of the court.

A

The landlord can exercise the break, but the tenant can hold over.

Correct. The break is not invalid, but it cannot override the tenant’s rights under the 1954 Act.

257
Q

A company X is tenant of a 10 year lease from its parent company Y which holds the freehold. In a company reorganisation, both the lease and freehold are assigned to another group company Z.

Which is the most accurate statement regarding Z’s interest(s)?

Z holds the leasehold interest only, and the freehold interest must be held on trust for a new landlord.

Z holds a freehold interest only, as the leasehold interest has merged into it.

Z holds the freehold or leasehold, but cannot acquire both, and whichever assignment was later in time is invalid.

Z holds the freehold and leasehold interests.

Z holds the freehold interest only, as the lease has ended by surrender.

A

Z holds a freehold interest only, as the leasehold interest has merged into it.

Correct. The lease has ended by being acquired by the same party as the freehold, Z. Z holds the freehold and the lease has ended by merger.

258
Q

In which of the following is an action in debt not likely to be appropriate?

The tenant is in arrears of annual rent.

The tenant has breached its user clause.

The tenant is in arrears of service charge.

The tenant has not paid the landlord’s legal costs for considering an application to assign the lease.

The tenant has not paid the money properly spent by the landlord on remedying a breach of repair using a Jervis v Harris clause.

A

The tenant has breached its user clause.

Correct. There may be damages payable, but there is no definable debt.

259
Q

A landlord has properly entered premises following the requisite notice and seized goods up to the value of the tenant’s rent arrears.

What can the landlord do next?

The landlord can sell the goods immediately.

The landlord cannot sell the goods, but can hold them until the tenant settles the debt.

The landlord can sell goods up to the value of the debt immediately, and may hold further goods as security against future non-payments of rent.

The landlord must hand the goods to an escrow agent pending resolution of the debt.

The landlord can sell the goods but must serve a further seven days’ notice.

A

The landlord can sell the goods but must serve a further seven days’ notice.

Correct
Correct. This is the correct procedure.

260
Q

In which of the following scenarios might the landlord appropriately apply for an injunction?

The tenant is in arrears of rent.

The tenant has let the premises fall into disrepair.

The tenant is carrying on a business that the landlord ethically objects to, although it is within the permitted use of the lease.

The tenant is proposing to assign the lease after the landlord has reasonably withheld consent.

The tenant is not keeping its retail unit open for the normal shopping hours of a shopping centre in breach of its keep open clause.

A

The tenant is proposing to assign the lease after the landlord has reasonably withheld consent.

Correct. An injunction would be appropriate here to prevent the tenant from carrying out the unlawful assignment.

261
Q

A landlord agrees an unwritten tenancy of one year with a commercial tenant, rent payable monthly. The tenant paid the first couple of months’ rent on time, but has not paid anything further despite three more months having elapsed.

The landlord wants to forfeit the lease. How would you advise?

The landlord can forfeit without a section 146 notice.

The landlord cannot forfeit the tenancy as there is no express right of forfeiture.

The landlord cannot forfeit the tenancy as it is only a one year term.

The landlord can forfeit provided a section 146 notice is served.

The tenancy would be deemed a monthly periodic tenancy, and the landlord can simply serve notice to quit.

A

The landlord cannot forfeit the tenancy as there is no express right of forfeiture.
Correct. As the tenancy is unwritten, there is no express right of forfeiture which the landlord must have to exercise forfeiture.

Incorrect
The tenancy would be deemed a monthly periodic tenancy, and the landlord can simply serve notice to quit.
Incorrect. The agreed term is one year. It would only be deemed a monthly tenancy if the parties had not agreed a term.

The landlord can forfeit without a section 146 notice.
Incorrect. The landlord cannot forfeit here.

262
Q

After the landlord refuses consent, a tenant assigns its lease. The lease is a 10 year lease in normal FRI commercial terms. The assignee pays the first quarter’s rent, but the second quarter’s rent has not been paid and the grace period allowed by the lease has expired.

How would you advise the landlord on the ability to forfeit the lease?

The landlord cannot forfeit for the unlawful assignment, but can forfeit for the non-payment of rent provided a section 146 notice is served.

The landlord can seek forfeiture for the assignment but not the non-payment of rent.

The landlord can seek forfeiture for both the assignment and the non-payment of rent.

The landlord can seek forfeiture for the non-payment of rent, but not for the assignment.

The landlord is unlikely to be able to forfeit the lease at all unless the landlord’s solicitor was asked to include a forfeiture clause.

A

The landlord can seek forfeiture for the non-payment of rent, but not for the assignment.

Correct. The landlord has waived forfeiture for the unlawful assignment by accepting rent from the assignee. However, the non-payment of rent is a new breach that gives rise to the ability to forfeit the lease.

263
Q

A mortgage lender has a mortgage against a 999 year lease of a house. The lease contains a forfeiture clause for non-payment of rent. The leaseholder falls behind with its mortgage payments and refuses to pay the freeholder its ground rent of £15 per year. The freeholder forfeits the lease.

How would you advise the mortgage lender?

The court must grant the mortgage lender relief from forfeiture.

The mortgage lender cannot apply for relief from forfeiture until it has repossessed the tenant’s leasehold interest.

The forfeiture is unlawful because it is disproportionate to the sum involved.

The mortgage lender can repossess the property to settle the borrower’s debt.

The mortgage lender should apply for relief from forfeiture.

A

The mortgage lender should apply for relief from forfeiture.

Correct
Correct. This is the correct procedure. The mortgage lender will then acquire the leasehold interest.

264
Q

A tenant takes a warehouse unit under a 10 year FRI lease. When the tenant takes the property, the tenant’s surveyor notes that there is damage to a rear internal wall. Six months after the start of the term, the landlord’s surveyor advises that the value of the landlord’s reversion is reduced by about £1,000, and that the damage would cost about £4,000 to repair.

The landlord wants you to issue proceedings for damages. Ignoring alternative remedies for the moment, how would you advise?

The landlord can pursue a damages claim, and need not serve a section 146 notice. The damages will be £4,000.

The landlord cannot pursue a damages claim as by granting the lease it has waived the breach.

The landlord can pursue a damages claim, and need not serve a section 146 notice, but the damages will be limited to £1,000.

The landlord can pursue a damages claim, but will need to serve a section 146 notice and the damages will be limited to £1,000.

The landlord can pursue a damages claim, but will need to serve a section 146 notice. The damages will be for £4,000.

A

The landlord can pursue a damages claim, but will need to serve a section 146 notice and the damages will be limited to £1,000.

Correct. The landlord can claim damages, but they will be limited to the reduction in the value of the reversion.

265
Q

You are acting for a new commercial client, and have sent them a draft lease for their approval. The client queries why there is a self-help (Jervis v Harris) clause.

What would you advise?

It provides a relatively quick and efficient way to deal with breaches of the repairing obligation, and if the tenant does not remedy the breach, allows the landlord to carry out the work and recover damages for its inconvenience.

It provides a relatively quick and efficient way to deal with breaches of the repairing obligation, and if the tenant does not remedy the breach, allows the landlord to forfeit the lease without a section 146 notice.

It provides a relatively quick and efficient way to deal with breaches of the repairing obligation, and if the tenant does not remedy the breach, allows the landlord to carry out the work and recover the whole cost of remedying the breach as a debt.

It allows the landlord to claim damages without serving a section 146 notice.

It is not strictly necessary, as the principles of Jervis v Harris are implied by common law, but it ensures that the tenant understands their obligations.

A

It provides a relatively quick and efficient way to deal with breaches of the repairing obligation, and if the tenant does not remedy the breach, allows the landlord to carry out the work and recover the whole cost of remedying the breach as a debt.

Correct. These are the advantages of a Jervis v Harris clause.

266
Q

A tenant of a 10 year FRI lease with four years left to run is served with a section 146 notice of a claim for damages for breach of repair.

How would you advise the tenant?

The tenant can serve a counter-notice, which will make it more difficult for the landlord to proceed. It is likely that the lease does not contain a Jervis v Harris clause.

The tenant can serve a counter-notice, which will make it impossible for the landlord to proceed. It is likely that the lease does not contain a Jervis v Harris clause.

The tenant can serve a counter-notice, which will make it impossible for the landlord to proceed. However, the landlord will likely be able to depend on a Jervis v Harris clause anyway.

The tenant cannot serve a counter-notice as the lease does not meet the requirements.

The tenant can serve a counter-notice, which will make it more difficult for the landlord to proceed. However, the landlord will likely be able to depend on a Jervis v Harris clause anyway.

A

The tenant can serve a counter-notice, which will make it more difficult for the landlord to proceed. However, the landlord will likely be able to depend on a Jervis v Harris clause anyway.

Correct. The lease meets the requirements for a counternotice, being a term of 7 years or more, and 3 or more years left to run.
As it is an FRI lease, it will almost certainly include a Jervis v Harris clause.

Incorrect
The tenant can serve a counter-notice, which will make it more difficult for the landlord to proceed. It is likely that the lease does not contain a Jervis v Harris clause.

Incorrect. An FRI lease will almost certainly include a Jervis v Harris clause.

267
Q

A tenant has taken a 10 year lease of a warehouse unit. Six months into the term, the tenant has not moved in, and has not paid the first two quarter’s rent. There is no rent deposit or guarantor. The landlord has interest from a number of other potential tenants in the unit at a higher rent.

Which would be the best remedy or remedies to pursue?

Forfeiture and a claim for damages.

Forfeiture and a debt action.

Specific performance.

Forfeiture only.

An action in debt only.

A

Forfeiture and a debt action.

Correct. As other tenants are available, forfeiture would be an appropriate remedy. If the tenant does not settle the rent to avoid forfeiture, then the landlord will need to pursue an action in debt as well.

268
Q

The tenant of a 10 year FRI lease has applied for consent to the change of use from warehouse to retail. The other tenants on the estate have indicated that they would likely not renew their leases if the landlord gave consent. As the landlord has absolute discretion under the lease, it has refused consent. The landlord notices that the tenant is nonetheless making preparations (which do not in themselves give rise to a breach) to use the premises for retail use.

What is the appropriate remedy?

Damages

Forfeiture

Specific performance

An injunction

There is no appropriate remedy as no breach has yet taken place.

A

An injunction

Correct. As the tenant has not yet breached the lease, an injunction would be the appropriate remedy to prevent the intended breach.

269
Q

A tenant takes a five year lease and at the same time gives the landlord a rent deposit (equivalent to nine months’ rent) governed by a rent deposit deed in standard terms.

In the second year, the tenant has cash flow problems, and misses a quarter’s rent. The landlord takes the quarter from the rent deposit.

The tenant asks you to advise what happens next.

The tenant will be required to top up the rent deposit and the landlord may ask the tenant to pay a further six months’ rent deposit.

The landlord has acted incorrectly, as it should have given notice of its intention to make a deduction from the rent deposit.

The tenant can treat the quarter as paid, and if it still has cash flow problems, can allow the next quarter to come out of the rent deposit deed. However, it will need to pay the quarter following that, as otherwise the rent deposit will be exhausted.

The tenant will be required to top up the rent deposit and pay the next quarter’s rent as usual.

The tenant can treat the quarter as paid, and just pay the next quarter’s rent when it becomes due.

A

The tenant will be required to top up the rent deposit and pay the next quarter’s rent as usual.

Correct. If the landlord has had to take money from the rent deposit, the rent deposit deed will normally require the tenant to top it up.

270
Q

The tenant of Office Unit 3 at Wycombe Business Park has not paid its rent for 14 days. The lease contains the following provision: “The Landlord may re-enter the Property (or any part of the Property in the name of the whole) at any time after any of the following occurs: any rent is unpaid 14 days after becoming payable whether it has been formally demanded or not”. Your client has asked what steps it needs to take to forfeit the lease.What advice would you give to your client?
[A] Your client needs to appoint a court appointed bailiff to re-enter the premises and serve notice of forfeiture on the tenant.
[B] Your client cannot forfeit the lease until a s.146 notice has been served on the tenant in person by a court appointed bailiff.
[C] Your client can re-enter the premises and forfeit the lease without serving a s.146 notice.
[D] Your client needs to serve a s.146 notice on the tenant at the address provided in the lease as the address for service of notices and give the tenant a reasonable time in which to pay the outstanding rent; if the tenant does not pay the rent due within that time, your client may then forfeit the lease.
[E] Your client can only re-enter the premises and forfeit the lease after serving a s.146 notice on the tenant at the premises.

A

[C] Your client can re-enter the premises and forfeit the lease without serving a s.146 notice.

no need for notice for rent

271
Q

Your client is the landlord of a shopping centre. One of the tenants at the shopping centre is late in paying its rent and the landlord would like to use the Commercial Rent Arrears Recovery (‘CRAR’) procedure to seize some of the tenant’s stock and sell it to recover the sums owed to the landlord. Your client has asked what the procedure for using CRAR is. What advice would you give to your client?
[A] The landlord and tenant need to have agreed in the lease that the landlord is entitled to use the CRAR procedure. You need to check the provisions of the lease before you can advise the landlord as to the relevant procedure.
[B] As soon as the tenant owes rent to the landlord, the right to use the CRAR procedure arises. Prior to seizing the tenant’s stock, the landlord has to serve notice on the tenant of its intention to do so and let a further prescribed period expire. The landlord can only sell the tenant’s seized stock after giving the tenant notice of its intention to do so and then only after the expiry of a further prescribed period.
[C] The tenant needs to owe rent for a minimum prescribed period. Once that has expired, the landlord can seize the tenant’s goods without serving on the tenant of its intention to do so. However, the landlord can only sell the tenant’s seized stock after giving the tenant notice of its intention to do so and only after the expiry of a further prescribed period.
[D] The tenant needs to owe rent for a minimum prescribed period. Prior to seizing the tenant’s stock, the landlord has to serve notice on the tenant of its intention to do so and let a further prescribed period expire. The landlord can sell the tenant’s stock immediately.
[E] The tenant needs to owe rent for a minimum prescribed period. Prior to seizing the tenant’s stock, the landlord has to serve notice on the tenant of its intention to do so and let a further prescribed period expire. The landlord can only sell the tenant’s seized stock after giving the tenant notice of its intention to do so and then only after the expiry of a further prescribed period.

A

[E] The tenant needs to owe rent for a minimum prescribed period. Prior to seizing the tenant’s stock, the landlord has to serve notice on the tenant of its intention to do so and let a further prescribed period expire. The landlord can only sell the tenant’s seized stock after giving the tenant notice of its intention to do so and then only after the expiry of a further prescribed period.

tenant needs to owe rent for min period: 7 days

then prior to seize: further 7 CLEAR days (exclude weekends and holidays)

before selling: 7 CLEAR days

272
Q

Your client is the landlord of a shopping centre. One of the tenants at the shopping centre is late by 13 days in paying the “Rents” due under its lease. The lease defines “Rents” the “Annual Rent, Insurance Rent and Service Charge”. The tenant owes £8,000 in rent, £896 in Service Charge and £345 in Insurance Rent. The landlord has opted to tax its freehold interest and the tenant pays VAT on the Annual Rent and Service Charge. The tenant owes £18.41 in default interest on the outstanding Annual Rent. If the landlord recovers outstanding sums by using the Commercial Rent Arrears Recovery procedure, how much can the landlord recover from the tenant?
[A] £8,018.41 = rent + interest
[B] £9,600.00 = rent + VAT
[C] £9,618.41 = Annual Rent + VAT + interest
[D] £10,693.61 = rent + VAT + interest + SC + VAT
[E] £11,038.61 = rent + VAT + interest + SC + VAT + insurance

A

[C] £9,618.41 = Annual Rent + VAT + interest

CRAR only applies to annual rent
does not matter how it is described in lease
includes VAT and interest

273
Q

A landlord owns the freehold of a building which it has leased to several tenants under separate leases. One tenant has carried out alterations without the landlord’s consent. The lease states that landlord’s consent is required for all alterations.

What is the landlord entitled to do next?

The landlord will be entitled to forfeit the lease, if there is a specific provision in the lease enabling it to do so, but must first serve a section 146 notice.

The landlord will be entitled to forfeit the lease, irrespective of whether there is any specific provision in the lease, but must first serve a section 146 notice.

The landlord will be entitled to forfeit the lease, if there is a specific provision in the lease enabling it to do so. A section 146 notice is unnecessary for this type of breach.

The landlord will be entitled to forfeit the lease, if there is a specific provision in the lease enabling it to do so, but must first serve a section 146 notice. The notice will need to include reference to the tenant’s entitlement to serve a counter notice.

The landlord will be entitled to forfeit the lease, irrespective of any specific provision in the lease, but must first serve a section 146 notice. The notice will need to include reference to the tenant’s entitlement to serve a counter-notice.

A

The landlord will be entitled to forfeit the lease, if there is a specific provision in the lease enabling it to do so, but must first serve a section 146 notice.

Correct. A landlord’s ability to forfeit only arises if there is an express provision in the lease enabling it to do so. Before forfeiture can take place, however, the landlord must serve a section 146 notice.

why no counter notice??

incorrect
The landlord will be entitled to forfeit the lease, if there is a specific provision in the lease enabling it to do so, but must first serve a section 146 notice. The notice will need to include reference to the tenant’s entitlement to serve a counter notice.

Incorrect. Whilst it is correct that a landlord’s ability to forfeit only arises if there is an express provision in the lease enabling it to do so and the landlord must, on these facts, serve a section 146 notice , please revisit your materials on landlord’s remedies, making sure you understand under what circumstances a counter notice would be required (see the Leasehold Property (Repairs) Act 1938).

274
Q

A landlord owns the freehold of a building which it has leased to a number of tenants. One tenant has let its premises fall into a state of disrepair. Under the lease the tenant is required to keep its premises in good and substantial repair and condition.

Which one of the following statements describes the landlord’s best course of action?

The landlord will be entitled to enter the premises, if there is a specific provision in the lease enabling it to do so, to carry out the remedial works itself and claim the costs of doing so from the tenant as damages.

The landlord will be entitled to enter the premises, if there is a specific provision in the lease enabling it to do so, to carry out the remedial works itself but must first serve a notice pursuant to s.146 Law of Property Act 1925.

The landlord has no entitlement to enter the premises to carry out any remedial works due to the principle of quiet enjoyment.

The landlord will be entitled to enter the premises, if there is a specific provision in the lease enabling it to do so, to carry out the remedial works itself and claim the costs of doing so from the tenant as a debt.

The landlord will be entitled to enter the premises, irrespective of a specific provision in the lease enabling it to do so, to carry out the remedial works itself and claim the costs of doing so from the tenant as a debt.

A

The landlord will be entitled to enter the premises, if there is a specific provision in the lease enabling it to do so, to carry out the remedial works itself and claim the costs of doing so from the tenant as a debt.

Correct. The case of Jervis v Harris concluded that the landlord can reserve the right to enter the premises, make good the damage itself and recover the cost from a tenant. If the lease describes those costs as a debt, this money would be recoverable by the landlord as a debt. The advantage of this for the landlord is that any sum claimed as a ‘debt’ is not subject to the same limitations or requirements as a claim for damages under s.18 of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1927 or under the Leasehold Property (Repairs) Act 1938.

275
Q

A tenant of commercial premises is more than a month in arrears with its service charge payments. Principal rent, service charge and insurance premium are all reserved as rent under the lease. A right of forfeiture arises under the lease when rents are unpaid for more than 21 days. Apart from the service charge arrears, the landlord is happy with the tenant. It is currently a difficult market for landlords wanting commercial tenants.

Which one of the following is the best remedy for the landlord to recover the service charge arrears?

Forfeiture.

A debt action.

Commercial Rent Arrears Recovery.

Specific performance.

Injunction.

A

A debt action.

Correct. While the other options might sound plausible they are each incorrect. The landlord is happy for the tenant to remain and so it would not be in the landlord’s interests to forfeit the lease. CRAR can only be used to recover principal rent, VAT and outstanding interest– not service charge or insurance. Specific performance and injunctions may be appropriate in limited circumstances for other breaches of covenant, but not for non payment of rent. Therefore the landlord should sue for non payment of rent.

276
Q

You act for a landlord of a commercial property. Last year, your client let the property to a retail tenant for a term of 10 years. The tenant has failed to pay the last 2 quarter’s rent payments and your client wants to forfeit the lease.

The lease contains a forfeiture clause permitting the landlord to forfeit the lease if the tenant is more than 21 days in arrears of rent. The tenant has written to the landlord to confirm it will be able to pay the upcoming quarter’s rent payment in 2 weeks’ time but will need a further 6 months to settle the arrears.

Which statement describes the best advice to give to your client?

The landlord can forfeit the lease without having to serve a section 146 notice when using the court action method but would need to serve a s 146 notice if using the peaceable re-entry method.

The landlord can forfeit the lease using either the peaceable re-entry method or the court action method, without having to serve a section 146 notice first.

The landlord is unlikely to be successful in pursuing forfeiture as the tenant has already confirmed that it will repay the arrears in six months.

The landlord should wait until the tenant has paid the next quarter’s rent before forfeiting the lease.

The landlord can pursue forfeiture but it would be advisable to pursue Commercial Rent Arrears Recovery at the same time.

A

The landlord can forfeit the lease using either the peaceable re-entry method or the court action method, without having to serve a section 146 notice first.
This is correct. A section 146 notice is not required where forfeiture is pursued for non-payment of rent (s146(11) Law of Property Act 1925).

incorrect
The landlord can forfeit the lease without having to serve a section 146 notice when using the court action method but would need to serve a s 146 notice if using the peaceable re-entry method.
This is incorrect. Please review your materials on forfeiture and in particular the rules on whether a s 146 notice is required to forfeit for non-payment of rent.

The landlord can pursue forfeiture but it would be advisable to pursue Commercial Rent Arrears Recovery at the same time.
Incorrect
This is incorrect. The landlord must choose one or other of the remedies, but cannot pursue them both.

The landlord is unlikely to be successful in pursuing forfeiture as the tenant has already confirmed that it will repay the arrears in six months.

277
Q

A commercial tenant with a 15 year protected lease with 10 years still to run wants to bring the lease to an end. The tenant has ruled out the possibilities of assignment or underletting and there is no break clause. The landlord has no interest in recovering the premises from the tenant.

How would you advise the tenant?

The tenant should try to negotiate with the landlord for a surrender. It is likely a premium (not reverse) will be payable.

The only way in which a protected lease can be brought to an end before the expiry of the contractual term is forfeiture. However, you would not advise the tenant to breach the lease.

The tenant should try to negotiate with the landlord for a surrender. It is likely a reverse premium will be payable.

The tenant should try to negotiate with the landlord for a surrender. It is likely no premium will be payable as the tenant will be released from the rent and the landlord will obtain the benefit of the vacant premises.

The tenant should leave the premises and return the keys to the landlord.

A

The tenant should try to negotiate with the landlord for a surrender. It is likely a reverse premium will be payable.

Correct. The tenant’s only option apart from alienation is to try to agree a surrender. As the landlord will be giving up 10 years of rent, the landlord is likely to want a lump sum from the tenant to compensate it for this. As the money goes in the same direction as the property interest, it would be a reverse premium.

278
Q

The registered title to a property contains a restrictive covenant ‘not to use the property for any purpose other than as a single private dwelling house.’ The property is currently used as a private residence.

The buyer, who is a doctor, wishes to use the property as a surgery after completion.

Which one of the following options is the best advice to give to the buyer?

Select one alternative:

Provided that the buyer obtains planning permission for the surgery, this will put the Person with Benefit on notice, and they cannot then object to the breach if they do not object within the planning permission consultation stage.

Use of the property as a doctor’s surgery would be a future breach of the restrictive covenant and the seller should pay for any restrictive covenant insurance policy.

Use of the property as a doctor’s surgery would be a future breach of the restrictive covenant and, as a first option, the buyer should try to obtain (at the buyer’s cost) a restrictive covenant insurance policy.

Use of the property as a doctor’s surgery is not a breach of the covenant as long as the doctor lives in the house and the surgery is an ancillary use.

Use of the property as a doctor’s surgery would be a future breach of the restrictive covenant. An application to the Upper Tribunal (Lands Chamber) is not possible, as they will not assist a person who intends to commit a future breach of a restrictive covenant.

A

Use of the property as a doctor’s surgery would be a future breach of the restrictive covenant and, as a first option, the buyer should try to obtain (at the buyer’s cost) a restrictive covenant insurance policy.

This question is on a future breach of a restrictive covenant. It is about the best advice as to the options/solutions for a future restrictive covenant breach.

Correct. Where there will be a future breach of the restrictive covenant on the part of the buyer, the first remedy that the buyer should consider is a restrictive covenant indemnity policy which the buyer should pay the cost of. Please refer back to your materials relating to the different types of covenants and the remedies that are available if they are breached depending on whether the breach was a past breach by the seller or will be a future breach by the buyer.

279
Q

You are acting for a buyer on its purchase of a registered freehold commercial property. You exchanged contracts last week and are now preparing for completion which is due to take place in 14 days’ time. The property is subject to a standard commercial mortgage in favour of a clearing bank (the Bank).

Which of the following statements best explains an appropriate next step for you to take in preparation for completion?

Select one alternative:

Provide an undertaking to the seller’s solicitor to transfer the deposit monies.

Ensure that the seller has provided replies to the CPSE enquiries and that all issues discovered in the replies have been dealt with.

Obtain a redemption figure from the Bank.

Undertake a Central Land Charge search using form K15 to obtain a protection period.

Undertake a Land Registry priority search using Form OS1.

A

Undertake a Land Registry priority search using Form OS1.

This is correct. The buyer’s solicitor would need to do this to ensure the buyer benefits from a priority period. The OS1 freezes the register given the buyer a priority period to register the transfer. It also reveals if any changes have been made to the register since the title was investigated pre-exchange.

This question is on a buyer’s solicitor’s pre-completion steps. It is about selecting an appropriate pre-completion step undertaken by the buyer’s solicitor on the purchase of a registered freehold property.


Provide an undertaking to the seller’s solicitor to transfer the deposit monies.
This is incorrect. Whilst it is important to ensure this has been done, this should have been done on or before exchange of contracts. It is not a pre-completion step.

280
Q

You are acting for Company A in the purchase of an unregistered freehold property from Mr B and Ms C. Company A is funding the purchase with a loan from X Bank plc. You are not acting for X Bank plc. Contracts were exchanged 21 days ago and completion will take place in 7 days.

Which one of the following searches would it be best for you to carry out before completion?

Select one alternative:

A Central Land Charges Search on Form K15 against Company A.

A Central Land Charges Search on Form K15 against Mr B and Ms C.

A bankruptcy search on Form K16 against Mr B and Ms C .

An OS1 search in favour of Company A.

An OS1 search in favour of X Bank plc.

A

A Central Land Charges Search on Form K15 against Mr B and Ms C.

Correct. While the other options might sound plausible they are each incorrect. On a purchase of unregistered land, the transfer to the buyer must complete within the 15 working day ‘protection period’ in the Central Land Charges Search made against the name of the current seller. The 15 working day protection period in any pre-exchange Central Land Charges Search on K15 made against the current seller would have expired and therefore the search needs to be renewed before completion.

This question is on pre-completion searches in unregistered land when you act for the buyer. It is about which pre-completion search the buyer’s solicitor should carry out when the buyer is buying unregistered land from a company with the aid of a mortgage (you are not acting for the bank).

281
Q

You act for a client who intends to buy a registered freehold in the countryside. The client has asked you to check whether a public footpath crosses the property.

Where would you normally expect to find the answer?

Select one alternative:

The replies to standard enquiries of the local authority

The central land charges search result

The property register of the official copies

The commons registration search result

Search of the index map result

A

The replies to standard enquiries of the local authority

Correct. There is a question to the local authority at enquiry 2.2 asking if there are any public right of ways (which would include footpaths) that abut or cross the property. While the other answer options might sound plausible, they are each incorrect.

This question is on pre-contract searches. It is about the appropriate search to find out whether there is a public footpath on the property.

282
Q

You act for the buyer of a registered commercial property. The buyer intends to undertake a significant extension to the property following completion.

The seller told the buyer during a viewing of the property that an application for planning permission to build a similar extension was refused by the local authority two years ago.

Which search / enquiry would you undertake to confirm the position?

Select one alternative:

The CON29O

Seller’s replies to CPSEs

Land Charges Department search

The local land charges search (LLC1)

A local authority search (CON29)

A

A local authority search (CON29)

This is correct. The CON29 search shows all applications for planning permissions granted, issued, refused or pending. The LLC1 search will only show planning permissions that have been granted.

This question is on which search to do to confirm whether an application for planning permission for building works was refused. It is about knowing which pre-exchange search a refusal of an application for planning permission would show up on.

283
Q

You are acting for a company on the purchase of a registered property for £550,000. A bank is providing the company with a mortgage of £300,000 and is taking a first ranking fixed charge over the property.

Which one of the following best describes the post-completion steps you would take to register the bank’s charge?

Select one alternative:

Register the charge at Companies House within 21 days beginning the day after the creation of the charge, and at the Land Registry within 30 working days of the OS1 search.

Register the charge at Companies House within 21 working days beginning the day after the creation of the charge and at the Land Registry within 30 days of the OS1 search.

Register the charge at Companies House within 21 working days of the creation of the charge and at the Land Registry within two months of the creation of the charge.

Register the charge at Companies House within 21 days of the creation of the charge, and at the Land Registry within two months of the creation of the charge.

Register the charge at the Land Registry within 21 working days of the creation of charge, and tick the MR01 box on the AP1 for the Land Registry to attend to registration at Companies House.

A

Register the charge at Companies House within 21 days beginning the day after the creation of the charge, and at the Land Registry within 30 working days of the OS1 search.

This question is on registered freehold post-completion steps. It is about the time limit for the registration of a buyer’s charge at Companies House.

Correct. This shows the correct timescale for both Companies House and the Land Registry.

Incorrect. The timescale for Companies House should be calendar days, and for the Land Registry working days.

Incorrect. The timescale for Companies House is incorrect, and the timescale for the Land Registry is only applicable for unregistered land, and fails to take account of the priority period.

Incorrect. The timescale for Companies House is incorrect and the timescale for the Land Registry is only applicable for unregistered land, and fails to take account of the priority period.

Incorrect. This answer deals with the registrations in the wrong order. It also confuses the two time scales and incorrect states that there is an MRO1 box on the AP1 form. The Land Registry will want to see that the charges has been registered at Companies House before registering it, and there is no mechanism for the two registrations to be combined.

284
Q

A solicitor acts for the buyer of a commercial property. The buyer instructs the solicitor that the seller and the buyer have agreed between them that the seller will carry out some repairs to the roof before the completion date.

Which one of the following best represents the steps that the buyer’s solicitor should now take in connection with the contract?

Select one alternative:

The special condition is not required as the SCPC confirms that the property is sold in the state it is in at the date of the agreement between the parties.

The buyer’s solicitor should draft a special condition in the contract specifying that the seller must carry out the repairs to the roof of the property before the completion date to the reasonable satisfaction of the buyer.
Answered and correct

The buyer’s solicitor should draft a special condition in the contract specifying that the seller must carry out the repairs to the roof.

There is no need for a special condition as the verbal agreement of the seller is sufficient.

A special condition would not be required, as the seller is obliged to transfer the property in good repair.

A

The buyer’s solicitor should draft a special condition in the contract specifying that the seller must carry out the repairs to the roof of the property before the completion date to the reasonable satisfaction of the buyer.

This question is on conditions in a sale contract for a property. It is about how a seller’s promise to repair the roof of the property should be incorporated into the contract.

This is correct. Special conditions are required to deal with specific matters agreed between the parties. Caveat emptor would mean that in the absence of a special condition, the responsibility for the repairs would fall to the buyer. s2 Law of Property (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1989 states that all the terms agreed between the parties must be incorporated in the contract, so the seller’s promise to repair the roof would not be binding without being in the contract.

285
Q

A VAT registered business is selling a freehold commercial building to a bank. The seller has exercised the option to tax the building.

The bank makes only exempt supplies for VAT purposes in the course of its business.

Which one of the following most accurately sets out the position with regards to any VAT chargeable in respect of the sale?

Select one alternative:

The sale will be subject to VAT at 0%.

The sale will be subject to VAT at 20% which will be recoverable by the bank.

The sale will be subject to VAT at 20% which the bank can recover by offsetting it against the 0% VAT chargeable on the goods and services it supplies, leading to a payment by HMRC to the bank.

The sale will be subject to VAT at 20% which will be irrecoverable by the bank.
Answered and correct

The sale will not be subject to VAT.

A

This question is on VAT. It is about the VAT position on the sale of a commercial property, where the seller has opted to tax, to a bank which makes only exempt supplies.

Correct. The option to tax a commercial building made by a VAT registered business seller means VAT is chargeable on the sale at 20%. The bank only makes exempt supplies (VAT is not chargeable on the goods and services it supplies) so the bank cannot recover the VAT it paid (input VAT) by offsetting it against output VAT it charges on goods and services it supplies since the bank cannot charge output VAT.

286
Q

You act for a buyer on the sale of an unregistered freehold property. You have undertaken a review of the title deeds to the property and note that the property benefits from a right of way granted by deed over neighbouring land.

Which one of the following statements best explains the next step you should take?

Select one alternative:

You will need to undertake a highways search to ensure the right of way has been adopted.

You will need to undertake a SIM search to check whether or not the neighbouring land is registered.

You will need to agree a deed of variation with the owner of the neighbouring land to ensure the right of way is appropriate for your client’s needs.

You will need to undertake a search of the central land charges register to check whether the right of way has been registered as a land charge.

You will need to apply to the Land Registry for a caution against first registration against the neighbouring land.

A

You will need to undertake a SIM search to check whether or not the neighbouring land is registered.

This question is on the benefit of an easement in unregistered land. It is about what you should do next when acting for a buyer and discovering the property has the benefit of an easement.

Correct. A SIM search will inform you whether or not the neighbouring land is registered. This is important as this will determine whether or not the easement will bind it. If the neighbouring land is unregistered then the easement will continue to bind the neighbouring land whilst it remains unregistered. If the neighbouring land is registered, however, the easement needs to have been registered on the charges register of the neighbouring land’s title in order for it to bind its current owners.

287
Q

You are acting on the purchase of a freehold house which is neither listed nor situated in a Conservation Area.

The seller has replied to question 4.1 of the Law Society Property Information Form to say that a front extension was built to the house five years ago. From the estate agent’s photo, it is clear that the extension is visible from the road.

The seller has replied to question 4.2 of the same form to say that no planning permission or building regulations approvals were required.

How should you advise your client?

Select one alternative:

The buyer may rely on the seller’s reply 4.2 in which the seller confirms that no approvals were required.

The buyer should not be concerned as the relevant enforcement periods for lack of local authority approvals have expired.

The seller should be asked to obtain and provide a Regularisation Certificate in respect of the extension works before completion.

The seller should be asked to provide indemnity insurance in respect of the lack of building regulations approval before completion.

The seller should obtain indemnity insurance in respect of the lack of planning permission and building regulations approval before completion.

A

The seller should be asked to obtain and provide a Regularisation Certificate in respect of the extension works before completion.

This question is on planning permissions and building regulations approvals for building works not being obtained. It is about the best advice to give the buyer of a property where an extension (not concealed) was built by the seller five years ago, and the seller did not obtain planning permission or building regulations approval for the works.

Correct. This is the best option. There is no need to take any action regarding planning permission, as the extension works were completed more than four years ago, and were not concealed. They are immune from enforcement action. However, there is no time limit on the local authority applying for an injunction against a breach of building regulations. Moreover, if the extension is not compliant with building regulations, it may be unsafe. An indemnity insurance policy will cover the financial loss caused by enforcement action, but will not cover liability for injury or death caused by unsafe building work. If the local authority inspects the work and provides the regularisation certificate, this will eliminate the risk of enforcement action and confirm that the work is safe.

288
Q

You act for a company on the purchase of a commercial property. Contracts were exchanged last Friday with completion to take place next Friday. The contract incorporates the Standard Commercial Property Conditions (Third Edition) (‘SCPC’)

The company’s financial director calls you to say that the storage area to the rear of the property was destroyed by fire last night, and to ask who is responsible for the cost of repairing the damage.

Which one of the following options is the best advice to give to the financial director?

Select one alternative:

The company and the seller will have to share the cost of repairing the damage as the law is silent as to who bears the risk.

The seller will have to pay for the damage because it bears the risk between exchange of contracts and completion.

The company will have to claim on its insurance once it buys an insurance policy which starts on completion.

The seller will have to claim on its insurance which it has to maintain until completion.

The company will have to pay for the damage because the buyer bears the risk between exchange of contracts and completion.

A

The company will have to pay for the damage because the buyer bears the risk between exchange of contracts and completion.

This question is on the SCPCs and risk after exchange. It is about who bears the risk for a property (e.g. if it is destroyed by fire) after exchange when the contract incorporates the SCPC.

Correct. Pursuant to the SCPCs the risk of the property passes to the buyer from the date of the contact, which is exchange. The buyer should have put in place insurance from exchange of contacts. The seller is no longer responsible for the property from exchange. The cost of repair is not shared between the parties, it will be at the buyer’s cost. The seller does not have to maintain its insurance of the property until completion. The buyer’s insurance policy should have been in place from exchange (not completion).

289
Q

A client is purchasing a residential property (the ‘Property’). The Property is currently subject to the seller’s mortgage. The seller will be buying a new home at the same time as the sale.

Which one of the following best describes the position at exchange of contracts?

Select one alternative:

You would expect Formula A to be used at exchange because in a chain transaction, it is easier for all the contracts to be controlled by the same solicitor.

You would need to use Formula C given that it is a chain transaction, but as there is a mortgage, you would also need to incorporate the Code for Completion by Post into the exchange.

You can only use Formula C, because it is designed for chain transactions, and exchange and completion for all of the transactions needs to be synchronised.

You would expect Formula A to be used at exchange because there is a chain of transactions and exchange and completion for all of the transactions needs to be synchronised.

You would expect either Formula B with a ‘release of contracts’ or Formula C to be used at exchange because there is a residential chain of transactions, and exchange and completion for all of the transactions needs to be synchronised.

A

You would expect either Formula B with a ‘release of contracts’ or Formula C to be used at exchange because there is a residential chain of transactions, and exchange and completion for all of the transactions needs to be synchronised.

This question is on the exchange formulae. It is about which formula is best to use to exchange in a residential purchase where the seller is simultaneously buying a new home at the same time as selling and the undertakings involved in the formulae.

Correct. In residential conveyancing you often have a chain of transactions as is the case here. As such the solicitors involved have to ensure that exchange of all the contracts takes place simultaneously (and that all the transactions complete on the same day). Although Formula C was designed for chain transactions, it is rarely used in practice as it is too complicated. The most common method of tying chain transactions together is for each transaction to be exchanged under Law Society Formula B, but for the contract to be ‘released’ to the solicitor who has a related transaction to exchange until that related transaction has exchanged.

290
Q

A restaurant operator is expanding its business and acquires the freehold of a registered property which is currently used as a shop. The restaurant operator will be changing the use of the property from a shop to a restaurant (both uses are within class E) and will also be carrying out significant internal building works.

Which one of the following best sets out the necessary consents needed for the restaurant operator’s plans?

Select one alternative:

No planning permissions will be needed although building regulations approvals for the works will be required.

Planning permission is required for the change of use although not for the internal building works. Building regulations approval is not required either.

Neither planning permissions nor building regulations approvals are required for the planned change of use and works.

Planning permission is not required for the change of use but it is required for the internal building works. Building regulations approvals are also required for the internal building works.

Planning permission is required for both the change of use (unless it falls within ‘permitted development’ under the GPDO) and the internal building works. Building regulations approvals are not required.

A

No planning permissions will be needed although building regulations approvals for the works will be required.

This question is on planning consents. It is about whether planning permission for works, planning permission for a change of use and building regulations approvals are required when the use remains in the same class and the works are internal only.

Correct. Under s55(2) TCPA 1990 the internal building works do not constitute development and so planning permission is not required for them. The change of use of the property, from a shop to a restaurant, where both uses are within the same use class is not a material change of use and so does not constitute development, so planning permission is not required for the change of use. Building regulations approvals are required for works carried out and cover safety matters such as structural integrity. They are a separate consent from the planning permissions.

291
Q

You are acting on the sale of a property mortgaged to X Bank plc. The property is in negative equity, meaning that the sale proceeds are insufficient to repay X Bank plc’s loan.

How should you manage this issue?

Select one alternative:

You cannot act for the seller in connection with the sale of the property until you are holding the shortfall in your client account in cleared funds.

You should not provide an undertaking to the buyer’s solicitor to redeem the existing mortgage in the Law Society’s recommended form until the seller gives written confirmation to transfer the shortfall to your client account in cleared funds on or before completion.

You should not exchange contracts for the sale of the property until the seller gives written confirmation to transfer the shortfall to your client account in cleared funds on or before completion.

You cannot exchange contracts for the sale of the property until you are holding the shortfall in your client account in cleared funds.

You should not provide an undertaking to redeem the existing mortgage in the Law Society’s recommended form until you are holding the shortfall in your firm’s client account in cleared funds.

A

You should not provide an undertaking to redeem the existing mortgage in the Law Society’s recommended form until you are holding the shortfall in your firm’s client account in cleared funds.

This question is on the sale of a mortgaged property which has negative equity. It is about whether you need the shortfall that will need to be paid by the client to the bank in your client account and by when in the transaction.

Correct. A solicitor can act on the sale of a property in negative equity, but care must be taken not to provide an undertaking (nor to agree to provide an undertaking) unless the shortfall is held in cleared funds in client account. Care must also be taken to have the client’s agreement that it is to be used for this purpose, and not demanded back.

292
Q

You act for a company who is selling its freehold offices (‘Seller’). Contracts have been exchanged for completion today at 2 pm. The contract incorporates the Standard Commercial Property Conditions (Third Edition – 2018 Revision) without any amendments and completion.

You have just been informed that the buyer can no longer complete today as planned but can complete before 2 pm a week from today.

Which one of the following best describes the advice you would give to the Seller regarding obtaining compensation for the delay?

Select one alternative:

The Seller can claim compensation from the buyer for each day of delay and can serve a notice to complete by e-mail in advance of 2pm today.

In addition to receiving compensation, the Seller may rescind the contract but is obliged to repay the deposit with accrued interest to the buyer.

The Seller can claim compensation and can serve a notice to complete by email on the buyer today after 2pm. The buyer will then have 10 working days, excluding today, to complete.

The Seller can claim compensation and can serve a notice to complete by email on the buyer today in advance of 2pm. The buyer will then have 10 working days, including today, to complete.

The Seller can claim compensation from the buyer for each day of delay including both today and the day completion finally takes place or is deemed to take place.

A

The Seller can claim compensation and can serve a notice to complete by email on the buyer today after 2pm. The buyer will then have 10 working days, excluding today, to complete.

This question is on the seller’s remedies under the SCPC for delayed completion. It is about the detail of the remedies available to the seller under the SCPC if the buyer will be late completing.

Correct. This answer reflects the contractual terms prescribed by the SCPC. The ten working day period, given to the defaulting party to complete, starts to run the day after the notice to complete has been deemed served. The notice to complete can be served at any time on the day of completion once the time for completion has passed. The time for completion is 2pm under the SCPC. The compensation is payable for every day of delay so that would include today (the day the buyer was supposed to complete) but would not include the day completion takes place, on these facts, as the buyer will be completing before 2pm. Unless 2pm has passed on the day the buyer completes, the buyer will not have been ‘late’ on that day. Finally, the Seller cannot both claim compensation under the SCPCs and also rescind the contract, they can only do one or the other.

Incorrect. Please review your materials as to how compensation is calculated when it is payable for late completion. The compensation is payable for every day of delay so that would include today (the day the buyer was supposed to complete) but would not include the day completion takes place, on these facts, as the buyer will be completing before 2pm. Unless 2pm has passed on the day the buyer completes, the buyer will not have been ‘late’ on that day.

293
Q

Whilst investigating the registered title of a freehold commercial property (the ‘Property’), the buyer’s solicitor has come across the following entry on the Proprietorship Register:

“The Transfer to the proprietor contains a covenant to observe and perform the covenants referred to in the Charges Register and of indemnity in respect thereof.”

Which one of the following options is the best advice the buyer’s solicitor should now give to the buyer?

Select one alternative:

The buyer will need to give the seller an indemnity covenant in the contract.

The buyer will need to give the seller an indemnity covenant at completion if SCPC 6.6.4 is incorporated into the contract.

The buyer will need to do a Central Land Charges search to check whether any restrictive covenants have been registered against the seller as a d(ii) land charge.

The buyer will need to take out a restrictive covenant indemnity policy to cover possible past or future breaches of the covenants on the title to the Property.

The buyer will need to ask the seller to give the buyer an indemnity covenant in the transfer (TR1).

A

The buyer will need to give the seller an indemnity covenant at completion if SCPC 6.6.4 is incorporated into the contract.

This question is on an indemnity covenant note in the Proprietorship Register of a registered freehold title. It is about the effect of an indemnity covenant note on the buyer.

Correct. This entry on the Proprietorship Register indicates that there is a positive covenant in the Charges Register and states that the seller gave an indemnity covenant in respect of complying with it when they bought the Property. SCPC (Standard Commercial Property Conditions - incorporated into contracts for the sale of commercial property) 6.6.4 means that if the seller gave such an indemnity covenant (as here), the buyer will have to give an indemnity covenant to the seller when they purchase the Property (to continue the indemnity covenant chain). The buyer’s indemnity covenant will be given in the Transfer at completion.

294
Q

You act for a client in buying an unregistered property. You have received an epitome of title from the seller’s solicitor.

The epitome of title contains a conveyance made by deed, dated 28 January 1976, which contains the following clause:

“The Purchaser with the intent and so as this covenant shall be binding… hereby for themselves and their successors in title covenants with the Vendors and their successors in title that the Purchaser will use the Property only as a residential dwelling.”

Will the client be bound by this covenant?

Select one alternative:

The client will be bound if the positive covenant was registered as a C(iv) land charge against the name of the original covenantor.

The client will be bound if the restrictive covenant was registered as a D(ii) land charge against the name of the original covenantor.

The client will only be bound if the restrictive covenant was protected by a chain of indemnity covenants.

The client will be bound if the restrictive covenant was registered at the Land Registry.

The client will be bound if the positive covenant is registered as a D(ii) land charge against the client’s name.

A

The client will be bound if the restrictive covenant was registered as a D(ii) land charge against the name of the original covenantor.

This question is on a covenant in a conveyance in the epitome for unregistered land. It is about whether and how a restrictive covenant will bind the buyer of the unregistered land.

Correct. If a restrictive covenant in unregistered land is registered at the Central Land Charges department as a D(ii) land charge against the name of the original covenantor, it will bind the purchaser of the land.

295
Q

You are acting for the buyers of a property. The seller is Mark Arthur. The seller’s solicitor tells you that Philip Arthur recently died. You review the official copies, which contain the following entry:

Proprietor(s): PHILIP ARTHUR and MARK ARTHUR of 35 Yewdale Road, Leeds, LS3 8QP

RESTRICTION: no disposition by a sole proprietor of the registered estate (except a trust corporation) under which capital money arises is to be registered unless authorised by an order of the court.

Which one of the following statements best explains what you need to do in respect of this entry in the Proprietorship Register?

Select one alternative:

You need to see a certified copy of the death certificate and then Mark Arthur can sell as a sole proprietor.

You need to ensure another trustee is appointed to pay the purchase money to, so the restriction will not apply.

You do not need to do anything, this is for the seller’s solicitors to deal with.

You do not need to do anything as Philip Arthur has died so the restriction is no longer relevant.

You do not need to do anything, the right of survivorship will apply so Mark Arthur can sell as a sole proprietor.

A

You need to ensure another trustee is appointed to pay the purchase money to, so the restriction will not apply.

This question is on a tenant in common restriction in the Proprietorship Register. It is about what the buyer needs to do when one of the sellers has died (i.e. there is a sale by a sole surviving tenant in common).

This is correct. This restriction tells us Mark and Philip are beneficial tenants in common and prevents a sale by a sole owner. This means a sale by Mark alone is not permitted and would not be registered by the Land Registry. A second trustee needs to be appointed in order to comply with the restriction. This will overreach Philip’s beneficial interest, which will have passed under his estate because the right of survivorship will not have applied on his death.

296
Q

A solicitor acts for the buyer of a commercial property which is situated by a river. The property includes 5 acres of the surrounding open agricultural land.

The solicitor has already received or requested: replies to CPSE, local authority search, drainage and water search, and index map search.

Which other searches should the solicitor carry out?

Select one alternative:

Desktop environmental search, chancel repair search, highways search, waterways search and commons registration search.

Desktop environmental search, index map search, chancel repair search, highways search, waterways search.

Desktop environmental search, EA Phase 1 Audit, chancel repair search, highways search, brine subsidence search, waterways search and commons registration.

Chancel repair search, highways search, waterways search and commons registration search.

Desktop environmental search, chancel repair search, highways search and commons registration search.

A

Desktop environmental search, chancel repair search, highways search, waterways search and commons registration search.

This question is on pre-contract searches and enquiries. It is about listing all the relevant searches to be undertaken when purchasing a commercial property which is situated by a river and where open agricultural land is part of the property being purchased.

Correct. The environmental search should usually be carried out, but particularly here as it will give basic flooding information relevant in the proximity of a river. The waterways search is necessary here to give information on responsibility for the maintenance of the river bank. The commons search is necessary for the open land.

297
Q

A solicitor acts for a lender (the ‘Bank’). The Bank lends 80% of the purchase price to a buyer of a registered commercial property.

The loan is to be secured by a first legal charge. The buyer agrees not to deal with the property without the Bank’s consent.

Which entries will the Bank’s solicitor want to see on the Land Registry official copies on completion?

Select one alternative:

A restriction against dealings and the Bank’s charge in the charges register.

An a restriction against dealings in the charges register and the Bank’s charge in the proprietorship register.

The Bank’s charge in the charges register.

A restriction against dealings in the proprietorship register the Bank’s charge in the charges register.

A restriction against dealings in the property register and the Bank’s charge in the charges register.

A

A restriction against dealings in the proprietorship register the Bank’s charge in the charges register.

This question is on entries in the official copies of a registered freehold title. It is about the correct entries that will be made for the buyer’s charge and which registers these appear in.

This is correct. Charges such as mortgages are recorded in the charges and any entries restricting the current proprietor’s ability to deal with the property are recorded in the proprietorship register.

298
Q

The owner of the freehold of a commercial office building (the ‘landlord’) granted a lease of the property to a tenant two years ago. The landlord has recently come to an agreement with the tenant, that the lease may be underlet to a company (the ‘undertenant’).

Which one of the following documents will create privity of contract between the landlord and the undertenant?

Select one alternative:

Underlease.

Transfer deed.

Authorised Guarantee Agreement (AGA).

Licence to underlet.

Lease.

A

Licence to underlet.

This PLP question assesses your knowledge of alienation, specifically the procedure on an underletting.

The landlord and undertenant, along with the tenant, will enter into this document. It grants formal permission to the underletting and will contain a covenant from the undertenant to comply with the tenant covenants in the lease.

299
Q

It is early in January this year and a solicitor is meeting their client, a tenant occupying commercial premises with security of tenure, whose lease expires on the last day in February this year (the ‘Contractual Expiry Date’). Earlier in January this year the tenant’s landlord served a friendly section 25 notice under the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 (the ‘1954 Act’) specifying a termination date in December of this year. The tenant does not wish to remain in occupation of the premises and wants their tenancy to end as soon as possible.

What 1954 Act compliant advice should the solicitor give to their client to ensure the protected tenancy ends on the earliest possible date?

Select one alternative:

To vacate the premises on or before the Contractual Expiry Date.

To serve at least 3 months on the landlord at any time on or after the Contractual Expiry Date.

To vacate the premises at any time after the Contractual Expiry Date and before the expiry of the s.25 notice.

To serve at least 3 months’ notice on the landlord as soon as possible.

To serve a minimum of 6 months’ notice on the landlord as soon as possible.

A

To vacate the premises on or before the Contractual Expiry Date.

This PLP question assesses your knowledge and understanding of ending a tenancy that has security of tenure.

If a tenant does not want a new tenancy of the same premises and the contractual expiry date of the lease (CED) has not yet passed the best advice is that the tenant should vacate the premises on or before the CED to terminate on the CED.

300
Q

Your client is the landlord of a unit on an industrial estate. The tenant uses the property for the storage of its products. The tenant is seeking the landlord’s consent to change the use of the property.

The relevant wording of the user covenant in the lease is as follows:

“The Tenant shall not use the Property for any purpose except as storage or such other use as the Landlord may consent to”.

Which one of the following options best describes how the landlord should respond to this request?

Select one alternative:

There is an absolute prohibition against change of use so the landlord can refuse to consider the request to change use.

There is a fully qualified covenant against change of use so that landlord has to act reasonably in considering whether to withhold consent.

The landlord has to act reasonably in considering whether to withhold consent.

The landlord cannot refuse consent if the proposed change of use is within the same use class as the current use (storage).

The landlord can refuse consent and does not have to act reasonably in withholding consent.

A

The landlord can refuse consent and does not have to act reasonably in withholding consent.

This PLP question assesses your understanding of types of covenant and the impact of statute on qualified user covenants.

This is a qualified user covenant on the facts - ‘The Tenant shall not do [ ] without the Landlord’s consent’. Section 19(3) of the LTA 1927 applies to qualified use covenants. Section 19(3) does NOT upgrade a qualified use covenant to a fully qualified use covenant. Therefore there is no obligation on the landlord to act reasonably. What s 19(3) does do is to stop the landlord demanding that the tenant pay a fine or sum of money in the nature of a fine, by way of increased rent or otherwise, to the landlord for their consent to a change of use unless the change of use involves structural alterations to the premises.

301
Q

Ten years ago, A granted B a twenty year legal lease of residential premises. The lease contains a landlord’s right of re-entry in the event of tenant breach of covenant. B is currently in breach of the tenant’s repair covenant. Last month, the landlord served a s 146 notice on the tenant requiring remedy within a month and informing the tenant of its right to serve a counter notice within twenty-eight days.

A has failed to remedy the breach, but has served a counter notice.

Which of the following statements best explains whether A will be able to immediately forfeit this lease?

Select one alternative:

A has a right to forfeit immediately by peaceable re-entry or court order

A has a right to foreit immediately because a reasonable time has passed and the breach has not been remedied

A has a right to forfeit immediately because the lease waives the requirement to serve a formal demand

A does not have a right to forfeit because it has waived the right to forfeit

A does not have a right to forfeit without first obtaining the leave of the court

A

A does not have a right to forfeit without first obtaining the leave of the court

This PLP question assesses your knowledge and understanding of the procedure to forfeit a lease.

This is correct. The Leasehold Property (Repairs) Act 1938 applies to covenants to repair in any lease when the lease is granted for over 7 years and there are at least 3 years still to run. This provides additional protection to tenants in the event the landlord seeks to forfeit a lease for breach of a repair covenant, which the landlord (A) is seeking to do on the facts here. On the facts, the lease contains an express right to forfeit in the event of tenant breach and this right has not been waived on the facts. The landlord must serve s 146 notice and give the tenant the chance to remedy the breach within a reasonable time, which it has done. The notice must also inform the tenant of their right under the 1938 Act to serve a counter notice within 28 days. We are told that the tenant has served a counter-notice, therefore the landlord cannot proceed to claim forfeiture without first obtaining the lease of the court. It does not matter that the tenant has failed to remedy the breach in the circumstances.

302
Q

A freeholder (the ‘landlord’) is granting a lease of a commercial property to a tenant. The freehold property is registered and has a registered charge over it. The landlord and tenant have agreed that the landlord will complete air conditioning works at the property before the lease is entered into. Heads of terms for the letting have been agreed and the landlord is preparing to deduce title and send the relevant draft documents to the tenant.

Which one of the following options best describes the documents that the landlord’s solicitor will send to the tenant’s solicitor in the circumstances?

Select one alternative:

Replies to CPSE.1 enquiries, a draft lease and a DS1.

A draft agreement for lease, a draft lease, a DS1 and a draft transfer deed.

Official copy entries of the registered freehold title, replies to CPSE.1 and CPSE.3 enquiries, a draft lease and a draft transfer deed.

Official copy entries of the registered freehold title, replies to CPSE.1 and CPSE.3 enquiries, a draft agreement for lease, a draft lease, written consent from the landlord’s lender to the letting, a DS1 and a draft transfer deed.

Official copy entries of the registered freehold title, replies to CPSE.1 and CPSE.3 enquiries, a draft agreement for lease, a draft lease and written consent from their lender to the letting.

A

Official copy entries of the registered freehold title, replies to CPSE.1 and CPSE.3 enquiries, a draft agreement for lease, a draft lease and written consent from their lender to the letting.

This correctly describes the documents that the landlord’s solicitor should provide. The tenant’s solicitor will need to investigate the landlord’s registered title in the same way a buyer’s solicitor would in a freehold transaction. CPSE 1 enquiries should be provided, as with a freehold purchase. CPSE 3 are additional enquiries in respect of a new letting. As the parties have agreed that the landlord will complete works before completion of the lease, an agreement for lease is appropriate to document this agreement. The draft lease is required as this is a new letting. Written consent from the lender is required giving the landlord permission to grant the lease. We are told the property has a registered charge over it. Without this consent, the tenant would not be able to register their lease at the Land Registry and the landlord would be in breach of the terms and conditions of its mortgage.

A DS1 is not required as there is no expectation that the landlord will be discharging their mortgage on completion of the letting. Written consent from the lender is just required.

303
Q

An institutional investor, a pension fund (the ‘landlord’), owns the freehold of a retail park. The landlord is in the process of negotiating a new ten-year lease on standard FRI terms of a vacant unit at the park with a tenant. The tenant wants to know what the lease provisions on rent review and repair will say.

Which one of the following options is the best advice to give the tenant in the circumstances?

Select one alternative:

The lease will contain five rent review dates and the tenant will not be responsible for the repair of its unit.

The lease will not contain any rent review provisions and the tenant will be responsible for the repair of its unit and, along with the other tenants, the common parts of the retail park.

The lease will not contain any rent review provisions and the tenant will be responsible for the repair only of the interior of its unit.

The lease will contain ten rent review dates and the tenant will be responsible for the repair only of the interior of its unit.

The lease will contain one rent review date and the tenant will be responsible for the repair of its unit.

A

The lease will contain one rent review date and the tenant will be responsible for the repair of its unit.

This PLP question assesses your understanding of lease content and structure and how a FRI lease works.

This is the best option. A commercial lease will often contain a rent review provision triggering the process every 5 years. As this will be an FRI lease, the tenant should expect to be responsible for the repair of the premises i.e the unit.

304
Q

A freeholder (the ‘landlord’) of a commercial property granted a lease of the property to a tenant. A year ago, the tenant, with the landlord’s consent, sublet the property to another company (the ‘subtenant’). The tenant is surrendering its lease to the landlord.

Which one of the following options best describes the effect the surrender of the tenant’s lease will have on the subtenant?

Select one alternative:

The landlord is obliged to enter into a new lease with the subtenant on the same terms as the subtenant’s sublease.

The landlord will become the subtenant’s landlord on the terms of the lease.

The subtenant’s sublease will merge with the tenant’s lease and be extinguished.

The subtenant’s sublease will end on the surrender of the tenant’s lease.

The landlord will become the subtenant’s landlord on the terms of the sublease.

A

The landlord will become the subtenant’s landlord on the terms of the sublease.

This PLP question assesses your understanding of lease termination.

If the tenant surrenders its lease, this will not affect the subtenant’s interest as the underletting was with consent. The landlord will become the immediate landlord of the subtenant under the terms of the sublease.

305
Q

A freeholder (the ‘Landlord’) granted a commercial lease of a property to a tenant. The tenant wishes to undertake some non-structural refurbishment works to the inside of the property. The Landlord does not want to grant consent to the alterations as the Landlord believes the tenant is planning on moving out of the property at the end of the term in 18 months’ time.

The lease provides the following wording in relation to alterations:

“The Tenant shall not make any internal non-structural alterations to the Property without the Landlord’s consent”.

Which one of the following best describes whether the Landlord can withhold consent to the works?

Select one alternative:

The Landlord can withhold consent if it does not consider the works will improve the premises.

The landlord cannot unreasonably withhold consent if the tenant considers the works amount to an improvement to the property.

The Landlord can withhold consent because the covenant against alterations is absolute so the landlord has complete discretion in the circumstances.

The Landlord can withhold consent because the covenant against alterations is qualified so the landlord has complete discretion in the circumstances.

The Landlord can withhold consent because the Tenant is planning on vacating the property at the end of the term.

A

The landlord cannot unreasonably withhold consent if the tenant considers the works amount to an improvement to the property.

This PLP questions assesses your understanding of alteration covenants in a lease.

The covenant against internal non-structural alterations is qualified. s 19(2) LTA 1927 therefore applies to this covenant and implies into it in relation to improvements a proviso that the landlord’s consent is not to be unreasonably withheld. It therefore converts a qualified covenant against alterations that amount to improvements into a fully qualified one. Lambert v FW Woolworth & Co Limited [1938] held that ‘improvements’ are to be construed widely as works which improve the premises from the tenant’s perspective, not the landlord’s.

306
Q

A freeholder granted a lease in 2010 to a pet shop. The lease made provision for an outgoing tenant to give an authorised guarantee agreement as a condition of assignment. With the freeholder’s consent, the pet shop assigned the lease to a café. The café then lawfully assigned the lease to a health shop which last year lawfully assigned the remainder of the term to a travel company.

If the travel company breaches the repair covenant in the lease, which one of the following best sets out all those who the freeholder can sue?

Select one alternative:

The pet shop only.

The travel company only.

The travel company and the health shop.

The pet shop, the café, the health shop and the travel company.

The pet shop and the travel company.

A

The travel company and the health shop.

This PLP questions assesses your knowledge and understanding of liability of former tenants under a lease when it is assigned.

The travel company is the current tenant in occupation of the premises and currently in breach of the repair covenant. It has the burden of all the tenant covenants and is liable. The health shop is liable under the AGA it gave as a condition of assignment. It will be liable under this AGA unless and until the travel company lawfully assign the lease.

307
Q

Your client is the landlord of a freehold commercial property and is about to enter into a 5 year lease of the property with the proposed tenant. It has been agreed that the lease will be contracted out of the security of tenure provisions contained in the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 and the parties have set a completion date for seven days’ time.

Which of the following statements sets out the correct notices which need to be served and by whom to ensure the lease is validly contracted out of Part II of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954?

Select one alternative:

Your client has to serve a notice on the tenant in which the tenant agrees to accept a lease without security of tenure; if completion is to take place in the suggested timetable, the tenant will have to sign a statutory declaration.

Your client has to serve a notice on the tenant in which the tenant agrees to accept a lease without security of tenure; if completion is to take place in the suggested timetable, the tenant will have to sign a simple declaration.

The tenant has to serve a notice on the landlord agreeing to accept a lease without security of tenure; your client has to signing a simple declaration and return it to the tenant within seven days of receiving it.

The tenant has to serve a notice on the landlord agreeing to accept a lease without security of tenure; your client can sign a statutory declaration and return it to the tenant and the parties can complete the lease as soon as the tenant receives it.

Your client has to serve a notice on the tenant in which the tenant agrees to accept a lease without security of tenure; if completion is to take place in the suggested timetable, the tenant will have to come to your client’s place of business to sign the notice in front of your client and an independent witness.

A

Your client has to serve a notice on the tenant in which the tenant agrees to accept a lease without security of tenure; if completion is to take place in the suggested timetable, the tenant will have to sign a statutory declaration.

This PLP question assesses your knowledge and understanding of the process to contract out of security of tenure.

Given the deadline that completion is due to take place, this answer is the most appropriate. It also correctly describes the parties who would serve the notice / sign the declaration.

308
Q

You act for a landlord of a commercial unit it lets out to a tenant. Your client has come to you for advice as the tenant is in breach of its repair covenant in the lease. Your client does not want to lose the tenant, but wants to know what remedy to pursue in the circumstances. You check the lease and confirm it contains a self-help clause and an express right to forfeit in the event of tenant breach of covenant.

Which of the following options represents the best advice to the landlord about which remedy it should pursue?

Select one alternative:

The landlord should serve on the tenant a s 146 notice plus an additional statement setting out its rights under the Leasehold Property (Repairs) Act 1938.

The landlord should seek an order for a prohibitory injunction to stop the tenant from breaching the covenant.

The landlord should exercise its right to enter the premises and remedy the breach before then recovering the costs from the tenant as a debt.

The landlord should seek an order of specific performance to force the tenant to comply with the covenant.

The landlord should seek damages to put the landlord back into the position it would have been had the tenant complied with the covenant.

A

The landlord should exercise its right to enter the premises and remedy the breach before then recovering the costs from the tenant as a debt.

The PLP question assesses your knowledge and understanding of a landlord’s remedies in the event of tenant breach of covenant.

The lease contains a self help clause (also called a Jervis v Harris clause) which means this is the best remedy in the circumstances. Describing the sums which the landlord can recover from the tenant as a debt rather than damages means that the statutory restrictions in relation to claiming damages for breach of a repair covenant do not apply to this self-help remedy.

309
Q

monthly principal rent and insurance premium payments fell due but were not paid by the tenant. The landlord has told you that they have given the tenant 7 clear days’ notice and that they arranged for an enforcement agent to visit the shop tomorrow to seize enough jewellery to pay off the rent and insurance payments owed. You advise the landlord that they are not able to do this.

Which one of the following best answers why the landlord cannot do as they have planned?

Select one alternative:

A minimum of three months’ rent must be owed before goods can be seized.

The landlord must get a court order before the enforcement agent can seize goods.

Goods can only be seized to satisfy the principal rent debt, not the insurance premium payment debt.

The landlord has not given the tenant at least 14 clear days’ prior written notice of the intended seizure.

The landlord has not given the tenant at least 21 clear days’ prior written notice of the intended seizure.

A

Goods can only be seized to satisfy the principal rent debt, not the insurance premium payment debt.

This PLP question assesses your understanding of a landlord’s remedies in the event of tenant default, particularily Commercial Rent Arrears Recovery (CRAR).

CRAR can only be used to recover principal rent plus VAT and interest owed on principal rent which is outstanding under the lease. The insurance premium is not not classes as principal rent.

310
Q

A landlord and tenant are the parties to a 15 year lease, which was granted 5 years ago. The landlord has recently agreed that the tenant can assign its lease to a third party (‘the assignee’). The lease contains a clause that the landlord is acting reasonably if it requests an authorised guarantee agreement (‘AGA’) on any assignment.

Which one of the following options best describes the documents that the assignee will be a party to?

Select one alternative:

TR1 only.

Licence to assign only.

TR1 and Licence to assign.

Licence to assign, TR1 and an AGA.

TR1 and an AGA.

A

TR1 and Licence to assign.

This PLP questions assesses your understanding of the procedure to assign a lease.

The TR1 will be entered into by the tenant and assignee and it will transfer the lease to the assignee. The Licence to assign is entered into by all the parties and grants permission to assign. The assignee will enter into a direct covenant with the landlord to comply with the tenant covenants in the lease.

311
Q

You act for a freeholder (the ‘landlord’) who granted a commercial lease to a tenant which is protected by and has security of tenure under the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 (Part II) (the ‘54 Act’). The lease was for a ten year term from and including 20 May. Assume that today’s date is 1 January in the year that the lease expires. The landlord wants to end the lease as soon as possible using the relevant procedure under the ‘54 Act.

Which one of the following options best describes the advice you would you give to the landlord regarding the service of and the termination date specified in the relevant ‘54 Act notice?

Select one alternative:

The ‘54 Act notice to terminate the lease should be served on 20 May with a date of termination of 20 November this year.

The ‘54 Act notice to terminate the lease should be served today with a date of termination of 1 July this year.

The ‘54 Act notice to terminate the lease should be served on 19 May with a date of termination of 19 November this year.

The ‘54 Act notice to terminate the lease should be served today with a date of termination of 20 May this year.

The ‘54 Act notice to terminate the lease should be served today with a date of termination of 19 May this year.

A

The ‘54 Act notice to terminate the lease should be served today with a date of termination of 1 July this year.

This PLP question assesses your understanding of the procedure on termination of a protected business tenancy.

The s 25 notice can be served by the landlord 12 months before the CED, at the earliest, or at any time after the CED, whilst the tenant is holding over and the terms of its current lease are continuing, (provided another notice has not already been served under the 1954 Act). The date of termination must be at least 6 months but not more than 12 months after the date the s 25 notice is served (s 25(2)). On the facts, as we are assuming today’s date is 1 January, there is less than 6 months to the CED - 19 May - so the lease cannot be terminated on the CED. At least 6 months notice must be given. As the landlord wants to end the lease as soon as possible, it should just give this minimum amount of notice.

312
Q

A tenant has, with their landlord’s consent, underlet their warehouse premises to another company (the ‘undertenant’). There was an agreement for underlease under which the undertenant was allowed to occupy the warehouse prior to completion for fit out purposes. The underlease has now completed and the undertenant’s solicitor is attending to post completion matters, including the payment of Stamp Duty Land Tax (‘SDLT’).

What is the deadline for payment of the SDLT on the underlease?

Select one alternative:

14 days from the date the undertenant went into occupation of the warehouse.

30 days from the date of completion.

14 days from the date of completion.

30 working days from the date of completion.

21 days starting the day after the date of completion.

A

14 days from the date the undertenant went into occupation of the warehouse.

This PLP question assesses your knowledge of the post-completion steps on the grant of a lease.

SDLT must be paid within 124 days of “the effective date”. This is usually completion, but will be earlier if the tenant goes into occupation as it has done here.

313
Q

A company occupies a commercial property under a lease. The company has written to its landlord for consent to assign. The relevant wording of the alienation covenant in the lease is as follows:

“The Tenant shall not assign underlet or charge the Property without the consent of the Landlord.”

Which one of the following options best describes the advice to the landlord about how it should respond to the assignment request?

Select one alternative:

The landlord has absolute discretion whether to grant consent and is under no obligation in respect of how it communicates its decision.

The landlord has absolute discretion whether to grant consent but should respond within 28 days by written notice.

The landlord has absolute discretion whether to grant consent but should respond within 14 days.

The landlord must act reasonably in considering the request and should respond to the request within 28 days by written notice.

The landlord must act reasonably when considering the request but is under no obligation in respect of how it communicates its decision.

A

The landlord must act reasonably in considering the request and should respond to the request within 28 days by written notice.

This PLP question assesses your knowledge and understanding of alienation covenants.

This is a qualified covenant against alienation. s 19(1)(a) upgraded this covenant so that is the ‘fully qualified’ and the landlord must act reasonably. s 1 of the LTA 1988 also applies so that the landlord is under a statutory duty to respond to the written request in writing within 28 days (a reasonable time according to Dong Bang Minerva v Davina)

314
Q

A freeholder (the ‘landlord’) granted a commercial lease to a tenant which is protected by and has security of tenure under the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 (Part II) (the ‘54 Act’). The contractual expiry date of the lease has passed and the tenant is holding over and remains in occupation of the premises, under the terms of the lease. The tenant does not want a new lease to be granted and wishes to leave the premises and terminate their lease.

Which one of the following notices under the ‘54 Act would you advise the tenant to serve on the landlord?

Select one alternative:

‘Hostile’ section 25 notice.

Section 26 notice.

Section 40 notice.

Section 27 notice.

‘Friendly’ section 25 notice.

A

Section 27 notice.

This PLP question assesses your knowledge and understanding of termination of a protected tenancy.

As the contractual expiry date (CED) has passed and the tenant is ‘holding over’ the only way the tenant can terminate the tenancy is to serve at least 3 months notice under s 27 of the ‘54 Act.

315
Q

The owner of the registered freehold title to an industrial park (the ‘landlord’) is granting a lease of one of the units in the park to a tenant. The lease is now agreed.

Which is the correct pre-completion search for the tenant’s solicitor to carry out in the circumstances and which is the correct priority period which it gives?

Select one alternative:

An Official Search on form OS2, which gives a 30 working day priority period.

A Local Land Charges Search (LLC1), which gives a 30 day priority period.

A K15 Central Land Charges Search, which gives a 15 working day priority period.

A K16 Central Land Charges bankruptcy search, which gives a 15 day priority period.

An Official Search on form OS1, which gives a 30 working day priority period.

A

An Official Search on form OS2, which gives a 30 working day priority period.

This PLP question assesses your understanding of the procedure on grant of a lease.

As this is the grant of a lease of part of the landlord’s freehold title, an OS2 - rather than OS1 - is appropriate. This gives a 30 working day priority period.

316
Q

A company occupies the whole of an office block under a 10 year lease that is due to end within the next 12 months. The lease is not contracted out of the Landlord & Tenant Act 1954. The company would like to remain in the property at the end of its contractual term and negotiate a lease renewal with its landlord, who owns the freehold of the office block.

Which one of the following statements is the best advice to give to the company?

(You may assume any statutory references are correct)

Select one alternative:

To serve a request on the landlord pursuant to s.26 Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 asking for new lease to start as soon as possible.

To serve a notice to quit pursuant to s.27 Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 as that will put the landlord on notice the company wants to bring its lease to an end and wants a new lease.

To write to the landlord to see if the landlord is amenable to granting the tenant a new lease.

To apply to court to protect its right to a new lease before the landlord serves a notice pursuant to s.25 Landlord and Tenant Act 1954.

To wait to see if the landlord serves a notice on the tenant pursuant to s.25 Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 as that notice will indicate if the landlord wants to grant the tenant a new lease.

A

To serve a request on the landlord pursuant to s.26 Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 asking for new lease to start as soon as possible.

This PLP questions assesses your understanding of business tenancies.

A tenant’s request for a new tenancy must be made by a s 25 notice setting out the tenant’s proposals for a new tenancy. This is the best option in the circumstances.

317
Q

A landlord grants consent to the underletting of its tenant’s premises for a term of 7 years. You are acting for the undertenant in the transaction.

Which one of the following best describes a post-completion step you will need to undertake in this transaction?

Select one alternative:

Notify the landlord that the underlease has completed.

Register the underlease at the Land Registry.

Arrange for your client to execute the Licence to Underlet.

Investigate the headlease.

Send requisitions on title to the tenant.

A

Notify the landlord that the underlease has completed.

This PLP question assesses your understanding of the steps taken in an underletting.

Correct. The landlord is not a party to the underlease and the lease and licence to underlet will usually provide that the landlord is notified when the underlease completes.

318
Q

You are about to have an initial meeting with a new client who is a first-time buyer of a house.

Why is it important that you discuss their means of funding the purchase?

Select one alternative:

If they are short of the full purchase price, you may be able to find issues with the property that would enable you to negotiate a reduction in price

If they are borrowing the money, you will need plenty of notice to negotiate the legal charge and certificate of title with the mortgage lender

To check for any problems with a shortfall or timing of the funds earlier rather than later, and to find out if they intend for you to act for their mortgage lender

As they will likely be paying in cash, to check that the funds have not derived from criminal proceeds

You may be able to help them find an alternative lender with a better rate of interest on their mortgage

A

To check for any problems with a shortfall or timing of the funds earlier rather than later, and to find out if they intend for you to act for their mortgage lender

This is a PLP question which assesses your understanding of a freehold transaction and the different issues that arise at the initial instructions stage. A solicitor should identify any issues with funding. For example, a client may not have considered Stamp Duty Land Tax or Land Transaction Tax. If the solicitor is to act for the mortgage lender then they will need to know this; for example, to check that they are on that lender’s panel. A solicitor will not generally be authorised to give financial advice in respect of interest rates. Finding issues with the property that would enable a reduction in the purchase price is not likely to happen in most cases and is not the main reason that a solicitor needs to discuss funding. It is also not accurate to say that a first-time buyer will be paying in cash. Finally, residential lenders will issue standard forms of legal charge and certificate of title, and there is no scope for these to be negotiated.

319
Q

You have a new client who is buying a house. For various reasons, they cannot obtain a mortgage through a high street lender. However, luckily, a wealthy family friend has agreed to lend the client the money. The friend has asked your client to meet their legal costs.

Your client asks if you can act for the friend as well. How do you advise them?

Select one alternative:

You can act for the friend because the friend and your client have the same interest – that of ensuring that the property has marketable title

You cannot act for the friend, because their solicitor will need to advise on the financial transaction and negotiate the documentation

You can act for the friend, because the relationship between them and the client means that the likelihood of conflict arising is very low

You cannot act for the friend because you cannot represent their interests without breaching your duty of confidentiality to your client

You can act for the friend, provided they agree that documents will comply with a form contained in Encyclopaedia of Forms & Precedents and that no amendments will be allowed

A

You cannot act for the friend, because their solicitor will need to advise on the financial transaction and negotiate the documentation

This is a PLP question. It assesses your understanding of professional conduct in the context of a property transaction, specifically conflicts of interest.

Correct – unlike with a high street lender, there is scope for conflict in negotiating the financial side of the transaction and the documentation.

320
Q

The solicitor acting for the buyer of a registered property (the ‘property’) discovers from their title investigation that the property benefits from a right of way over a third party’s land. The third party’s land is registered at the Land Registry.

Which one of the following should the solicitor check, in these circumstances, to ensure that the right of way has been properly registered over the third party’s land?

Select one alternative:

The property register of the official copies for the third party’s land

The result of the Search of the Index Map (SIMR)

The charges register of the official copies for the third party’s land

The result of the Central Land Charges Search (CLC) against the seller

The proprietorship register of the official copies for the property

A

The charges register of the official copies for the third party’s land

This is a PLP question. It assesses your understanding of title investigation of a registered property, specifically the contents of a registered title. A right of way is an easement. It should be registered in the charges register of the burdened land. The benefit would appear in the property register of the land that has the benefit. The proprietorship register contains the class of title and the details of the registered owner and any restrictions on their ability to deal with the property. It does not contain the details of any rights that benefit or burden the land. A SIMR search confirms if a property is registered or not and gives the registered title number for a piece of land. It does not give details of any rights that benefit or burden the land. If the burdened land was unregistered, the right of way should be protected by a CLC search against the name of the seller.

Although the benefit of the right of way will show on the property register of the property, it is also important to check that the burden of the right of way is shown on the charges register for the third party’s land.

321
Q

You act for a cash buyer of a piece of wasteland which is unregistered, and have queried with the seller’s solicitor a missing deed of covenant that is referred to on the root of title. The seller confirms that the deed of covenant cannot be traced, but offers an indemnity policy for the benefit of the buyer.

Which of the following options represents the correct advice to the buyer about the impact of this missing deed?

Select one alternative:

They will only be able to obtain a qualified title at the Land Registry, which may make the property less attractive as security to a lender if needed in the future

They will only be able to obtain possessory title, but 12 years after first registration, they will be able to upgrade to title absolute

The covenantee named in the deed should be contacted to confirm that the covenants will not be enforced

The title defect can be dealt with by means of a full title guarantee in the transfer deed

The indemnity policy should be sent to the Land Registry together with the application of the first registration to secure title absolute

A

They will only be able to obtain a qualified title at the Land Registry, which may make the property less attractive as security to a lender if needed in the future

This is a PLP question, which assesses your understanding of title investigation of unregistered title and first registration of a property at the Land Registry.

Correct – missing covenants will lead to the Land Registry registering only a qualified title. This may cause issues with secured lenders. Although the indemnity policy may cover the buyer’s financial loss if these covenants are later enforced, they may conflict with the buyer’s use of the property.


Possessory title is given where title is claimed on the basis of adverse possession or there are no title deeds.

The original covenantee may not be the person with benefit, this may prejudice attempts to obtain indemnity insurance, and it is likely to be impractical. Even if the person with benefit can be contacted, there is no guarantee that they will agree.

The title guarantee in the transfer deed is a contractual obligation between the parties and is not relevant to the Land Registry.

The indemnity policy is irrelevant to the Land Registry and has no effect on the class of title awarded.

322
Q

You act for a developer in acquiring an old school building who proposes to alter and convert it into residential flats.

The local search reveals that the property is a Grade II listed building. How should you advise your client on their proposals?

Select one alternative:

Listed building consent will only be needed if changes are being made to the exterior appearance of the building

The client should withdraw from the transaction, as no changes can be made to a Grade II listed building

Listed building consent will be needed, but this means that a planning permission application is unnecessary

Listed building consent will likely be needed in addition to planning consent for the proposed alterations to the building

Provided the proposed alterations and change of use fall within the General Permitted Development Order, no planning application will be required

A

Listed building consent will likely be needed in addition to planning consent for the proposed alterations to the building

This is a PLP question. It assesses your understanding of planning permission and the impact of a property being listed.

Listed building consent may be needed for changes to the interior of the property as well

Changes can be made, but they are subject to a stricter regime. It is usually in the interests of preserving the building’s appearance to find a commercially viable use for it as this makes it more likely that funds will be available to look after it. Of course, the client may withdraw if its proposals are unlikely to be acceptable, but in some cases they will be.

Listed building consent is needed in addition to, not in place of, planning permission

A number of categories of permitted development listed in the GPDO do not apply to listed buildings.

323
Q

A solicitor acting for a client buying unregistered land is examining the epitome of title. The solicitor notes the following:

the root of title is a conveyance dated 3 July 1970 and made between (1) Alice Rawlings (2) Michael Jameson in which the property is described by reference to a plan, but the plan is missing
the next document is an assent dated 4 September 1989 and made between (1) Charles Jameson (2) Sandra Jameson
the final conveyance is dated 20 December 2001 and made between (1) Charles Jameson (2) the seller
What should the solicitor ask the seller’s solicitor to do?

Select one alternative:

To register the land at the seller’s expense and provide updated official copies together with the missing plan and grant of probate

To provide the missing plan, but it is unnecessary to see the grant of probate provided that the assent refers to it in its recitals

To register the land at the seller’s expense before proceeding further because of the rules on compulsory first registration

To register the land at the seller’s expense before proceeding further because the seller’s epitome of title is incomplete

To provide the missing plan and a grant of probate for the estate of Michael Jameson

A

To register the land at the seller’s expense before proceeding further because of the rules on compulsory first registration

This is a PLP question, which assesses your understanding of title investigation of unregistered land and compulsory first registration of land.

Correct – the seller’s title should have been registered, and the seller should attend to this


Although it is correct to ask the seller’s solicitor to register the land at the seller’s expense, once done, the buyer’s solicitor will have no need to see the missing plan and grant of probate.

The buyer’s solicitor should not be required to investigate unregistered title, as the title should have been registered by the seller.

Although the land should be registered at the seller’s expense, the fundamental reason is that the seller should have registered the title under the rules of compulsory first registration.

324
Q

You act for a client who has just bought a house to improve and sell on in a few months’ time. The client comes back to you shortly after completion and says that they want to carry out an extension to the house that would normally require both planning permission and building regulations consent.

Your report on title confirmed that the property is not listed or in a conservation area, and the General Permitted Development Order (‘GPDO’) has not been modified or disapplied.

Your client’s surveyor thinks that the work will fall within the GPDO but it is a borderline case.

How should you advise the client to proceed?

Select one alternative:

The client should apply for a certificate of lawfulness and building regulations consent

The client should apply for building regulations consent only

The client should apply for planning permission only

The client must apply for both planning permission and building regulations consent

The client should obtain an indemnity policy that covers potential breaches of planning permission and building regulations

A

The client should apply for a certificate of lawfulness and building regulations consent

This is a PLP question, which assesses your understanding of planning and building regulation enforcement.

As there is doubt whether the work falls within the GPDO, it would be best to obtain a certificate of lawfulness.

The question indicates that building regulations consent is required

If the work falls within the GPDO, then a certificate of lawfulness will be sufficient.

It is better to obtain the proper consents, especially considering that the client is planning to sell the property on in a few months’ time. It will be much easier if they have the correct paperwork.

325
Q

A solicitor is acting for the purchaser of a commercial property. The solicitor is concerned because the property is in an area where flooding has previously occurred and they have also heard that the property may have been used in the past for industrial uses.

On these facts, which one of the following lists sets out the most appropriate pre-contract searches to carry out as a first step to investigate these concerns?

Select one alternative:

Desktop environmental search and Phase II environmental survey

Desktop environmental search and Waterways search

Desktop environmental survey, Phase II environmental survey and Waterways search

Desktop environmental search

Phase II environmental survey and Waterways search

A

Desktop environmental search

This is a PLP question, which assesses your understanding pre-contract searches and enquiries.

Correct – a desktop environmental search will identify both flooding risk and risk of contamination. Further investigations may be necessary depending on the results of the desktop search, but this is the correct place to start.


Incorrect – a Phase II environmental survey is only concerned with contamination, but is premature at this stage – a desktop environmental search is more appropriate. A waterways search is concerned with responsibility for maintaining waterway banks, etc, not flooding.

326
Q

A solicitor acting for a seller is at a colleague’s desk (the colleague is on her lunchbreak) and receives an urgent call to exchange which comes from a buyer’s solicitor. The solicitor recalls that the signed contract was in that morning’s received post, and so goes through a Law Society Formula B exchange on the telephone with the buyer’s solicitor, noting down the details on a piece of paper to transfer to the signed contract.

When the solicitor checks the post, they realise that they were mistaken, and the signed contract has not yet been returned.

Which statement best describes this situation?

Select one alternative:

The seller’s solicitor should explain to the buyer’s solicitor that it was an innocent mistake and the buyer’s solicitor should agree to cancel the exchange

This could not happen in real life, as no solicitor would exchange without being certain that everything is in order

The seller’s signature is not needed for exchange to take place as the seller’s solicitor can always sign on the seller’s behalf

As long as the contract is received in the next day or so, the seller’s solicitor can comply with the undertakings in Law Society Formula B

The seller’s solicitor has misrepresented to the buyer’s solicitor that the seller’s solicitor held a signed contract and has breached the undertaking to hold that contract to the other solicitor’s order

A

The seller’s solicitor has misrepresented to the buyer’s solicitor that the seller’s solicitor held a signed contract and has breached the undertaking to hold that contract to the other solicitor’s order

This is a PLP question. It assesses your understanding of professional conduct in the context of a property transaction, specifically professional undertakings.

Correct – the seller’s solicitor should have checked that they were holding the signed contract before proceeding to exchange

327
Q

In a residential transaction, both buyer’s and seller’s solicitors have agreed to comply with the Law Society Conveyancing Protocol.

The seller’s solicitor is about to start drafting the contract.

Which of the following statements best describes what the seller’s solicitor should do in the circumstances in respect of the draft contract?

Select one alternative:

The draft contract should be tailored to the individual transaction, incorporating only such of the latest edition of the Standard Conditions of Sale as are considered appropriate

The draft contract must set out the latest edition of the Standard Conditions of Sale in full, as it is unfair for either party to sign a contract where they do not have sight of the full terms

The draft contract must be based on the latest edition of the Standard Conditions of Sale but the seller’s solicitor may add an addendum of Special Conditions provided that the seller’s solicitor uses these as a standard addition

The draft contract should be based on the latest edition of the Standard Conditions of Sale with only such additional clauses as are absolutely necessary for the purposes of the transaction

The contract should not be drafted before obtaining the buyer’s agreement to incorporate the latest edition of the Standard Conditions of Sale

A

The draft contract should be based on the latest edition of the Standard Conditions of Sale with only such additional clauses as are absolutely necessary for the purposes of the transaction

This is a PLP question. It assesses your understanding of the property contract and the Law Society Conveyancing Protocol.

Correct – this is an accurate statement of the requirements of the Conveyancing Protocol (see section 13)

328
Q

You act for the buyer of a residential house registered at the Land Registry and also act for their mortgage lender. Contracts have been exchanged, and completion is due in a week’s time.

Which of the following searches should you carry out before completion?

Select one alternative:

Bankruptcy searches against the seller and the buyer

An OS1 search against the registered title, a bankruptcy search against the buyer and a company search against the mortgage lender

An OS1 search against the registered title and a bankruptcy search against the buyer

An index map search and land charges search

An OS1 search against the registered title only

A

An OS1 search against the registered title and a bankruptcy search against the buyer

This is a PLP question. It assesses your understanding of the pre-completion searches that must be carried out in a property transaction.

Correct – an OS1 search is the correct search for a registered whole title and a bankruptcy search against the buyer is to protect the mortgage lender’s advance.

329
Q

You are acting for an individual seller. They are selling their holiday home to a company buyer.

Which of the following options best describes the tax your client may be liable to pay following completion?

Select one alternative:

Value Added Tax only

Stamp Duty Land Tax only

Land Transaction Tax and Value Added Tax

Stamp Duty Land Tax and Capital Gains Tax

Capital Gains Tax only

A

Capital Gains Tax only

This is a PLP question which assesses your understanding of taxation in a freehold property transaction. In a property transaction, you need to be aware of three different taxes that could be payable. These are SDLT/LTT, Capital Gains tax (CGT) and VAT. SDLT / LTT and VAT are payable by a buyer. You are advising a seller on the facts so none of these taxes would be payable by the client. CGT is a tax on the profit when you sell certain assets that have increased in value. It is not payable on most residential sales because the Private Residence Relief (PRR) exemption would apply. However, this exemption would not apply on the facts because it is a holiday home i.e. a second home, that is being sold.

330
Q

A tenant leases the whole of an office building (the ‘building’). It wants to knock through a structural wall in the building to create an open-plan office space.

The alterations covenant in the lease provides:

“The Tenant may not make any structural alterations to the building.”

Which one of the following is the best explanation of whether the landlord can withhold consent to the tenant’s proposed alterations (the ‘alterations’)?

Select one alternative:

The landlord can withhold consent to the alterations because it is the freehold owner of the building

The landlord can withhold consent to the alterations if they would adversely affect the value of the freehold reversion

The landlord can withhold consent to the alterations because there is an absolute prohibition against structural alterations

The landlord cannot withhold consent because the tenant has been granted a lease of the whole of the building

The landlord can withhold consent to the alterations if it considers the alterations are not improvements

A

The landlord can withhold consent to the alterations because there is an absolute prohibition against structural alterations

This is a PLP question which assesses your understanding of different types of covenant and the impact of legislation on them. The covenant is an absolute covenant on the facts – the tenant ‘must not’ do something. This means the landlord has absolute discretion whether to consent to the change. The Landlord and Tenant Act 1927, s 19(2) does not apply to this covenant, it has no impact. It would only apply to a qualified covenant against alterations and would convert a qualified covenant against alterations that amount to improvements into a fully qualified one. Improvements are to be construed widely as works which improve the premises from the tenant’s perspective. LTA 1927, s 19(2) does allow the landlord to require, as a condition of giving consent, the payment of a reasonable sum for any damage to or drop in value of the premises, but this would not permit the landlord to withhold consent if the covenant were qualified.

331
Q

A tenant of a commercial office building wants advice ahead of a forthcoming rent review. The landlord is an institutional investor, and the tenant has a full repairing and insuring lease.

Which of the following is likely to affect the rent payable?

Select one alternative:

The market rising

The market falling

Work that the tenant has carried out to improve the premises

Damage to the premises caused by a break-in

Work that the tenant has carried that would limit the appeal of the premises on the open market

A

The market rising

This is a PLP question which assesses your understanding of leases, specifically the mechanics of rent review. It is usual for FRI leases with a term of 10 years or more to contain a rent review clause. The investor landlord will want to ensure that they always receive the maximum possible rent for the premises (i.e. a rent which increases as the market rises) and that they are not bound for the full term of the lease by the amount of rent which was set at the start of the term. Without rent review provisions in the lease, the landlord would not be able to alter the rent set out in the lease during the term of the lease. The most common type of rent review in commercial FRI leases is open market rent review. This is where the rent is reviewed by reference to the market rent (at the time of the rent review) for leases of comparable properties in the same locality as the premises. The purpose of the rent review is to keep the rent in line with the local market for similar premises by adjusting it regularly. It is usual for rent review provisions to be drafted as ‘upwards only’ which means that rent can stay the same or go up but cannot go down. If the market was falling this would be unlikely to affect the rent payable. Work that the tenant has carried out to improve the premises, work that the tenant has carried that would limit the appeal of the premises on the open market, and damage to the premises caused by a break in are all likely to be factors which are disregarded on rent review so that they do not unfairly affect the rent payable for either the landlord or tenant.

332
Q

You act for a client buying a 99-year lease of an apartment in London for a premium of £550,000. There is a ground rent of £300 per annum, rising to £600 per annum halfway through the term.

What tax should you advise the client to pay?

Select one alternative:

Stamp Duty Land Tax on the net present value of the ground rent and VAT on the premium

Capital Gains Tax if the seller is selling the property for more than its acquisition value

Stamp Duty Land Tax on the premium of £550,000 only

Stamp Duty Land Tax on the premium of £550,000, and VAT on the ground

Stamp Duty Land Tax on the premium of £550,000 and on the net present value of the ground rent

A

Stamp Duty Land Tax on the premium of £550,000 only

This is a PLP question which assesses your understanding of taxation in a leasehold property transaction. SDLT/ LTT and VAT are the taxes that could be payable by a tenant of lease. Capital Gains Tax would not be payable on the facts as it is paid by a seller, not buyer, so it not relevant. You are told that the property is in England, so it is SDLT, rather than LTT, that would be payable. SDLT is payable on either the premium payable on lease transfer or, in respect of shorter leases which pay a market rent, the net present value of the rent. SDLT would not be payable on a ground rent, it would be payable on the premium only. There is nothing on the facts to indicate that VAT would be payable.

333
Q

The owner of the freehold of a warehouse building (the ‘landlord’) granted a lease of the property to a tenant five years ago (the ‘tenant’). The landlord has recently agreed with the tenant that the lease may be underlet to a company (the ‘company’).

Which one of the following documents will the tenant and the company enter into?

Select one alternative:

Transfer deed

Underlease

Licence to assign

Lease

Authorised Guarantee Agreement (AGA)

A

Underlease

This is a PLP question which assesses your understanding of alienation, specifically underletting. An AGA, Licence to Assign and transfer deed would not therefore be entered into as all of these documents relate to assignment, rather than underletting. The lease has already been entered into by the landlord and the tenant, not the tenant and undertenant. The tenant and the company will enter into an underlease (and, together with the landlord, the licence to underlet).

334
Q

A tenant has a fixed term lease of ten years and wants a new lease on the contractual expiry date (CED), which is in one month’s time. The lease is protected by the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 (Part II) (the 1954 Act).

Which one of the following methods should the tenant use?

Select one alternative:

The tenant must vacate the premises on or before the CED

The tenant should serve a s 25 notice under the 1954 Act

The tenant should serve a s 26 notice under the 1954 Act

The tenant should serve a s 27 notice under the 1954 Act

The tenant does not need to do anything as the lease will automatically renew on the CED

A

The tenant should serve a s 26 notice under the 1954 Act

This is a PLP question which assesses your understanding of the rights granted to certain business tenants, specifically the ways in which a protected tenancy can be terminated. You are told it is the tenant that will be serving the notice and that it wants a new lease. A tenant’s s 26 notice is a notice in the statutory prescribed form given to the landlord setting out the tenant’s proposals as to the property to be comprised in the new tenancy, the rent to be payable under the new tenancy and the other terms of the new tenancy. If the tenant wants to terminate the tenancy rather than request a new tenancy, the tenant can either simply vacate the premises by the contractual expiry date (the date, set out in the lease, on which the term of the lease is due to end) or the tenant can serve a s 27 notice (there is no requirement for this to be in statutory prescribed form) on the immediate landlord stating the tenant does not want to continue the tenancy. The s 27 notice has a three-month notice period and must expire on or after the contractual expiry date. If the contractual expiry date has already passed, and the protected lease is simply continuing, the tenant must serve a s 27 notice on the immediate landlord if they want to terminate the continuing tenancy. Simply vacating the premises will not terminate a protected tenancy which is continuing as its contractual expiry date has passed. A s 25 notice can only be served by the landlord. It is either friendly or hostile depending on whether the landlord opposes the grant of a new tenancy. If the tenant does nothing, the lease will simply continue on the same lease terms after the CED of the lease until terminated in one of the ways specified by the 1954 Act. It does not automatically renew.

335
Q

The landlord of a five-storey office block wants to sue the tenant of the first floor (the ‘premises’) for damages caused by the tenant’s breach of their repair covenant. The damage to the premises caused by the breach of repair will cost £5,000 to remedy. The value of the landlord’s freehold reversion has been unaffected by the breach of repair.

The tenant’s lease was for a term of ten years when granted and, at the time of the breach of repair, has two years left to run. When the lease expires, the landlord plans to make non-structural alterations to the premises before re-letting them.

Which one of the following options is the best advice regarding the landlord’s claim for damages in the circumstances?

Select one alternative:

The landlord would be awarded a maximum of £5,000, being the cost of remedying the breach of repair

The landlord would not be awarded damages because the value of their freehold reversion has been unaffected

The landlord must use the self-help remedy for repair breaches and so cannot claim for damages for breach of repair

The landlord must serve a s 146 notice, including a statement setting out the tenant’s rights under the Leasehold Property (Repairs) Act 1938, before claiming damages

The landlord would not be awarded damages as they are planning on carrying out alterations to the premises when the tenant’s lease ends

A

The landlord would not be awarded damages because the value of their freehold reversion has been unaffected

This is a PLP question which assesses your knowledge of a landlord’s remedies in the event of tenant breach of covenant. The remedy sought is for breach of a non-rent covenant, the repair clause. You are asked about the best advice regarding a landlord’s claim for damages, rather than which remedy is best sought. For breaches of the tenant’s repair covenant, as is the case here, the level of damages that can be awarded is subject to a statutory cap. The damages cannot exceed the amount by which the value of the reversion (i.e. the landlord’s freehold interest) has been diminished by the breach. So whatever drop in value of their freehold interest the landlord has suffered, because of the tenant’s breach of their covenant(s), is the maximum level of damages that could be awarded (even if the cost of remedying the tenant’s breach(es) is more than that amount). On the facts, the value of the reversion has not been affected. Therefore, the landlord would not be awarded damages, even though the damage will cost £5,000 to remedy. For breaches other than of the tenant’s repair covenant, common law damages are likely to be the most appropriate remedy. Under contract law, the landlord is entitled to claim damages to put the landlord back into the position they would have been in if the tenant had complied with their covenants. It is wrong to say that that the landlord must use the self-help remedy, it is the landlord’s choice. However, if you were advising the landlord which remedy it should use; this would be the best one in the circumstances, assuming there is a right of re-entry in the lease. It is also wrong to say this landlord must serve a s 146 notice; it should only serve this if it wishes to forfeit the lease. Finally, the fact the landlord is planning on carrying out alterations to the premises when the tenant’s lease ends has no impact on the damages it can claim.

336
Q

The freeholder of an office building (‘the Landlord’) grants a limited company (‘the Company’) a five year lease of the office building, without contracting out of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954. The Company uses the offices to operate its charity. Three years into the lease, the Company sublets the whole of its office premises for the remainder of the term of the lease to another limited company (‘the Subtenant’), who uses the space to operate its law firm. At the end of the term of the Company’s lease, the Landlord refuses to grant the Company a new lease.

Which of the following options best explains whether the Company has a right to be granted a new lease under the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 (‘LTA’)?

Select one alternative:

The Company’s lease falls outside of the LTA as the Company is not operating a business. The Company has no right to be granted a new lease

The Company’s lease falls within the LTA as the Company is accepting rent from the Subtenant for the premises. The Company has a right to be granted a new lease

The Company’s lease falls within LTA as it has not been contracted out. The Company has a right to be granted a new lease

The Company’s lease falls outside of the LTA as this is a service tenancy. The Company has no right to be granted a new lease

The Company’s lease falls outside of the LTA as the Company is not occupying the premises. The Company has no right to be granted a new lease

A

The Company’s lease falls outside of the LTA as the Company is not occupying the premises. The Company has no right to be granted a new lease

This is a land law / property practice question. It assesses your understanding of leases, specifically the rights granted to business tenants under the LTA 1954. If the Company’s lease is a qualifying tenancy under the LTA, it will be entitled to remain in the premises at the end of the term and to the grant of a new lease. A qualifying tenancy is one in which the tenant is in occupation for the purposes of a business. Business is widely defined by the LTA as a ‘trade, profession or employment’ and operating a charity falls within this. The lease has not been contracted out of the LTA 1954 and is not an excluded tenancy. However, the tenant is not ‘in occupation’. It has underlet the whole of the premises to the Subtenant. The lease therefore falls outside of the LTA and the Company therefore has no right to a new lease.

337
Q

A woman is selling a registered freehold property that she owns as tenants in common with a man. The man dies between exchange and completion. The buyer of the property will give an indemnity covenant in relation to positive covenants.

Which one of the following best describes the form of transfer deed that should be drawn up and the correct parties who must execute it?

A conveyance will be executed as a deed by (1) the woman selling and a second trustee and (2) by the buyer.

A conveyance will be executed as a deed by (1) the woman and a personal representative and (2) by the buyer.

A TR1 will be executed as a deed by (1) the woman selling and a second trustee and (2) the buyer.

A TR1 will be executed as a deed by (1) the woman selling provided she is also a personal representative and (2) by the buyer.

A TR1 will be executed as a deed by (1) the woman selling and a personal representative and (2) by the buyer.

A

A TR1 will be executed as a deed by (1) the woman selling and a second trustee and (2) the buyer.

338
Q

A man is buying the whole of a registered freehold residential property with the aid of a mortgage. The buyer’s solicitor is also acting for the buyer’s lender. The seller is a company.

Which one of the following best describes the pre-completion searches which the buyer’s solicitor should carry out?

An OS1 against the property and a K16 against the buyer.

An OS1 against the property and a company search against the seller.

An OS1 against the property, a K16 against the buyer and a company search against the seller.

An OS2 against the property, a K16 against the buyer and a company search against the seller.

An OS2 against the property and a company search against the seller.

A

An OS1 against the property, a K16 against the buyer and a company search against the seller.

Correct. An OS1 is the relevant priority search for the whole of registered land (OS2 is for sale of part but this is a sale of whole). A K16 needs to be carried out against the buyer because this is the relevant solvency search against the buyer when the buyer is an individual and the buyer’s solicitor should carry it out as they are acting for the buyer’s lender. A company search needs to be carried out against the seller as this is the relevant solvency search when the seller is a company. As this search does not give a priority period it must be carried out at the pre-completion stage even if it was also carried out earlier in the transaction.

339
Q

A company bought the whole of a registered freehold commercial property for £275,000.

Assume that the following rates applied at the date of completion:

0% on the first £150,000

2% on the next £100,000

5% on the next £250,000

Which one of the following best describes the post-completion steps in respect of Stamp Duty Land Tax (‘SDLT’) which the buyer’s solicitor should have carried out?

The buyer’s solicitor should have sent Form SDLT1 to HM Revenue and Customs within 14 working days of the date of completion together with the sum of £3,250 in respect of the SDLT payable.

The buyer’s solicitor should have sent Form SDLT5 to Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs within 14 days of the date of completion together with the sum of £3,250 in respect of the SDLT payable.

The buyer’s solicitor should have sent Form SDLT1 to HM Revenue and Customs within 14 days of the date of completion together with the sum of £3,250 in respect of the SDLT payable.

The buyer’s solicitor should have sent Form SDLT1 to HM Revenue and Customs within 14 days of the date of exchange together with the sum of £3,250 in respect of the SDLT payable.

The buyer’s solicitor should have sent Form SDLT1 to HM Revenue and Customs within 14 days of the date of completion together with the sum of £5,500 in respect of the SDLT payable.

A

The buyer’s solicitor should have sent Form SDLT1 to HM Revenue and Customs within 14 days of the date of completion together with the sum of £3,250 in respect of the SDLT payable.

Correct. The SDLT1 needed to be sent to HMRC within 14 days of the completion date together with the correct SDLT payable. Applying the rates that were given:

· 0% on the first £150,000 = £0

· 2% on the next £100,000 = £2,000

· 5% on the remaining amount (the portion above £250,000) i.e. the final £25,000 = £1,250

· Total SDLT = £3,250

340
Q

You act for the seller of a residential property, and have exchanged with completion to take place by 3 pm today (which is a Friday). The contract incorporates the Standard Conditions of Sale. The completion monies do not arrive from the buyer until 4.45 pm. There are no bank holidays in the next few weeks.

The seller was not living in the property and does not have a related transaction, and is not put to any practical inconvenience. However, it is too late to send the money to the bank to redeem the seller’s mortgage.

What should you do?

Claim three days’ interest from the buyer in accordance with the contract.

Claim four days’ interest from the buyer in accordance with the contract.

Advise your client that there is nothing that can be done as the money was received before you had a chance to serve notice to complete.

Claim one working day’s interest from the buyer under the contract.

A

Claim three days’ interest from the buyer in accordance with the contract.

Correct. When the contractual completion time is missed, completion is deemed to take place the next working day. This interest should compensate the seller for the additional interest that the seller will have to pay on the mortgage over the weekend.

incorrect
Claim one working day’s interest from the buyer under the contract.

Incorrect
Incorrect. Interest is calculated in calendar days, not working days. Don’t confuse this with the period of a notice to complete, which is expressed in working days.

Advise your client that there is nothing that can be done as the money was received before you had a chance to serve notice to complete.

Incorrect. Interest is payable due to a delay in completion whether or not a notice to complete has been served. It is important to do this as your client will have to pay additional interest on the mortgage over the weekend through no fault of theirs.

341
Q

You act on the purchase of commercial property. The purchase is part-funded by a commercial mortgage offered by a specialist lender, who has its own solicitor acting.

Which of the following options best reflects what you and the lender’s solicitor will do after exchange but before completion?

You will provide a final form certificate of title, and the lender’s solicitor will undertake to send you the mortgage money following completion.

You will request a redemption statement from the lender’s solicitor to enable completion to take place.

You will provide a draft form certificate of title for approval and undertakings relating to the mortgage money to the lender’s solicitor.

The lender’s solicitor will issue a draft legal charge for approval.

You will provide a final form certificate of title and undertakings relating to the mortgage money to the lender’s solicitor.

A

You will provide a final form certificate of title and undertakings relating to the mortgage money to the lender’s solicitor.

Correct
Correct. The final form of certificate of title will be in the form of a draft which should have been approved by the lender/their solicitor before exchange. The lender’s solicitor will require undertakings to ensure that you can only use the mortgage money for the appropriate purpose.

342
Q

choice of survey

A

x3

Basic valuation — essential minimum if a mortgage is being taken. It will identify any major obvious defects that would cause concern to a lender, but does not provide detail.

Homebuyer report — much more detailed, and suitable for most properties in reasonable condition aged less than 150 years.

Full structural survey — suitable for any property, but especially suitable where the property is listed, has had extensive renovations or where extensive alterations are planned. It is the most expensive option.

!!! A buyer’s solicitor should always read the survey: standard homebuyer report has a section that is designed to bring certain issues to the solicitor’s attention for legal investigation.

343
Q

Taxation

A

The taxes most relevant to property transactions are
Stamp Duty Land Tax (Land Transaction Tax in Wales) (SDLT & LTT)
Capital Gains Tax (CGT)
Value Added Tax (VAT)

CGT by individuals (not companies) who make a profit on sale of an asset: not main homes, but for second properties or properties that are let out

344
Q

caveat emptor

A

It is for the buyer to identify any problems before exchange of contracts
Limited exceptions to this principle eg misrepresentation
In common law, if the seller (or its agent) has made a false statement that has induced the buyer to enter the contract, the buyer has an action in misrepresentation.
In practice, a buyer would be more likely to rely on the standard conditions usually incorporated into the contract. These do not require that the buyer to prove that they have relied on the statement to enter into the contract, and focus more on the difference in value.

345
Q

pre-exchange

A

Pre-exchange process: most work

Once solicitors have agreed to act, seller’s solicitor gives buyer’s solicitor title/draft contract and replies to standard enquiries

If seller has not yet completed replies to enquiries, then they may be sent later

Buyer’s solicitor then
investigates the title
undertakes searches
reviews the standard replies to enquiries
raises additional enquiries as necessary

Buyer’s solicitor completed investigations: report on title to buyer who decides if to proceed

346
Q

exchange and completion

A

Assuming all is well, seller/buyer exchange contracts through solicitors
= Both legally obliged to complete sale/purchase of property

The contract sets out the completion date

Completion is the date on which the property and money changes hands

But legally title in property does not pass until new owner is registered at Land Registry

The post-completion stage is therefore an important part of the transaction

347
Q

title investigation: registered land
buyer vs seller

A

The seller’s solicitor deduces title: responsible for providing proof of title.
The buyer’s solicitor investigates title.

348
Q

registered title

A

A registered title is much easier to deal with than an unregistered title

On first registration, Land Registry’s has investigated unregistered documents and the registered title is presented in a clear, comprehensive and concise manner.

Investigating title means:
- checking that the seller is able to sell the property;
- identifying the extent of the property; and
- any rights that benefit or burden the property.

These may affect buyer’s intended use of property and/or value of property on open market.

Often registered title comprises only official copies and title plan
-If covenants/easements, abstracted to official copies = no need to refer to external docs
- But if many rights in an external doc/complicated plan Land Registry refers separate doc
– Eg would be an old conveyance, a deed of covenant or a deed of easement
–If Land Registry refer an external doc, keep copy of doc and a copy can be ordered

349
Q

the official copies

A

The official copies are divided into x3:
the property register
the proprietorship register
the charges register

350
Q

The Property Register

A

States whether property x5
is freehold or leasehold
gives postal address or a description of property
refers to title plan (usually land edged red)
sets out rights benefitting property
exclusions to properly

For a house, often no rights appear but no cause for concern — many self-contained: access from road/pavement = adopted highway (ie, maintained by local authority/usable by public)

If searches/enquiries reveal otherwise, should be an appropriate right of way in property register, and if not, this could be a problem.

Similar for connections to public water supplies/drains: if no benefit (apparent from a water/drainage search), should be a right to private pipes/drains connect with public services

351
Q

The Property Register – Rights that benefit the property

A

If a right is shown on property register, then buyer’s solicitor needs to have in mind the following 4 issues:

  1. Adequacy — eg if you intend to build a house, then you might think that a right of way for a car will be sufficient. But what about building the house? You will need heavy vehicles such as cement mixers to be able to access the site.
  2. Maintenance — owner of land subject to a private right can demand a contribution to maintenance of subject of that right, whether that be a road or an underground pipe or cable. Replies to standard enquiries will help, but additional enquiries may be needed.
  3. Burden registered — if the land affected by the right is registered, and the right does not appear on the charges register of that land, then it will not affect the land.
    An index map search will show whether the owner’s land is registered, and then official copies can be ordered to see if the right is entered on the charges register.
    If the affected land isn’t registered, then a caution against first registration should be lodged so that the burden can be registered at the time of first registration.
  4. Adoption – with private roads, ensure to investigate/advise client on risk that local authority adopts road as required to contribute to bringing road up to adoptable standard
352
Q

The Property Register – Exclusions from the property

A

Exclusions from the property
Eg the rights to minerals beneath the property may belong to someone else.
Other rights may be hunting or fishing rights. Such rights must always be reported to the buyer but may not be an issue in many cases.

353
Q

The Proprietorship Register

A

The proprietorship register contains
the class of title
registered proprietor
and if applicable, restrictions and the indemnity covenant.

Class of title: Ideally, this will be title absolute as it is the best class of title available.

The class of title is decided by the Land Registry. It depends on how good the owner’s evidence of title is at first registration.

Registered proprietor: The owner’s full name and address is shown.

If the registered proprietor is a company, then the registered company number should also be shown. This is important, as a company’s name can change, but the number remains the same during the lifetime of the company.

If there is more than one registered proprietor, as is the case here, then there is no issue as long as all the registered proprietors sign the contract and execute the transfer. However, if one of them has died, then the buyer’s solicitor needs to know whether they held as beneficial joint tenants or tenants in common.

354
Q

The Proprietorship Register – Restrictions:
Example 1:
B: Proprietorship register
This register specifies the class of title and identifies the owner. It contains any entries that affect the right of disposal.
Title absolute
1. (1 July 2005) Proprietor(s): DEAN FISHER and TANYA FISHER of 22 Simpson Street, Redminster, RD2 8QP
2. (1 July 2005) RESTRICTION: no disposition by a sole proprietor of the registered estate (except a trust corporation) under which capital money arises is to be registered unless authorised by an order of the court.

A

Here we can see the tenancy in common restriction, so we can assume that Dean Fisher and Tanya Fisher hold the property as beneficial tenants in common.

No problem if both of them execute the transfer, but if one of them has died, then a second trustee will need to be appointed on the transfer so that the beneficial interest can be overreached, and the restriction removed and death certificate of the deceased person to know legal title has passed by survivorship to registered proprietor who is executing transfer.

If this restriction were not present, then we can assume that they hold as beneficial joint tenants = just the death certificate and we do not need to have a second trustee appointed.

355
Q

The Proprietorship Register – Restrictions:
Example 2:
B: Proprietorship register
This register specifies the class of title and identifies the owner. It
contains any entries that affect the right of disposal.
Title absolute
(1 July 2005) Proprietor(s): DEAN FISHER and TANYA FISHER of 22 Simpson Street, Redminster, RD2 8QP
(1 July 2005) RESTRICTION: Except under an order of the Registrar no disposition by the proprietor of the land is to be registered without the consent of the proprietor of the charge dated 17 June 2005 in favour of Redminster Building Society referred to in the Charges Register.

A

Note that this is a different restriction. This has nothing to do with co-ownership, but is a restriction against the owner dealing with the land without the consent of the mortgage lender (here Redminster Building Society). This is separate from the registration of the charge.

356
Q

The Proprietorship Register –Example:
B: Proprietorship register
This register specifies the class of title and identifies the owner.
It contains any entries that affect the right of disposal.
Title absolute
(1 July 2005) Proprietor(s): DEAN FISHER and TANYA FISHER of 22 Simpson Street, Redminster, RD2 8QP.
….
(1 July 2005) The Transfer to the Proprietors contains a covenant to observe and perform the covenants referred to in the charges register and of indemnity in respect thereof.

A

Indemnity covenant: If the current owner of the land gave an indemnity covenant when they bought the property, this will be noted on the proprietorship register.

If the buyer’s solicitor sees this, they will know that under the standard conditions their client will be required to give a similar indemnity covenant to the seller. It also means that their client will be bound by the positive covenants that the original covenator gave (whether the seller or an owner further back in time).

357
Q

The Charges Register

A

On the charges register you may find
- charges
- restrictive and positive covenants that burden the property
- registered leases
- and easements over the property

Although there will always be entries on the other two registers (property and proprietorship), occasionally you will come across official copies where the charges register is empty. This is not a mistake, but means that it is not affected by any of these rights or interests.

Charges or mortgages are registered on the charges register, although as we have already seen, usually this is accompanied by a restriction on the proprietorship register.

358
Q

The Charges Register – Example:
C: Charges register
This register contains any charges and other matters that affect the land.
(1 July 2005) REGISTERED CHARGE dated 17 June 2005 registered on 1 July 2005 to secure the monies including the further advances therein mentioned.
(1 July 2005) Proprietor: Redminster Building Society of 28 High Street, Redminster RD6 9AR.

A

This is a typical entry for a legal charge on the charges register. As a legal charge is a property interest, the chargee is described as a proprietor of the charge.

The point to remember with legal charges is to ensure that the seller is agreeing to release it on completion. This should be covered in both the contract and pre-completion undertakings.

With both restrictive covenants and positive covenants, it is those that burden the property that are registered in the charges register. If the property has the benefit of restrictive or positive covenants, then they appear in the property register.

This is an example of an entry where restrictive covenants are contained in the charges register.

359
Q

The Charges Register – Example:
C: Charges register
This register contains any charges and other matters that affect the land.

3. (01 April 1975) A Transfer of the land in this title and other land dated 8 March 1975 made between (1) Miles McQueen (2) Andrew Essex contains restrictive covenants.
NOTE: Copy filed under XX123155.

A

In this case, the Land Registry has not extracted the covenants to the register, but instead referred to the transfer that is filed under the title number shown. The seller’s solicitor should provide this copy when deducing title.

360
Q

How should we approach covenants that we find?

A

First identify whether it is positive or restrictive. As you will have seen, the hand in pocket test is a good start. If you were to comply with the covenant would you need to spend time, money or energy? If the answer is yes, then it is likely a positive covenant.

If a restrictive covenant is registered in the charges register then you should assume that it binds the property.

If it is a positive covenant, then look for the indemnity covenant in the proprietorship register.

If there is no indemnity covenant, you can ignore the positive covenant.

If there is an indemnity covenant, you should assume that it binds the property.

361
Q

What to do if the covenant does bind the property?

A

already breached? if so, seller gives indemnity policy at their expenses

affect value/buyer’s use?
if no, proceed
if yes, insurance (>risk + publicised planning permission)

if no insurance, person with benefit consent

if no consent, Lands Tribunal (Upper Chamber) only for RESTRICTIVE covenants
- expensive/time consuming
- alternative: reduction in price or withdraw

362
Q

charges register – leases

A

Leases of more than seven years granted out of the property will be registered in the charges register against the property. Whether or not these will come as a surprise will depend on the nature of the property, but they should always be reported.

The freehold of a block of flats, may be subject to numerous long leases and these will be set out as a schedule of leases in the charges register.
You may also find non-residential leases, such as for a mobile telecoms antenna, electrical substation or advertising hoarding.

363
Q

charges register – easements

A

Easements burdening the property appear in the charges register, and should be reported.

A right of way over the property, for example, may restrict the development of the property.

For a house, most buyers want privacy, and will definitely want to know if the neighbours can, for example, wheel their bins across the end of the garden.

364
Q

What is an unregistered title?

A

Unlike a registered title, where it is clear that the title is comprised in the official copies, title plan, and any documents referred to by the official copies, an unregistered title is not so tidy.

The deeds for an unregistered property may go back many years, but much of what is contained in the deeds packet will not be needed. The seller’s solicitor’s job is to sift through this and decide what is relevant.

Once this is done, the seller’s solicitor prepares the epitome of title, which is a schedule of these deeds and documents accompanied by copies of them.

365
Q

Unregistered Land – Root of title

A

The first document to identify is the root of title. This is the particular conveyance that will be used to show good title to the property.

The buyer’s solicitor checks that the root of title meets the requirements:

The requirements are set out in s 44 of the Law of Property Act 1925: ABCD

1) Adequately describes the land being conveyed
This will usually be a scale plan, but sometimes just the postal address will be sufficient (for example, a street of houses all of identical footprint, most of which have been registered).

2) Be dated more than 15 years ago
This should always be the case now, as compulsory registration has existed for more than 15 years. Ideally it will be a transfer for value (ie, a purchase) rather than a gift. This is because on a transfer for value, the buyer’s solicitor can be assumed to have investigated title a further 15 years at that point. This means that the root of title is effectively a guarantee of 30 years of title.

3) Casts no doubt on the seller’s title
An example would be where a conveyance is executed under a power of attorney, and it is not clear whether there was a valid power of attorney. The buyer’s solicitor would need to see the power of attorney.

4) Deals with both the legal and beneficial title to the property
This sounds daunting, but in practice it is usually simple. If the deed does not expressly deal with legal title only or beneficial title only, then it is assumed to cover both.

366
Q

Unregistered Land – The chain of title

A

A good root of title will satisfy the requirements of s 44 of LPA 1925, but if the person to whom the property was transferred in the conveyance is not the most recent owner, it is not sufficient. A chain of title will be needed, with each subsequent conveyance to establish title to the current owner (the seller).

367
Q

Unregistered Land – documents to include

A

Any document under which a seller was empowered to sign a conveyance. For example, if the seller was an executor, we would need to see the grant of representation. If the seller was an attorney, we would need to see the power of attorney.

If a property has passed to a surviving co-owner by survivorship, then we would need to see the deceased owner’s death certificate.

If any owner mortgaged the property following the date of the root of title, then these mortgage deeds should be included. Hopefully they will have been discharged. This will be clear if the relevant mortgage deed has a vacating receipt attached. This confirms that the lender has been repaid in full.

368
Q

Unregistered land – Documents that are not needed:

A

· Documents that only affect the beneficial interest (such as declarations of trust)

· Expired leases

· Old land charges searches are not required, but the seller’s solicitor will often provide them as they will be helpful to the buyer’s solicitor.

· There are various documents such as planning permissions, old searches, correspondence, etc that are not needed. These may, however, be relevant to replies to enquiries.

369
Q

Investigating unregistered title

A

The buyer’s solicitor investigates unregistered title by checking the epitome of title and its copy documents.

The buyer’s solicitor will want to ensure that the seller is entitled to sell the property, and identify any issues that could affect the value of the property or the buyer’s use of the property.
These are the same issues that the buyer’s solicitor will want to investigate for registered property, but the difference is that the buyer’s solicitor needs to analyse the documents rather than relying on official copies.

370
Q

Index map search

A

It is worth checking that the land is actually unregistered, or that neighbouring registered titles do not encroach on its boundaries. It will also reveal a caution against first registration, which may indicate that someone believes they have a claim in the property.

371
Q

Unregistered Land – Validly executed

A

Each deed will need to have been validly executed. This is complicated a little by the fact that the execution needs to comply with the law as it was then. As most unregistered deeds will be dated before 1 July 1990, when the Law of Property (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1989 came into effect, this means the following:
· Clear on its face that it is a deed
· Signed as a deed and witnessed
· Sealed
· Delivered as a deed – this usually takes place by inserting the date

372
Q

Unregistered Land – stamped

A

The deed should also be correctly stamped. This indicates that the correct Stamp Duty was paid on the deed. Deeds after 1931 should have a “Particulars Delivered” stamp which confirms that they have been properly stamped.

If there is any doubt, the buyer’s solicitor may need to check the Stamp Duty rates that were in force at the particular time.

373
Q

Unregistered Land – Issues arising

A

Similar issues may arise with unregistered land as with registered land.

The principles of co-ownership, and the passing of beneficial title by survivorship, apply equally to unregistered land.

Instead of looking for a Form A restriction (registered land only), however, you would need to look through the deeds to see if it states whether co-owners hold as beneficial joint tenants or tenants in common. It is also possible that there is a notice of severance or declaration of trust that changes the beneficial title.

Having established, however, that you are dealing with a surviving sole owner, the principles are similar. For a surviving beneficial joint tenant, you will need to see the death certificate of the deceased joint tenant. For a surviving tenant in common, you will additionally need a trustee to be appointed, just as you would with a registered title.

374
Q

Unregistered Land – Land charges

A

With unregistered land, certain rights against a property will be registered at the Land Charges Department of the Land Registry. This is a separate register and does not apply to registered land.
The land charges registers are searchable by individual or company name, rather than the property address.

It is therefore a case of searching against previous owners for the period of their ownership, and identifying whether any charges have been registered against them. If so, then further investigation may be required.

As searches are for a period of ownership, a search against a previous owner will not need updating. If the seller’s solicitor provides a search, say, for the person who owned the property between 1980 and 1985, you can rely on that.

375
Q

Unregistered Land – Mortgages

A

As with registered title, mortgages are not usually a matter of concern, but the buyer’s solicitor will need to check that they will be discharged on completion.

If the mortgage has already been repaid in full, there should be a vacating receipt attached to it. If this is the case, then the mortgage need not concern the buyer.

However, if not, then as with registered title, the buyer’s solicitor should elicit from enquiries that the seller intends to repay it, and make sure that this is covered by both the contract and replies to requisitions on title.

Note that a first mortgage is not registered at the land charges registry. This is because a first mortgagee of unregistered land will hold the deeds. This gives them protection that the property cannot be sold without their knowledge.

A lender on a second or third mortgage, ie, ranking below the first mortgage, will not have this advantage, as only one lender can hold the deeds! Instead, they would register their mortgage with the land charges register.

It is important therefore to check both the deeds and the land charges register for mortgages.

376
Q

Rights benefiting and burdening unregistered land

A

Unlike in a registered title, where rights are neatly set out in the register, or in documents that are referred to, in an unregistered land, a variety of rights can appear in different deeds at different times.

The root of title should refer to any documents that contain covenants or easements. However, if there is any pre-root document that is not referred to in the root of title, then the seller’s solicitor is not required to provide that document, even if it may contain covenants or easements. This may seem an odd rule, but in practice, the root of title will cover the major issues.

377
Q

Unregistered Land – Covenants

A

Covenants present similar issues for unregistered land. Restrictive covenants will only bind the property if they are registered as a d(ii) land charge.

Positive covenants are not registrable as land charges, and instead the buyer’s solicitor must check the deeds for positive covenants. However, as with registered land, if the chain of indemnity covenants has been broken, then the positive covenant can be ignored by the buyer’s solicitor.

378
Q

Unregistered Land – Unknown covenants

A

If a deed is known to have contained covenants and is missing, then this is a title issue. It should be raised with the seller, and if necessary, indemnity insurance will be needed. It is always a matter to be reported to the buyer and possibly the lender.

379
Q

Unregistered Land –Other interests

A

There are other interests, such as easements and leases, and these should be apparent from the deeds.

380
Q

Purpose and scope of searches and enquiries

A

The principle of caveat emptor (buyer beware) means that it is incumbent on the buyer (and therefore their solicitor) to inform themselves of any issues affecting the property. Searches and enquiries are an essential part of this.

The buyer’s solicitor carries out pre-contract searches and enquiries. In contrast to title investigation, which is generally limited to the title that is provided, there is almost no limit to the searches and enquiries that can be raised.

Although there are standard searches and enquiries that should be raised in every transaction, when it comes to additional searches and enquiries, this is a matter for the buyer’s solicitor’s judgment.

We will look at the standard searches first and then the optional searches.

381
Q

standard searches

A

Drainage and water search

Desktop environmental search

Chancel repair search

Title searches

the local search comprises two parts
a search of the local land charges register LLC1; and
· the local authority’s replies to enquiries CON29.

It is possible to order the component parts of the search separately, but usually you will need both anyway.

Knowing which matters are covered by the LLC1 and CON29 is good to know for multiple choice questions (less critical in real life, where you would read the whole search).

382
Q

LLC1

A

LLC1 shows matters that have been entered on the local land charges register affecting the property. These include:
· debts against the property for work that the local authority has carried out – for example, to repair or demolish dangerous buildings or clean properties that are a risk to public health;
· planning permissions that have been granted (but not planning applications that have been refused);
· planning enforcement notices;
· Article 4 directions (which you will remember disapply or modify the General Permitted Development Order);
· conservation areas and listed building designations; and
· tree preservation orders and other miscellaneous charges that you can research if and when they come up in practice.

383
Q

CON29

A

There is some overlap between the LLC1 and the CON29 replies to enquiries. The CON29 replies show planning consents granted, but also show applications which are pending or refused and building regulations approvals.
The CON29 replies include many matters but some important ones are:
· details of adopted roads and pavements and public rights of way;
· land that is required for public purposes – this means that it may be compulsorily acquired by the local authority in future;
· information about contaminated land insofar as the local authority are aware, but this is limited and does not replace an environmental search.

384
Q

Drainage and water search

A

The drainage and water search checks whether the property is connected to a public sewer and water supply.

Form CON29DW for residential property
Form CommercialDW for commercial property

385
Q

Desktop environmental search

A

Land contamination should be considered a potential issue in all property transactions. This is because an owner may have to pay the costs of cleaning up contaminated land, whether or not they were responsible for the contamination. The CON29 replies will indicate if the local authority has served a notice requiring such remediation, but will not confirm that the property is free from contamination.

The desktop environmental search is so-called because it is computer generated from existing records, and nobody actually gets up to visit the site.

A desktop environmental search will advise if the property is likely or not to be contaminated based on historic maps and records. It would therefore not pick up contamination which would not be recorded, such as illegal dumping of waste.

The desktop environmental search result also identifies the risk of flooding. Note that the drainage and water search does not contain information about flooding.

386
Q

Chancel repair search

A

Chancel repair is the historic right of a parish church to claim contributions to the cost to the repair of the church chancel, which is the area near the altar.

If the search reveals a risk of chancel repair liability, it is usually possible to insure against it.

The parish church should register its interest, and if a sale for value takes place without it being registered, then they can no longer claim. However, there are some twists to this rule, and so the search remains a standard search and is likely to do so for some time to come.

387
Q

Title searches

A

index map search + land charges search

There are also searches that relate to the title, and so are a bit different from the other pre-contract searches.

One is the index map search. This is not needed if only a single registered title is being acquired, as the register can be taken as conclusive. However, an index map search will be needed for unregistered title, or a number of titles, or where there is an exception of mineral rights. In these cases, the index map search is used to check all of the registered titles within the boundaries searched.

The other is the land charges search (don’t confuse this with the local land charges LLC1 search), which again forms part of the investigation of title, and should be carried out against the seller and previous owners in the chain of title. However, often the seller will provide previous land charges searches, and these can be relied upon as to previous owners, meaning that only the current owner needs to be included in the buyer’s solicitor’s search.

388
Q

Optional enquiries (CON29O)

A

There are further optional enquiries that can be raised in the local search (CON29O). These are usually not necessary for residential properties, but are often relevant in a commercial context.
For example, if there is open land, it is important to raise enquiry 22, which asks about commons and village greens. These are land over which the public has rights, and may not be developed.
This search can be carried out as an optional enquiry to the local search, but search providers also offer standalone commons registration searches. Either is fine.
There are various other optional enquiries, but we do not need to look at them in detail for the purposes of this course.

389
Q

Highways search (CON29R)

A

optional search

Another search related to the local search is the highways search (CON29R). The local search (CON29) will identify that the roads listed are adopted. This is usually fine for residential purposes, where it will usually be clear that the house abuts the public highway. However, for land for development and other commercial property, it is important to get a highways search. This provides a plan that can be used to check that the public highway abuts the boundary of the property. If there is a gap, then further investigation will be needed to ascertain what private rights are in place.

390
Q

Mining searches

A

optional search

A coal mining search should be carried out if the property falls within a coal mining area. There is a gazetteer of areas that are affected, and with online search providers, they will indicate at the time of ordering whether the coal mining search is required.
This search is important to ascertain the risk of subsidence from coal mining.
Other areas of the country are affected by specific types of mining:
· a brine subsidence search is needed in certain areas of Cheshire;
· a tin mining search may be needed in Cornwall or Devon.

391
Q

Waterways search

A

optional search

If the property has a river or other waterway running through it or next to it, then a waterways search with the Canal and River Trust should be carried out to enquire about any obligation to maintain the banks of the river or waterway.

Note that a waterways search does not provide information about flooding.

392
Q

Flood search

A

option search

The desktop environmental search provides flooding information, but if this is an issue, then a specific flood search can be carried out, which gives more detailed information on the risk of flooding.

393
Q

Further environmental investigation

A

optional search

As we have seen, the desktop environmental search is limited in its scope, as it examines historic records and maps. Where contamination is likely to be an issue, whether revealed by the desktop search or by other information (such as replies to enquiries), then environmental surveys should be undertaken.

There are two categories:
· a Phase 1 survey involves a site inspection, and if this indicates possible contamination, then:
· a Phase 2 survey is carried out, which involves taking soil and water samples to test for actual contamination.

394
Q

Railways searches

A

optional search

There is no standard railway search with NetWork Rail.

Searches can be made with Transport for London (TfL) about Crossrail and other TfL transport schemes

395
Q

Other utilities searches

A

optional search

For development sites, or newly built property, further utilities searches, such as electricity, gas and telecommunications may be needed.

396
Q

Planning and building regulations

A

The buyer’s solicitor should consider if there have been any:
· building works or alterations at the property; or
· a change of use.

This may be apparent from the seller’s replies to enquiries or the buyer’s survey.

The buyer’s solicitor should check the searches for any necessary consents, and if they haven’t been obtained, then consider whether enforcement action is still a risk.

If works or alterations have been carried out by the seller, the two types of consents the buyer’s solicitor needs to think about are planning permission and buildings regulations approval.

397
Q

Planning permission

A

Planning permission is needed for development. This includes building works and demolition, but excludes works which only affect the interior of the building.

398
Q

Permitted development

A

Some development will be permitted under a General Permitted Development Order. When considering historic development, refer to the GPDO that was in force at that time, not now. If the work falls within that GPDO then planning permission would not have been needed, provided that the GPDO was not disapplied.

399
Q

Building regulations

A

Building regulations ensure that building work complies with standards of structural soundness, safety, environmental protection, etc.

External or internal building works require building regulations approval, whether or not planning permission is needed.

Building regulations approval is a two step process:
1. Full plans and specifications must be submitted to the building control department of the local authority for approval.
2. After completing the works, building control inspect the work and issue a certificate of compliance.

400
Q

Changes of use

A

If replies to enquiries or the survey indicate that the property has been subject to a change of use, then the buyer’s solicitor needs to think about planning permission.

Property uses are classified under the Town and Country Planning (Use Classes) Order 1987, as amended in September 2020. However, again, looking at historic changes of use, you would need to refer to the Order as it stood at the relevant time.

Use classes are grouped by capital letter, such as E, and then subdivided. This used to be by number, eg A1, A2, B1, etc, but confusingly the modern use classes adopt lettering, so E(a), E(b), etc.

The main thing to remember is that changes within the same use class, ie, uses sharing the same capital letter, do not require planning permission.

Note also, that there are sui generis uses, which do not fall into any use class. Any change to or from these sui generis uses will be considered development.

The GPDO allows for certain changes of use between different use classes.

Building regulations are not needed for a pure change of use. Usually, however, a change of use will also necessitate building works or alterations, in which case building regulations approval will be needed.

401
Q

Article 4 directions

A

If looking at ‘permitted development’, then remember that local planning authorities can disapply parts of the GPDO by making an Article 4 Direction.

The LLC1 part of the local search will show if there is an Article 4 Direction in place, and when it took effect, which could be important for historic development.

If an Article 4 Direction had disapplied the GPDO as to the particular permitted development under consideration, then planning permission would have been needed.

You are more likely to find an Article 4 direction has been made in a conservation area.

402
Q

Conservation area

A

If the local planning authority consider an area of special architectural or historical interest, they can designate it a conservation area. This helps preserve the character and appearance of the area.

The local search will identify if the property falls within a conservation area. (In most cases, this will be the LLC1 result, but before a certain date, it would appear on the CON29 result. All you need to know is that it will be somewhere in the local search.)
It is likely that there will be extra planning controls in place in a conservation area, particularly an Article 4 Direction.

It may also be that planning permissions that are granted will be subject to stricter conditions, such as the colour and type of bricks that are used to extend a property.

403
Q

Checking for planning permissions and building regulations approval

A

Having considered whether any development has taken place, and whether it would have necessitated planning permission or building regulations approval, the buyer’s solicitor next needs to check whether such consents have been obtained.

For planning permissions, the LLC1 is the best place to check, as this shows planning permissions that have been obtained. The CON29 also shows planning permissions that have been refused.

Building regulations approvals are not shown in the LLC1, so you will need to look in the CON29.

404
Q

Enforcement deadlines

A

Planning permission deadlines: 4/10 yrs v conceal
4 years for:
· Building works carried out without planning permission; or
· Change of use to a single dwelling house.
10 years for:
· Any other change of use; or
· A breach of a condition to a planning permission.

NB The local authority can take enforcement action after these deadlines if the breach has been deliberately concealed.

Building regulations deadlines: 2 yrs, 12 m, 6m
There are time limits on the local authority’s statutory powers to take enforcement action:
· 6 months after discovering a breach to prosecute a person responsible for the works for up to two years from the date of completion of the works
· 12 months to serve an enforcement notice.

There is no time limit on their seeking an injunction through the courts.

It is likely that the local authority will only be inclined to pursue the most serious breaches of building regulations through the courts, but the risk should not be ignored.

Case law has confirmed that a solicitor who does not take all reasonable steps to obtain copies of building regulations approvals and certificates may be found negligent.

405
Q

Options if time limits for enforcement have not expired

A

If there is still a risk of enforcement action for planning issues then the options are:
· An indemnity policy to cover the financial losses caused by enforcement — this should be provided at the cost of the seller
· Retrospective planning permission
· Compliance with a condition (if this is the breach)

These may be made conditions of the contract.

For building regulations breaches, the options are:
· An indemnity policy to cover the financial losses by enforcement.
· A regularisation certificate and remedying any non-compliant work.

For minor or trivial breaches, an indemnity policy may be considered sufficient. However, it should always be borne in mind that work that does not comply with building regulations may not be safe. Indemnity policies do not cover the risk of a structure collapsing or personal injury or death.

406
Q

The local authority’s enforcement options

A

There are various remedies available to the local authority for a breach of planning permission or a planning permission condition:
· A planning enforcement notice requires that the land be restored to the condition it was in before the unauthorised development took place.
· A stop notice can only be served with an enforcement notice and prohibits the carrying out of further activities in breach of planning control.
· A breach of condition notice is similar to a planning enforcement notice but requires compliance with conditions imposed by a planning permission.
· The local authority can also seek an injunction from the court if they consider it necessary.

407
Q

Essential features of a contract – Standard conditions

A

majority of residential contracts: Standard Conditions of Sale

commercial contracts: Standard Commercial Property Conditions.

features x5

property address

the parties

the deposit
- Both 10% deposit by default
- If buyer is giving a 5% (= short deposit), standard conditions provide a full 10% deposit if buyer delays completion.

title guarantee
- full title guarantee: seller guarantees their right to sell the property, and that it is free of all encumbrances (rights against the property) other than those disclosed in the contract, or which the seller didn’t and couldn’t have known about.
- Limited title guarantee is similar but just means that no such encumbrances have been created during the seller’s period of ownership.
- No title guarantee means that the seller does not give any guarantee that the property is free of encumbrances or even that the seller has the right to sell the property. This is a risk for a buyer, although insurance is available.
-Generally, most sellers will give full title guarantee, and this is the default of both sets of standard conditions. An executor selling a property that they are not familiar with will sell with limited guarantee.
-An administrator or liquidator will offer no title guarantee.
-Don’t confuse the title guarantee with the class of title in the Land Registry official copies. The title guarantee is a contractual guarantee given by the seller. The class of title (such as title absolute or possessory title) is the Land Registry’s guarantee as to the quality of title. Both are important.

completion date and time
- If the completion date is left blank, then both sets of standard conditions of sale provide for completion in 20working days. It would be rare for this provision to be used in practice.
- Related to the completion date is the completion time, which is 2 pm by default under both sets of standard conditions. If there are no related transactions, this can be left. However, if the money being used for the purchase is coming from a related sale, then the times must be staggered to allow for the money to be forwarded.

408
Q

risk at exchange

A

We have seen that for both sets of standard conditions, risk passes to the buyer at exchange. This seems strange, as if the property is damaged or destroyed before completion, the buyer must still pay the full purchase price and complete. Why?

Think of a chain transaction. If the seller of that property is using the money to buy a property, and the seller of that property is buying a further property, etc, then imagine what would happen if the buyer could simply refuse to complete. It would mean that every transaction in the chain above the seller would also be unable to complete, and create a mess for all of the parties involved.

By contrast, although it is inconvenient for the buyer to buy a property that is damaged or destroyed, provided the buyer has insurance (as they should have), then they will suffer inconvenience, but not financial loss. All the other parties in the chain are unaffected.

409
Q

Special conditions

A

The standard templates for the residential and commercial contract provide proforma special conditions that can easily be amended as required. These cover the most common amendments.

More complicated special conditions can be drafted for almost any situation. Examples might be if the seller has agreed to provide or pay for an indemnity policy, or the parties have agreed to keep the transaction confidential. In a commercial transaction, they may go into detail about such matters as rents payable by occupational tenants, the treatment of employees such as caretakers, transfer of service agreements for lifts and air conditioning.

410
Q

Value added tax

A

There are different types of VAT treatment depending on the type of property.

Residential:
– exempt (VAT on legal services)
–unless new
—-taxable but zero rated
—- seller does not charge VAT on sale price but can recover VAT incurred constructing property

Commercial
– newly: standard-rated and VAT must be paid on the purchase price.
– over 3 years old: exempt unless owner opts tax. If owner opts, then VAT on sale price at 20%.

Standard Conditions: purchase price inclusive of VAT.

Option to tax affects all the owner’s dealings with the property. So, if they have occupational tenants, then they must charge VAT on the rent.

Previous owners’ option to tax does not affect the buyer after completion. If the buyer wishes to continue to charge VAT on the occupational rents, they must submit a fresh option to tax.

411
Q

Exchange of contracts

A

Law Society Formula B is the most common method of telephone exchange, and involves the solicitors giving each other undertakings that allow the telephone conversation to be the point of exchange.

Each solicitor confirms that they are holding their client’s signed contract, and then confirm to each other the key details inserted in the contract. Formula B provides that each will send the contract either in first class post or document exchange that evening. If either solicitor thinks that they will be unable to get their signed contract in that evening’s post, for example because of a secretarial backlog, they should tell the other solicitor.

412
Q

Pre-completion

A

The pre-completion stage is concerned with both seller and buyer’s solicitors ensuring that everything is in place for completion to take place smoothly.

Whereas in the pre-exchange stage, the buyer’s solicitor may find serious problems that would prevent the transaction proceeding, generally the pre-completion stage is more procedural. However, it is no less important.

The issues that need to be addressed are:
· The transfer deed
· Pre-completion searches
· Replies to requisitions

413
Q

The transfer deed

A

The tradition of the buyer’s solicitor drafting the transfer persists in both sets of standard conditions, but these days sometimes the seller’s solicitor will draft the transfer, perhaps even at the same time as the contract. The seller’s solicitor will also want to draft the transfer if selling plots on a newly developed estate to ensure that they are consistent.

Whether it is buyer’s solicitor or seller’s solicitor who drafts the transfer, the other of them will need to approve it.

Once approved, the seller will always need to execute. The buyer will need to execute if:
· There is an indemnity covenant to observe positive covenants
· The buyer is giving covenants or easements over the property
· The buyer is agreeing to any other obligations

414
Q

Pre-completion searches

A

Unlike pre-contract searches, where it is normal to expect some adverse entries, pre-completion searches are a check and in the vast majority of cases will come back clear.

OS1 search
Land charges search (K15)
Bankruptcy search (K16)
Company search

415
Q

pre competion search: OS1 search

A

For registered land, an OS1 search is carried out at the Land Registry. This search is carried out from the date of the official copies provided by the seller’s solicitor, and confirms that there are no changes to those official copies. The search offers a priority period of 30 working days. Provided that the buyer’s application for registration is made within that window, it will take priority over any other application, even if it dates before the buyer’s application.

OS1 searches cannot be extended. If the registration application is not submitted within the priority period, priority is lost. A new OS1 search can be obtained, but it will not take priority over applications made before it.

416
Q

pre competion search: Land charges search (K15)

A

For unregistered land, a land charges search is carried out against the full name or names of the seller. This identifies any adverse matters against the seller that affect the property. If it is clear, then again, it offers priority to the buyer against any applications made within the priority window. However, the priority window is half that of the OS1 search, being 15 working days.

417
Q

pre competion search: Bankruptcy search (K16)

A

If the buyer’s solicitor also acts for the buyer’s mortgage lender, then the buyer’s solicitor will need to carry out a bankruptcy search against the buyer before completing. This protects the mortgage lender against the mortgage advance being claimed by a trustee in bankruptcy. Like the land charges search, this confers priority of 15 working days.

418
Q

Requisitions on title

A

Requisitions on title traditionally were a document in which the buyer’s solicitor would raise any issues that arose from the investigation of title.

However, they now contain procedural matters regarding completion, such as the location of keys and meter readings. Importantly, however, they contain the seller’s solicitor’s confirmation that they will adopt the Law Society Code for Completion by Post and undertake to discharge mortgages affecting the property. The replies to requisitions must therefore be checked to ensure that all appropriate undertakings have been given.

419
Q

Completion

A

The Law Society Code for Completion by Post is usually adopted by the parties to govern the process of completion.

The buyer’s solicitor is given guidance on what is required from them, and only the seller’s solicitor gives undertakings that are enforceable by the Solicitors Regulation Authority, and if necessary, by the courts.

The seller’s solicitor’s undertakings allow the buyer’s solicitor to know that it is safe to send the money to them.

On the morning of completion, the buyer’s solicitor sends the full completion monies to the seller’s solicitor. The seller’s solicitor calls the buyer’s solicitor to confirm that they have completed, and dates the signed transfer deed. The seller’s solicitor will then call the seller and the seller’s agent (if appropriate) to release the keys.

The seller’s solicitor will send the money needed to clear any mortgage or charge (the redemption monies).

If the seller has a related purchase, the necessary completion monies will be sent to the seller’s solicitor on that transaction.

After deducting the seller’s fees and disbursements, any balance will be sent to the seller.

420
Q

Delay or failure to complete

A

In most cases, completion is straightforward and happens on time.
Some examples of reasons why the parties may be unable to complete on time:
· The buyer has not been able to get the balance of purchase money to their solicitor on time
· An administrative error, so that the mortgage lender has not sent the funds in time for completion – usually the funds are requested for the day before so that such problems do not appear at the last minute
· A related transaction has not completed – in the case of a buyer, they do not have the money from their related sale, and in the case of a seller, they do not have a property to move into

It is possible that either party may have simply changed their mind since exchange. However, given the serious financial consequences of failing to complete, this is rarely sufficient to lead to completion not taking place at all.

421
Q

Delayed completion

A

Once the completion time has been missed by the defaulting party, interest starts to accrue under either set of standard conditions. If completion takes place on the completion date, but later than the completion time, it is treated as having taken place on the next working day.

Note, however, that interest is calculated for each calendar day. Let’s say that a buyer does not complete until 3.30 pm on a Friday, and the completion time was 2 pm. The completion is treated as not having taken place until the following Monday. There would be three days of interest payable – Saturday, Sunday and Monday.

This may seem harsh, but if the seller has not received the money until 3.30, they may not have time to redeem their mortgage and will owe their mortgage lender interest on the loan over the weekend. Removers may also charge overtime for going beyond their booked slots.

Note also, that interest accrues automatically. In the example above, the seller did not need to serve notice to complete.

Under the Standard Conditions of Sale, then the non-defaulting party may claim for expenses. So a residential buyer who finds themselves homeless over the weekend may reclaim their reasonable expenses for accommodation. (A budget hotel would be considered reasonable, a luxury hotel would not.)

Interest payable under the conditions of sale must be deducted from any such claim.

422
Q

Notice to complete

A

Whilst these remedies apply automatically under both sets of standard conditions, neither party is allowed to walk away from the contract unless time is of the essence. It is rare for a contract to make time of the essence.

The non-defaulting party will therefore want to serve notice to complete to ensure that the failure to complete does not go on indefinitely.

The notice to complete is a mechanism provided by both sets of standard conditions that makes time of the essence and gives ten working days to complete.

The ten working days are counted from the first working day after the notice is given.

The notice to complete is binding on both parties, so the person serving it should make sure that they will also remain ready to complete.

Again, interest is calculated including non-working days.

423
Q

Buyer’s failure to comply with a notice to complete

A

If the buyer fails to comply with a notice to complete, then the seller may rescind (walk away from) the contract and under both sets of standard conditions:
· Forfeit and keep the deposit and any accrued interest
· Resell the property and any contents included in the contract
· Claim damages

424
Q

Seller’s failure to comply with a notice to complete

A

If the seller fails to comply with a notice to complete, then the buyer may rescind the contract and:
· Require the return of the deposit with accrued interest

As the standard conditions also say that for either party they retain other rights and remedies, the buyer could also make a claim for damages based on breach of contract.

From a buyer’s point of view, they may be able to show they incurred a loss if, for example, they are only able to buy a similar property at a higher price due to a climbing market, but this might be tricky. It may be easier for a seller who has resold their property at a lower price in a falling market.

425
Q

Post completion

A

Stamp Duty Land Tax and Land Transaction Tax

Companies House

Land registration

Closing the file

426
Q

Post completion – Stamp Duty Land Tax and Land Transaction Tax

A

Stamp Duty Land Tax (SDLT) in England, and Land Transaction Tax (LTT) in Wales, are taxes charged on the purchase price of property.

On completion the buyer’s solicitor submits the form (usually electronically) and pays the tax by bank transfer using a unique reference number.

Both submission of the form and payment of the tax must be done within 14 days of completion for SDLT and 30 days of completion for LTT to avoid a penalty.

To avoid delay, the buyer’s solicitor should have prepared the form for the buyer’s approval and arranged for the buyer to pay the necessary amount as part of the amount needed to complete before the completion date.

427
Q

Post completion – Companies House

A

If the buyer is a company, and the company is taking a loan secured by legal charge, then that legal charge must be registered with Companies House within 21 calendar days of completion of the charge. This deadline is strict, and Companies House have no discretion to waive it. If the deadline is missed, then the charge can only be registered by court order. This application will involve significant time and expense.

Note that if there is any issue with the application, Companies House may reject the application, and if they do this towards the end of the 21 day period, it may be necessary to get a courier to ensure that it is received by Companies House within the deadline.

428
Q

Post completion – Land registration

A

For registered title, there is no deadline as such, and provided that no application has been lodged in the meantime, the buyer can lodge their application whenever they want after completion.
However, until the buyer’s application is lodged, there is the risk that a third party will enter an application against the title.

It is therefore important to lodge the application within the priority period given by the OS1 search, namely 30 working days.

For unregistered title the application should be lodged within 15 working days of the land charges search.

However, for unregistered title, there is a deadline of two months. The first application registration should be lodged within this time, or the transaction is treated as void. The Land Registrar has discretion to extend the deadline here, but it is best not to rely upon this. In any case, it is best to aim to lodge the application within the priority period of the land charges search.

429
Q

Post completion – Closing the file

A

When the Land Registry application comes back (usually within a couple of weeks for registered titles, but it may be several months for a first registration), the official copies should be sent to the client for their records. This usually marks the end of the transaction.

430
Q

The FRI lease

A

An FRI lease has the following features:
· The tenant is responsible for keeping their demise in full repair – if they have a lease of part, then the landlord will recover the costs of repairing any common areas from the tenants collectively
· The landlord will normally insure the property, but will recover the costs of doing so from the tenants in the form of insurance rent
· If there are any services, then these will be paid for by the tenant by way of service charge.
· Although the landlord will meet their own costs of finding a tenant and granting a lease, any costs during the lifetime of the lease (such as applying for consents) are met by the tenant.
· It will tightly control alienation, whom the lease can be assigned or sublet to
· It will contain upwards only rent reviews

431
Q

anchor tenant

A

In typical investment properties, such as shopping centres, industrial estates and office blocks, the landlord will want the leases to be in FRI form. The landlord’s solicitor will usually draft the lease heavily in favour of the landlord, with the expectation that the tenant’s solicitor will negotiate it back in the tenant’s favour.

This negotiation will depend on the bargaining strength of the parties, and whether the market at the time favours landlords or tenants. If the landlord has struggled to fill a unit, then they are more likely to be amenable to letting some points go to the tenant.

In shopping centres and retail parks, there will usually be a tenant who will bring customers to the site regardless of the other shops available; for example, M&S. If a landlord can sign a retailer like this up to an agreement for lease, then other retailers will have the confidence to follow.

It is therefore very important for the landlord to secure such a tenant, which is known as the anchor tenant. An anchor tenant will be aware of this, and will have a stronger negotiating position than other tenants to negotiate their lease.

432
Q

Covenant strength

A

The FRI lease aims to maximise the income stream from investment property. However, the FRI lease will only achieve this if the tenant is in a position to pay the rent and comply with its obligations. This ability is referred to as the tenant’s covenant strength.

In a similar way that a bank will do a credit check before offering you a loan or mortgage, a landlord will carry out checks on prospective tenants to ensure that they are good for the obligations they are undertaking.

A well-established company with good references from the bank and other landlords is likely to be acceptable. A newly started company with no assets to its name will not.

If the tenant’s covenant strength is not sufficient, then the landlord may nonetheless be prepared to accept the tenant with additional safeguards, which may be:
· A rent deposit (documented by a rent deposit deed). This is usually between three and six months’ rent. If the tenant falls behind with rent or other obligations, the landlord can dip into the fund.
· A guarantor. In the case of a company, this could be a personal guarantee from the directors or a guarantee from a parent company. In either case, the guarantor will then need to be assessed for their covenant strength.

433
Q

Drafting the lease

A

Once the property agents have agreed the terms of the lease, then they will send heads of terms to the landlord’s and tenant’s solicitors.

The landlord’s solicitor will draft the lease and send it to the tenant’s solicitor. There will likely be a precedent lease already prepared for other lettings on the property, and this will be used as the base, making the necessary changes.

434
Q

Agreement for lease

A

Unlike in freehold transactions, where it is usual to have a contract, in the grant of a commercial lease, it is only usual to have an agreement for lease where there is a good reason to do so.

Agreements for lease are used when the parties want to bind themselves to granting/taking the lease, but are not yet ready to do so. For example, if a retail park is being developed, then the landlord will find retailers early on, and they will enter into agreements for lease. The terms will be that the landlord will finish building the development, and the tenant will complete the lease once the retail park is ready for them to move into.

There is not usually a deposit payable, because there is not usually a premium payable on a commercial lease. However, the agreement for lease will be exchanged in similar fashion to a contract for the sale of freehold land.

The agreement for lease will contain a final form of the draft lease, so will only be exchanged once the lease negotiations have been finished.

435
Q

Tenant’s solicitor’s role – lease

A

It is fair to say that sometimes the tenant will not bother with legal representation at all, especially small businesses (whether an individual, partnership or company).

However, there are risks involved in not engaging a solicitor:
· The tenant is likely to sign up to a lease which is at best drafted heavily in favour of the landlord, and at worst may contain provisions that are unfair or excessively onerous to the tenant.
· The tenant may not be fully aware of all their obligations under the lease. Small businesses can get into financial trouble, and may not realise, for example, that they cannot just give the keys back and walk away if things go wrong. They may also not realise that they will still remain liable for their covenants even if they assign or sublet the lease.
· There may be issues which would be revealed by searches and enquiries that would affect the tenant’s use of the property.

By contrast, if a solicitor is appointed, then they should:
· Attempt to negotiate the lease to a more balanced form. How successful they are will depend on the bargaining strength of the parties, but also to a degree by the negotiating skill of the respective solicitors.
· Investigate the landlord’s title and carry out searches and enquiries in similar way to acquiring the freehold.
· Advise on Stamp Duty Land Tax or Land Transaction Tax and registration, and make sure that these are attended to (an unrepresented tenant will not necessarily know, which can cause problems)

436
Q

Completing the lease

A

The landlord’s solicitor will send a completion statement showing the rent, insurance rent and service charge (if appropriate) payable on completion. These figures may be apportioned if the tenant’s lease starts part way through a quarter. In other words, if the tenant is due to pay rent only for the third month of the quarter, then they would pay a third of the full quarter’s rent.

The lease itself is usually prepared as an original (to be executed by the landlord) and a counterpart (to be executed by the tenant). The parties will need to return the executed leases to their respective solicitors.

On completion, the landlord’s solicitor acknowledges receipt of the completion monies, and they agree to date and send each other the executed original and counterpart lease. The tenant therefore holds the original lease executed by the landlord, and the landlord holds the counterpart lease executed by the tenant.

437
Q

lease – post-completion

A

The landlord’s solicitor will send the money to the landlord or their agents. Institutional investors will likely also want a standard summary or short form report setting out the important terms. Otherwise, the landlord’s solicitor can raise their bill, and their work is finished.

The tenant’s solicitor, however, now has to attend to payment of Stamp Duty Land Tax and registration of the lease. This should not be complicated if the landlord’s title is registered, as it almost always would be.

438
Q

Lease structure and content

A

Commercial leases are lengthy documents running to many pages of provisions. Other than Land Registry prescribed clauses, which are required for any lease that is registrable, there is no standard form of lease.

439
Q

lease – Demise

A

The demise is the extent of the property that is being let. A lease of whole is a lease of the whole of the property that the landlord holds. This is usually simpler than a lease of part.

A lease of part is a lease of part of the landlord’s property; for example, a floor of an office block or a unit in a retail park. The demise of a lease of part has to be defined, so will include the inner surfaces of walls, ceilings, floors, etc, but will exclude the structure of the building.

A property that is subject to a number of leases of parts will usually have common parts, which are the areas that all the tenants need to use. In an office building, this will be the entrance and lobby, the lifts, toilets etc. A tenant under a lease of part will be given rights to use the common parts but they will not be leased to any one tenant and will remain the responsibility of the landlord.

440
Q

lease – term

A

The term is how long the lease is for. Commercial tenancies are usually for a fixed term rather than periodic (eg monthly) tenancies. Lease terms are often multiples of 5 years, eg, 5 years, 10 years, 15 years, etc.

441
Q

lease – Break clauses

A

As most commercial leases are for a fixed term, sometimes the parties will negotiate a tenant’s break clause.
From the tenant’s point of view, this is a useful escape mechanism if after, say five years, the business is not performing as anticipated.
From the landlord’s point of view, they would rather sign up a tenant to a ten year lease with a break at five years rather than a five year lease. This is because not all tenants exercise their break, and the ten year lease with break is likely to be more valuable than the five year lease.
Break clauses are strict. A tenant must typically give six months’ prior notice, and be up to date with rent. The landlord will often try to impose a condition that the tenant is not in breach of any of its covenants, but the tenant should resist this, as any trivial breach could be grounds to block the break.

442
Q

lease – Rent

A

The rent for a commercial lease will usually be the market rent (or rack rent) payable quarterly. There is usually no premium payable upfront, and the landlord may even offer a rent-free period (typically three months) as an inducement for a tenant to take the premises, which also allows the tenant time to fit out the premises for their purposes.

With an FRI lease, the tenant will contribute towards the insurance and any service charge (either all in a lease of whole or a proportionate part in a lease of whole). These payments are usually classed as part of the rent.

For a residential lease (say 99 years) of a house or flat, the buyer usually pays a premium (the price of the house or flat), and from then on there will be a relatively small ground rent (say £150) payable each year.

443
Q

lease – rent review

A

FRI lease: upwards
assumptions: tenant complied (but not landlord)
disregard tenant improvement

FRI leases will include rent review provisions, which will be upwards only. This means that the rent will be increased if open market rents have increased, but will stay the same if open market rents have decreased. Typically for a 10 year lease, the rent review will be on the 5th anniversary of the start of the lease.

The rent review clauses will usually provide that the landlord and tenant will try to agree the new rent in advance of the rent review date, but if they cannot, then it is referred to a valuer whom they agree. If they can’t agree on a valuer, then they are appointed by the president of the Royal Institute of Chartered Surveyors.

The rent review clauses will set out in detail the basis on which the valuation is to be made. This is usually a hypothetical lease, which will be similar in some respects to the actual lease, but with a certain set of assumptions to counter the unfairness that could result from valuing the actual lease.

444
Q

Rent review assumptions

A

For example, if the tenant has not complied with the repairing covenant, the premises will not be in as good a state of repair as they should be. If the valuer took account of this, then it would decrease the amount of rent a hypothetical tenant would pay. In other words, the tenant would be rewarded for not complying with their obligations!

For the hypothetical lease, it is therefore assumed that the tenant has complied with its obligations.

Note, however, that the same does not apply to the landlord’s covenants. To take an example, a landlord owns an office block, and does not comply with its obligation to keep the lobby and lift areas in good repair. A tenant would not be prepared to pay as much rent.

In this case, the hypothetical lease should not assume that the landlord has complied with its obligations, as it is unfair for the tenant to pay the landlord the full amount when the state of the lobby and lift areas do not justify this.

445
Q

rent review – Disregards

A

Closely related to assumptions on rent review are disregards. These are matters that disregarded for the purposes of reviewing the rent.

One example would be where the tenant has spent money on alterations that make the premises more desirable to a prospective tenant. This should be disregarded, as otherwise the landlord will benefit and the tenant will suffer from a higher rent.

446
Q

Effect of rent review

A

Once the reviewed rent has been agreed, it is backdated to the rent review date. This means that it is not in the interests of either party to delay unnecessarily.

The tenant will have to pay interest on the backdated rent. The tenant will want this to be no more than base rate, as the landlord should not be rewarded for delay.

447
Q

lease – Repairing obligation – Latent and inherent defects

A

Latent and inherent defects are problems that emerge from a newly built building and are due to errors of design or workmanship. A tenant should not be obliged to repair these matters.

The landlord should accept these risks as they would have a remedy against the relevant contractor (architect, builder, engineer etc) under their respective warranties.

447
Q

Repairing obligation

A

After the essential provisions of demise, term and rent, probably the next most important provision is the repairing obligation. This is the landlord’s assurance that the landlord’s income stream is not affected by having to repair the tenants’ individual demises.

In a full repairing obligation, the tenant covenants ‘to keep the premises in repair. This is stricter than it sounds, as it means that if the premises are not in repair, the tenant is obliged to put the premises in repair.

A tenant taking on a full repairing lease, therefore, would be advised to obtain a survey to identify whether there are any wants of repair at the beginning of the lease.

The landlord may phrase it as “good and substantial repair”. It is unclear whether this adds anything, but a tenant may want to resist anything other than “in repair”.

The obligation may also refer to “condition”, ie, “to keep the premises in good repair and condition”. This does go further than a simple repair obligation. For example, if there is condensation in the premises, this would need to be corrected if the tenant has covenanted to keep the premises in good condition, but not if just good repair.

A tenant would prefer to have a qualified repairing obligation, which is not to put the premises in any better state of repair and condition than they were at the beginning of the lease. This is evidenced by a schedule of condition, being a photographic catalogue of the premises and any damage.

A qualified repairing obligation, whilst appealing to a tenant, does not meet the standards of an FRI lease and is generally not acceptable to an institutional lender.

448
Q

FRI lease – Insurance

A

In an FRI lease, the landlord will insure the premises, and recover the cost from the tenant (if a lease of whole) or tenants (leases of part).

The lease will usually set out insured risks, such as fire, explosion, lightning, earthquake etc. Most of these risks are standard. However, the tenant’s solicitor should check whether terrorism is included. The landlord will usually also have the right to insure against other risks as they choose.
The insurance should provide for the full costs of reinstatement (ie, rebuilding) of the premises.

As well as being responsible for the premium, the tenant under an FRI lease also bears any shortfall due to excesses, exclusions and conditions imposed by the insurer, and pays the cost of any valuation that the landlord needs to obtain for insurance purposes.

449
Q

FRI lease – Damage or destruction by an insured risk

A

The tenant’s solicitor should check what the lease provides if the premises are damaged or destroyed by an insured risk.

The following are what would be considered normal:
· Damage or destruction by an insured risk is excluded from the tenant’s repairing obligation (unless the insurance is not payable because of something the tenant has done or not done).
· If the tenant is unable to occupy the premises, then the rent is suspended for a period (usually up to three years) until the damage has been repaired.
· The landlord covenants to use the insurance monies to repair the premises.
· If the landlord reasonably considers that it is impossible or impractical to reinstate the premises, then the landlord may give notice to end the lease.
· If the premises have not been repaired by the end of the rent suspension period, then the tenant may give notice to end the lease.

If the premises are damaged or destroyed by an uninsured risk (either because it is a risk that was not covered by the policy, or because the insurer has refused to pay out due to the tenant doing or not doing something), then the tenant will be responsible for repairing the premises under the repairing obligation, and there would not be a suspension of rent.

450
Q

FRI lease – Alterations and change of use

A

If the lease were silent, then the tenant would be free to alter the premises as they saw fit, provided that they do not do anything to reduce the value of the premises.

However, the landlord will want to retain control over alterations, and therefore there will be a tenant’s covenant that restricts their power to alter.

The landlord will be more concerned about alterations that affect the exterior or the structure of the premises, and they will often be treated differently.

Covenants may be classified as absolute covenants, qualified or fully qualified covenants.

451
Q

lease – alterations: different types of covenants

A

Absolute covenant
An absolute covenant, for example against external and structural alterations, means that the tenant cannot carry out those alterations at all.

Qualified covenant
A qualified covenant means that the tenant can carry out alterations with consent. On the face of it, this means that alterations are at the complete discretion of the landlord.

However, if the tenant’s proposed alterations amount to improvements, then it is implied ((under section 19(2) of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1927) that the landlord cannot unreasonably withhold consent. An improvement means that the premises become more useful or valuable to the tenant, even if the landlord’s interest is diminished in value.

Fully qualified covenant
However, rather than rely on this statutory provision, a tenant will prefer a fully qualified covenant. This will expressly state that the landlord’s consent cannot be unreasonably withheld. Therefore the tenant does not have to prove the alteration is an improvement.

Note that if the tenant wants the landlord’s consent “not to be unreasonably delayed” then this wording must be included, as this is not implied by statute (as it is for alienation covenants).

452
Q

lease – change of use

A

Unlike alterations clauses, however, there is no statutory implication which converts a qualified covenant to a fully qualified covenant; that is, the Landlord does not have to act reasonably in giving or refusing consent to an alternative use.

The only restriction on the landlord’s discretion is that they are not allowed to increase the rent or a sum of money for giving consent (s19(3) of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1927) unless the proposed change of use also involves structural alterations.

Planning permission may be needed for a change of use. As this could prejudice future tenants, the tenant will usually covenant not to apply for planning permission without the landlord’s consent.

453
Q

Code for Leasing Business Premises

A

The Royal Institution for Chartered Surveyors (RICS) has released a code in 2020 which promotes transparency and fairness of negotiations.

It is a similar idea to the Law Society Conveyancing Protocol that we saw for freehold transactions. However, unlike the protocol, it is aimed at the negotiation process rather than the legal process. It affects RICS members (which property agents will often be) rather than solicitors.

Unlike the previous code that they released, this has principles that are mandatory on RICS members. Other principles are not mandatory and indicate good practice, but RICS members may be called upon to justify why they haven’t observed those principles.

454
Q

RICS code – Mandatory requirements

A

Mandatory requirements include the following:
· Lease negotiations must be approached in a constructive and collaborative manner.
· A party not represented by an RICS member or other property professional must be advised by the other party or its agents about the existence of the code and must be recommended to obtain professional advice
· The agreement as to the terms of the lease must be recorded in written heads of terms and set out a number of provisions; for example:
· It must define the premises and any rights to be granted
· The length of the term
· Break rights
· Requirements for a guarantor or rent deposit
· How much the rent is and how often it is payable, and whether subject to VAT
· Rent review provisions
· Service charge and insurance
· Repairing obligations
· Rights to make alterations

455
Q

RICS – good practice

A

Some principles of good practice relevant to this element include the following:
· Unless the parties have agreed stricter conditions in the heads of terms, a tenant’s break should be conditional only upon the tenant paying all basic rent (ie, not insurance or service charge), giving up occupation, giving up occupation and leaving no-one in occupation.
· Repairing obligations should be appropriate to the length of the term, the condition of the premises and the financial terms.
· If the tenant’s repairing obligations are limited to the initial condition of the premises, a schedule of condition should be prepared.
· The tenant’s repairing obligation should exclude inherent construction defects for newly built property.
· In a lease of a whole building, the landlord should not normally prohibit or require consent for internal non-structural alterations.
· The lease should provide that terrorism will be covered in the landlord’s insurance policy provided that it is available at reasonable rates.

456
Q

Ways of terminating the lease

A

A lease can be terminated by: x6
· Effluxion of time
· Notice to quite
· Break clause
· Surrender
· Merger
· Forfeiture

457
Q

Effluxion of time

A

At the end of the contractual term, the lease comes to an end, unless the tenant remains in occupation.

With a protected tenancy, the tenant can hold over, and then the tenancy can only be brought to an end with one of the prescribed notices (s25, s26 or s27 notice).

With other tenancies, if the tenant remains in occupation with the consent of the landlord, then the tenancy becomes a tenancy at will. However, if rent is paid periodically, then it may become an implied periodic tenancy.

458
Q

Notice to quit

A

For a periodic tenancy, the landlord may serve notice to quit on the tenant.

The notice period depends on the period of the tenancy:
Yearly tenancy – six months’ notice
Quarterly tenancy – a quarter’s notice
Monthly tenancy – a month’s notice
Weekly tenancy – a week’s notice, but for a residential tenancy, it is four weeks’ notice

Conversely tenant can serve notice on the landlord to bring the tenancy to an end – similar notice periods apply.

459
Q

Surrender

A

The landlord and tenant can bring the lease to an end if they both agree.

If the landlord wants to end early, then they may need to pay a premium to the tenant to compensate for the loss of premises. The landlord is effectively paying to have the leasehold interest surrendered back to it.

If the tenant wants to end early, then they may need to pay a reverse premium to the landlord to compensate for the loss of rent. It is called a reverse premium, because the tenant is giving up its leasehold interest and paying the landlord to do so. However, this makes sense because the tenant is also released from its obligations.

If both parties want the lease to end early, then there may be no premium.

The surrender releases both landlord and tenant from their ongoing obligations under the lease, but care needs to be taken not to release previous obligations unless they have been met in full (eg, the tenant has paid any rent and other sums owing up to the date of surrender).

460
Q

Merger

A

If the leasehold and freehold interests are held by the same party (eg, if the tenant buys the freehold), then the interests are merged into the superior interest, and the lease is extinguished.

This can also happen if a third party buys both the freehold and leasehold.

461
Q

Landlord’s remedies

A

Remedies for non-payment of rent

Commercial Rent Arrears Recovery (CRAR)

Remedies for breach of repairing obligation

Any breaches

Forfeiture (also known as re-entry)

462
Q

Remedies for non-payment of rent

A

· Debt action in courts – can claim up to six years’ arrears
· Claim debt from former tenant (either by privity of contract with an old lease or AGA for new lease)
· Take money from the rent deposit
· Commercial Rent Arrears Recovery

463
Q

Commercial Rent Arrears Recovery (CRAR)

A

Can only be used to recover the rent itself (plus VAT and interest), not service charge or insurance premiums (even if labelled as additional rents)
· Must be a minimum of 7 days’ rent owing
· Maximum of 6 years’ arrears
· Must serve 7 days’ clear notice of intention – can then seize goods up to value of rent
· Cannot be used after the lease has been forfeited. Using CRAR waives the right to forfeit the lease.

464
Q

Remedies for breach of repairing obligation

A

· Normal damages are limited by a statutory cap to amount by which landlord’s reversion has been reduced in value. Therefore, if it costs £10,000 to repair the damage, but the landlord’s interest has only been reduced in value by £1,000, then the landlord can only recover £1,000

It is normal to have a self-help clause in the lease (also called a Jervis v Harris clause)
· If the tenant breaches repairing obligation, then the landlord can serve notice requiring the tenant to repair, and if the tenant fails to do so by specified time, the landlord can enter the premises and make the repairs and recover the cost from the tenant as a debt
· As it is a debt, not damages, the landlord can recover the full amount from the tenant (it is not restricted by the statutory cap)

465
Q

Any breaches

A

Common law damages are available for any breaches
Specific performance and injunctions may be available in limited circumstances, but these will be rare.

466
Q

Forfeiture (also known as re-entry)

A

This must be included in the lease – the landlord has no right to forfeit if the lease does not provide for it.

Typically, the landlord will have the right to forfeit the lease if payment of rent has been delayed for, say, 21 days. The landlord should have made a formal written demand, but the lease may specify that this is unnecessary. There may also other triggering events, such as a breach of the repairing covenant, or the insolvency of the tenant.
When this provision is triggered, the landlord may re-enter the premises and bring the lease to an end immediately. This also ends the interests of anyone who derives an interest from the lease, such as undertenants or mortgagees.

Any of the tenant, undertenants and mortgagees can apply to the court for relief from forfeiture. If the court grant relief, then the lease is brought back to life.

467
Q

Forfeiture options

A

The landlord can forfeit the lease by peaceable re-entry or court order.

Peaceable re-entry involves using a bailiff to change the locks and exclude the tenant from the premises. This cannot be used if the premises, or any part of them, are residential.

This can be very effective against a commercial tenant, as it causes embarrassment and interruption to their business. However, there are risks if the tenant disputes that it has been done lawfully.

The landlord can therefore also apply to the court for forfeiture. The advantage of this is that if the court grants the order, the legal validity of the forfeiture is already tested.

468
Q

Waiver of the right to forfeiture

A

If the landlord continues to accept rent or otherwise behaves in a way that acknowledges the existence of a continuing tenancy, then they are taken to have waived the right to forfeit the lease.
This does not apply to accepting rent arrears that form part of the breach the basis of forfeiture, only to continuing rent.

There is a distinction between “once and for all” breaches and continuing breaches. For example, if the tenant has unlawfully underlet the property, and the landlord acts in a way to waive the breach, the landlord can no longer forfeit for that breach.

However, if the breach is of the repairing obligation, then each day that the breach continues, the landlord can choose to forfeit – its behaviour on previous days cannot be treated as waiver of this type of breach.

469
Q

Relief from forfeiture

A

Relief from forfeiture is an equitable remedy and is discretionary. The tenant (or person deriving interest from the tenant) must show the court why it would be equitable to grant relief.

The effect of relief is to restore the lease and any underleases.

470
Q

business tenancies – Lease, licence and tenancy at will

A

A lease grants an estate in land, and therefore a proprietary interest. It gives exclusive possession.
A licence is a personal permission given by the landowner to allow you to use the land. However, it does not give exclusive possession. It is not a proprietary interest, and does not bind new owners of the land. An example of a licence is when you stay for a few nights in a hotel room.

A tenancy at will falls somewhere between a licence and a lease. The words “at will” signify that the tenancy lasts only as long as landlord and tenant wish, and either can bring it to an end at any time.

Like a licence, it does not bind third parties, but unlike a licence it does grant exclusive possession (although it is easily taken back).
It is commonly used when landlord and tenant are still in the process of negotiating a formal lease, but it is in their mutual interests for the tenant to take occupation.

Only a lease, not a licence or tenancy at will, is capable of obtaining security of tenure.

471
Q

Security of tenure

A

The Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 gives business tenants in certain situations security of tenure. Where they have acquired this protection, it means that:
· They can continue in occupation past the contractual term of the lease (ie, what was agreed between the parties)
· They can apply to the court for a new tenancy to be granted.

Why is security of tenure important to some tenants?
· They can invest in the property and their business knowing that the premises are likely a long term prospect.
· They know that they will be able to continue to pay a market rent. Otherwise, a landlord might take advantage of their investment in the premises to demand a higher than market rent.
· It gives tenants the confidence that they can reap the benefit of any goodwill they build up at their location.

472
Q

How do you acquire security of tenure?

A

Not all tenancies acquire security of tenure. It must meet the following conditions:
· It must be a lease, not a licence or tenancy at will.
· The tenant must occupy at least part of the premises. If the premises are left permanently empty, then they cannot acquire security of tenure. Note also that if the tenant has underlet the whole of the premises, then the tenant does not have security of tenure.
· It must be used for the purposes of a business (a trade, profession or employment).
Purposes of a business is interpreted quite widely. Sports clubs and charities can qualify.
The following tenancies do not have security of tenure:
· Tenancies of 6 months or under
· Service tenancies
· Mining tenancies

473
Q

Contracting out of the security of tenure provisions of LTA54

A

In some cases, a landlord may be happy for the tenant to obtain security of tenure. After all, for an institutional landlord, the main focus is the income stream. Having security of tenure may encourage a tenant to become a long term prospect. It may also benefit rent review – ie, the market rent may be higher for a lease with security of tenure.

However, in other cases, the landlord will want to exclude security of tenure. For example:
· If the landlord knows that they will want the premises back at the end of the contractual term to redevelop the property or for any other reason.
· If the landlord and tenant agree a lease with a short contractual term (less than 10 years), then it is likely that the landlord will want to exclude the security of tenure provisions.
· An undertenant’s lease will usually be excluded.

It is not difficult to contract out, but the procedure must be followed strictly. A notice must given to the tenant in prescribed form, and then the tenant must give a declaration to the effect that they understand the implications of excluding the security of tenure provisions.

If the notice is given more than 14 days in advance, then the tenant can sign an ordinary declaration. If, as is more common, the notice is given just before completion, the tenant must make a statutory declaration before a solicitor.

The lease itself must state that the security of tenure provisions have been excluded, and refer to the notice and declaration or statutory declaration (as appropriate).

A contracted-out lease will end on the contractual expiry date, and the tenant has no right to stay in the premises beyond that, nor to require a renewal lease.

474
Q

How can a protected tenancy be brought to an end?

A

The tenant may wish to leave the premises at the end of the contractual term, and they may do so. If they do, then the lease comes to an end.

However, they do not have to leave, and if they stay, then they do so on the terms of the lease. This is called holding over.

The lease will usually provide that if the tenant falls behind with rent (say over 21 days) or is in breach of its covenant or is made insolvent, then the landlord may forfeit the lease. This means that the landlord can re-enter the premises and bring the lease to an end. This applies equally whether or not the lease is protected.

475
Q

Section 25, 26 and 27 notices

A

Once a tenant has started holding over, then under the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954, other than forfeiture, the lease can only be brought to an end by one of three notices. These are a section 25 notice by the landlord, or a section 26 or 27 notice by the tenant.

476
Q

Friendly Section 25 notice

A

A section 25 notice gives notice to the tenant that the current tenancy is to come to an end on a date specified in the notice (the Date of Termination or DOT). It must be in the prescribed form.

A “friendly” section 25 notice indicates that the landlord is willing to grant a new tenancy. If so, the proposed terms of the tenancy will be set out in the notice.

Once this notice has been served, either the landlord or the tenant can apply to the court for the new tenancy. However, they will generally try to agree the terms between themselves first to avoid unnecessary costs.

They must make this application before the Date of Termination (DOT), but they can agree to extend the time limit between themselves, which means that they do not need to make a court application just because they are still negotiating.

477
Q

Hostile section 25 notice

A

This is similar to the friendly section 25 notice in that it gives notice to bring the tenancy to an end on the specified date (again the DOT).

However, in this case, the landlord indicates that the landlord is opposing the grant of a new tenancy.

The landlord may only oppose the grant of a new lease on specified grounds.

478
Q

Hostile section 25 notice – Landlord’s grounds for opposition

A

Landlord’s grounds for opposition
There are seven grounds for opposing a new tenancy. Some of these are mandatory, meaning that if the ground is established, the court must allow them to oppose the tenancy. Others are discretionary, meaning that the court will be able to decide.

The mandatory grounds are:
· The landlord is making suitable alternative accommodation available to the tenant. This must be reasonable, having regard to the tenant’s business and goodwill.
· The landlord intends to demolish or reconstruct the premises or a substantial part of it, and cannot do this without obtaining possession.
· The landlord intends to occupy the premises for its own business or residence. They must show a firm and settled intention. This is subject to a five year rule, meaning that the landlord must have owned the reversion (usually the freehold) for more than five years before the date of termination.

The discretionary grounds are:
· A serious breach by the tenant of a repairing obligation
· Persistent delay by the tenant in paying the rent – this must be serious and persistent
· Other substantial breaches by the tenant of their obligations under the lease – again, they must be serious and persistent
· In the case of an underlease of part, possession is required to let or dispose of the property as a whole

If the landlord is successful in opposing the tenancy, then compensation is payable unless either the ground is based on the tenant’s fault (serious breach, etc) or the tenant has been offered suitable alternative accommodation.

Compensation is a sum equal to the rateable value, or if the tenant has been in occupation for 14 years or more, twice the rateable value.

The award of compensation cannot be excluded or reduced unless the tenant has only been in occupation for less than 5 years.

The court can award further compensation if it later turns out that the landlord has obtained possession based on misrepresented or concealed facts.

479
Q

Section 26 notice

A

This is different to the section 25 notice in that the tenant specifies a date for the proposed start of the new tenancy. The notice will set out the tenant’s proposals for the terms of the new tenancy. It is also needs to be in the prescribed form. The existing lease will terminate the day before the start of the new tenancy.

Again, the parties need to apply to the court before the DOT if they cannot reach agreement, but again, they can agree to extend the deadline.

If the landlord objects, they can serve a counter notice to the section 26 notice – similarly with a hostile section 25 notice, they must set out the grounds on which they are opposing a new tenancy.

480
Q

Section 27 notice

A

This is used by the tenant when they just want to bring their lease to an end, and do not want a new tenancy. Unlike the other two notices, this is not in prescribed form, and could take the form of a letter.

The tenant can, of course, leave the premises on the expiry of the contractual term under their existing lease, but as soon as they start holding over, they must serve a section 27 notice (unless a section 25 notice has been served).

481
Q

Timing of notices

A

Section 25 notice – must be served no less than 6 months and no more than 12 months before the proposed date of termination of the current tenancy.

If the landlord intends for the existing tenancy to expire on its contractual expiry date, therefore, the landlord will need to serve the section 25 notice at least six months (but no more than 12 months) before the contractual expiry date.

The proposed date of termination cannot fall before the contractual expiry date.


Section 26 notice – similarly, this must be served no less than 6 months and no more than 12 months before the proposed commencement date of the new tenancy that the tenant is request. It may be served up to 12 months before the contractual expiry date if the tenant intends that the new tenancy starts the day after the contractual expiry date. Because this notice is concerned with the date of the new tenancy, the existing tenancy actually ends a day earlier than with the section 25 notice.

In this case, the proposed commencement date therefore cannot fall earlier than the day after the contractual expiry of the lease.

Section 27 notice – must be served at least three months before the tenant’s stated date for the termination of the current tenancy.

482
Q

Interim rent

A

Where a new tenancy is to be granted, the landlord and tenant will usually try to negotiate it between themselves.

This can take time, and either landlord or tenant can apply to the court to fix an interim rent. This reduces the likelihood that either of them will try to stall negotiations to keep a higher than market rent (landlord) or lower than market rent (tenant).

Where the landlord is willing to grant a new lease, the interim rent is set at the market level.
Where the landlord is opposed, the interim rent will be 10 to 15% lower than the market rent.

483
Q

Terms of the new lease

A

Terms of the new lease
· Unsurprisingly, the premises are the same as those occupied by the Tenant for the business at the date of the court order.
· The new term cannot exceed 15 years.
· Rent is that reasonably expected in the open market. The Tenant’s goodwill and any voluntary improvements are disregarded.
· Other terms are determined by the court with regard to the current tenancy and other circumstances.

Although the current tenancy will be the starting point, it may need updating (eg, to take account of changes in statutory references, use classes, etc).

484
Q

alineation

A

x2

assignment

underletting

485
Q

Assignment

A

A tenant may decide that they no longer want the leased premises. If they are nearing the end of the tenancy or a break clause, then they can wait for the lease to expire or exercise the break accordingly.

However, if they have some years left to run, they remain facing the liability of rent and repair obligations. The landlord may agree to bring the lease to an end early, but is likely to demand a substantial sum to do this.

The other alternative is to find someone who is interested in taking over the lease.

If they can do so, and provided the new tenant pays the rent and performs the obligations, the original tenant may be able to get out of a lease which they didn’t want with relatively little cost.

486
Q

Underletting

A

Underletting means the tenant granting a lease to a subtenant.

There are various reasons why a tenant might want to do this. Say a tenant has a lease of three floors of an office block, and they decide that they only need two floors. If they can find a tenant interested in taking just one floor. If they can do this, then that tenant (the undertenant) will pay rent on that floor. The tenant can use this rent to offset the cost of the rent of three floors that they must pay to the landlord.

Another possibility is that the tenant decides that they don’t need the premises for the next two years, and they find someone who is only interested in taking a two year lease. In this way, the tenant can keep hold of the premises until they need them, and receive a rental income to offset against the rent they will continue to pay the landlord.

487
Q

Alienation provisions in the lease

A

Under an FRI lease, the landlord will want to keep strict control on alienation. This is because they need to maintain the covenant strengths of their tenants.

Usually, the lease will allow assignment of the lease as to the whole premises, but not part. It will usually allow underletting of the whole, and may allow underletting of part (particularly if, as in our office example, the tenant has taken two or more floors or units which are capable of being let separately).

Alienation covenants may be absolute, qualified or fully qualified.

Absolute covenant
There is usually an absolute covenant against assignment of part of the premises. This means that it is forbidden, and the landlord does not have to consider a request to do it.

Qualified covenant
A qualified covenant against assignment or underletting means that the tenant can only do it with landlord’s consent.

Fully qualified covenant
As to assignment or underletting, a qualified covenant is converted to a fully qualified covenant by section 19(1)(a) Landlord and Tenant Act 1927. This means that the landlord cannot unreasonably withhold consent.
Section 1 of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1988 goes one step further and provides that the landlord cannot unreasonably delay consent either.
Given that these statutes convert a qualified covenant into a fully qualified covenant with the additional provision on unreasonable delay, it is usual for the covenant to be drafted in this form in any case.

488
Q

Alienation – Procedure for applying for consent

A

For either assignment or underletting, the tenant’s solicitors make a formal written application to the landlord or their solicitors requesting consent.
The landlord’s solicitors will request an undertaking from the tenant’s solicitors to cover the landlord’s legal and surveyor’s costs. The surveyor will assess the covenant strength of the proposed assignee or undertenant.

489
Q

Alienation – What are reasonable grounds for withholding consent?

A

· Assignee or undertenant is of unsatisfactory covenant strength.
· The assignee or undertenant’s proposed use of the premises would be a breach of the lease.
· The assignee or undertenant are in a business that competes with the landlord’s and would affect nearby business of the landlord.
· Where the landlord has a policy on the different uses of different units (eg in a shopping centre) and the proposed assignee’s or undertenant’s use would conflict with that policy.

490
Q

Alienation – What are not reasonable grounds for withholding consent?

A

· The landlord has a personal grievance against the proposed assignee or undertenant.
· The landlord is withholding consent as leverage for trying to get something out of the tenant.
· The tenant has minor breaches of the repairing covenant.

491
Q

Licence to assign and licence to underlet

A

In either case, if the landlord gives consent, they will want to do so within a formal licence deed.
This is for two reasons:
1. It formalises the landlord’s consent.
2. It creates privity of contract between the landlord and the assignee or undertenant.

Note that for the assignment of a new lease (on or after 1 January 1996), it is not necessary to create this privity of contract, as the Act automatically binds the incoming tenant to the terms of the lease. However, as a belt and braces approach, landlords will still want to see it. This does not apply to the case of a subletting, though, and the landlord will want to secure direct covenants from the undertenant in the licence.

492
Q

What is in a licence to assign or licence to underlet?

A

They have the following common features:
· The landlord gives formal consent to the proposed dealing
· The assignment or underletting must take place within a prescribed time (usually 3 months)
· The consent is specific to that particular dealing – it does not allow the tenant to assign or underlet to another party other than that mentioned, or in any terms other than those specified
· The tenant covenants to pay the landlord’s professional costs (although this is not usually strictly necessary as there will be an undertaking to pay them anyway)

Features specific to a licence to assign:
· Unless the assignment is of an old lease (before 1 January 1996), it will usually require an authorised guarantee agreement from the outgoing tenant. This means that the outgoing tenant guarantees the obligations of the incoming tenant. This guarantee only lasts as long as the incoming tenant is the tenant.
· The outgoing tenant is not released from any existing obligations, such as arrears of rent, breach of repairing obligations, etc.

Features specific to a licence to underlet:
· The underlease must be in the form of the agreed form (a draft is annexed to the licence)
· The undertenant covenants directly with the landlord to observe and perform the covenants in the underlease and the headlease (except the covenant to pay the rent in the headlease as otherwise the undertenant would have to pay the rent twice!)

493
Q

Lease isues to consider x18

A

Get the basics!
- Legal estate? Leasehold or freehold?
- Title documentation/ the title

The client (company or individual) details

The building
- Layout of the building eg how many floors + entry access + communal facilities eg lavatories
- Request floor plans + building plans

Agents details
- If third party involved request their details and ask if client is happy for you to contact directly if need be

The actual property to be let
- Condition of the building
- Parts of the building client wishes to retain?
- Will client allow tenants to use the above? If so, service charge?
- Areas outside the building eg parking facilities, storage area, bin area…

The term
- Ideal length of term (flexibility)? Suggest all to start not the same date for ease

  • Break clause/termination? A break clause is the right for the landlord/tenant (depending on drafting) to end the lease early
    • Fixed vs rolling
    • Fixed gives more certainty eg after 2 years…
    • Notice (eg 6 months) + conditions
      • Tenant must remove all alterations
      • Tenant must pay a break penalty
      • Tenant pays all the rent up to an including the break

Security of tenure
- What is it: ‘The Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 offers tenants who occupy a property for the purposes of their business a certain degree of security i.e. protection from eviction. Basically, a business tenant can continue to stay in a property after the end of their term, as long as certain conditions have been met.  The tenant can then ask (often compel) the landlord to grant a new lease. The landlord can refuse to renew, but only in limited circumstances
- Would you like it to be excluded from the lease: YES

Rent
- How is it calculated
- How often paid
- Opt to VAT?

Rent review
- Not necessary if short term leases eg 5 years of less but can consider if extending beyond

Service charge
- Yes or no?
- How often
- How much

Insurance
- Usually landlord insures then charges back to tenant
- What will be included?

Permitted use

Alienation: assignments and underlease
- Assignment = selling
- landlord would want to give prior consent +
- AGA: authorised guarantee agreement
- Any other conditions?
- Underlease
- Whole or part? Usually whole
- Allowed to share? Usually not (= part)

Repair and reinstatement
- Who maintains the responsibility? Communal is usually the landlords
- Usually divided between external and internal
- External = landlord/management
- Internal = tenant
- Schedule of condition can be included if the tenant is able to negotiate it into the lease

Schedule of conditions: it is a document which usually consists of photographs and wording documenting the state of the property at the time of the letting. During the term and at the end of the term of the lease, the tenant is responsible for keeping/returning the state of the property to the landlord as it was at the time of the letting - as evidenced in the Schedule of Conditions. This is usually a tenant friendly compromise.

Alterations and signage
Usually …
- The tenant will be allowed to make internal, non-structural alterations to the Property, but only with the Landlord’s prior written consent. 
- The tenant will NOT be allowed to make any structural changes at all.
- The tenant will be allowed to display signage in the lobby area of the floor plus in the reception area. However, the style and size of the signage must be approved by the Company first in writing,
- All alterations must be removed by the end of the term of the lease.